Issuu on Google+

TRADE CATALOGUE 2013/14

Aids to daily living, back care and rehabilitation


INNER COVER C2:Layout 2

17/1/13

14:40

Page 1

UK Sales Team Able2 is an established and respected manufacturer and distributor of healthcare products to the UK and other European markets. Established in the 1980始s, the company is one of the leading suppliers of aids to daily living, back care and rehabilitation products. The Able2 customer base includes many homecare and healthcare retailers (both with high street shops and online), the NHS, social services and the private clinic market including Physiotherapists, Chiropractors and Osteopaths.

1

2

2

3

4 5

Contact your Area Sales Manager, for product demonstration, advice and details of Able2始s latest special offers. If your Area Manager is unavailable please contact our Customer Services Team on 01254 619000.

The company's UK warehousing, back care manufacturing and customer service centre is located in Lancashire, and its here where our staff and processes are dedicated to providing customers with high quality products and a professional, efficient and trusted service.

Able2 has a European business in which warehousing and customer service is located in The Netherlands. This business distributes our comprehensive range of aids to daily living, back care and rehabilitation products to customers throughout Northern Europe from a recently expanded warehousing facility. Able2 also has a commercial operation based in Barcelona that services both Spain and Portugal.

1

2

3

4

5

Chris Sutton 07799 476033 E-mail: chris@able2.eu

Chris Sutton 07799 476033 E-mail: chris@able2.eu

Paul James 07775 516279 E-mail: paul@able2.eu

Gavin Fulham 07780 703367 E-mail: gavin@able2.eu

Neil Torkington 07789 987193 E-mail:neil@able2.eu

Mark Diaj Managing Director T: 01254 619066 M: 07789 987197 E-mail: mark@able2.eu

Vicki Turner Sales and Purchasing Office Manager T: 01254 619025 E-mail: vicki@able2.eu

www.able2.eu

Chris Houlker Sales and Product Manager T: 01254 619018 M: 07717 847849 E-mail: chris.houlker@able2.eu


INTRO PAGES B2b: ORTHOPAEDIC

17/1/13

14:35

Page 1

Ordering Information

Contents

How To Order:

Retail Solutions

By Telephone: 01254 619000 Our Customer Service Department is open from 8.30 to 5.00pm, Monday to Friday. There is a voicemail service available at all other times for orders and queries.

Mobility

1

By Fax: 01254 619001 Fax details of your order, including product codes and a delivery and invoice address

Wheelchair/Scooter Accessories

17

By Post: Post your order, including product codes, a delivery address and invoice address (if different), to: Able2 UK Ltd, Moorgate Street, Blackburn, Lancashire, BB2 4PB

Wheelchair Cushions

25

Bed and Chair Care

37

Eating and Drinking Assistance

55

Household and Kitchen

71

Toileting

95

Bathing

117

Dressing and Comfort

135

Leisure and Wellness

145

Made to measure products are non-returnable. Goods to be returned must have a completed Able2 Returns Note attached, detailing the reason for return. Call our Customer Service Department on 01254 619000 and a Returns Note will be sent to attach to the returned goods. Returned goods which are clean, unused, in the original packaging and which can be re-sold, will be freely exchanged for other Able2 products. These items will be credited and a new invoice raised for the replacement goods. Goods returned for credit, and not for exchange, will incur the restocking fees. Please full terms and conditions for restocking fee details. Short delivery or incorrect delivery or damaged goods: Notify us within 21 days of receipt of order if goods are delivered short, incorrect or damaged.

Back Care and Pressure Relief

159

Exercise and Therapy

179

Orthopaedic

197

Moving and Handling

205

Mobile Arm Supports

213

Products:

Index - Codes

217

Enquiries:

Index - A-Z

224

If you should have an order enquiry or product enquiry, or would like to order a product catalogue, please telephone our Customer Service Department on 01254 619000 or e-mail enquiries@able2.eu

Terms and Conditions

234

By Email: Orders can be emailed to: orders@able2.eu By Internet: Orders can be placed via our website: www.able2.eu

Pricing: All prices are exclusive of VAT.

Delivery (UK mainland only): Standard delivery times are as follows: Stocked products: 2-3 working days Able2 none stocked products: confirmed on order* *Please note Able2 none stocked orders must be received in writing by fax or post and once acknowledged cannot be cancelled and are subject to additional charges. Able2 reserves the right to make partial deliveries unless otherwise instructed. For carriage charges please see price list.

Payment: Payment should be made within 30 days of date of invoice. Payment can be made by debit and credit cards. Most major credit cards are accepted Cheques should be made payable to 驶Able2 UK Ltd始

Returns and Refunds:

Able2 reserves the right to alter product specifications or withdraw styles without prior notice.

www.able2.eu


INTRO PAGES B2b: ORTHOPAEDIC

17/1/13

14:35

Page 2

Retail Solutions Personalised Catalogues • Contains the top selling retail products • Opportuinity to promote your own brand • Add additional pages to promote other products • Increase your product range without having to increase stock holding • One of the best marketing tools to sell a complete range of aids to daily living • Will increase repeat business • Will add value and loyalty to your business

Photographs Any photographs which will appear in our catalogue may be used on the front cover in place of those shown (maximum of 4). Alternatively we can use your photographs as long as they are of good quality. Please note that digital camera images must be supplied 300dpi resolution at the size they will appear in the brochure (web images will not usually be of sufficient quality). When using your own photographs, the customer takes full responsibility for copyright of the images.

Whatʼs included? There are several brochure options available which can be tailored to suit your individual needs: Option A: These include any of the designs (1 - 4) shown opposite with your logo/company name, address and corporate colours on the front cover and back page order form. You will receive a laser proof of the final layout before the covers are printed to confirm that your details are correct. Options B and C: In addition to the front and back covers which are included in the cost, these options are for where you require extra pages to be inserted at the front and back of the brochure. Note that these may need artwork preparing. If you already have artwork for these pages and can supply it in “camera ready” format for our printers then there is no extra cost. If you wish us to prepare the artwork then you will need to contact our designers who will give you a quote for the additional work involved. See the back page for contact details. COVER DESIGN

1

Product bubble designs on green and white background with montage of products. Both headings and the colours may be changed to your preference

COVER DESIGN

2

Montage of products on blue background. Both headings and the colours may be changed to your preference.

Logo and Colours We will need your company logo supplied as studio quality artwork or as a high quality printed image. Note that any colours should be specified as Pantone colour references - your printer will probably be able to supply you with these. The colour areas on the covers may also be changed to match your house style as long as you supply Pantone colour references for them.

Printing and further information For up to date prices and minimum quantities please contact our Customer Services Department on 01254 619000 or your Local Sales Representative. (Contact details are on the inside back cover of this catalogue). If you have any special requirements then we will be pleased to discuss them. Please note that there may be additional costs for these. COVER DESIGN

3

Sea design with montage of products. Headings may be changed to your preference.

COVER DESIGN

Flower background design. Headings may be changed to your preference.

Catalogue Counter Display Unit As part of our retail solutions package, a catalogue counter display unit is available. This display will hold approximately 30 catalogues. It is delivered flat packed and is easily assembled. PR/AB2/CD

Retail Catalogue Counter Display

4

Please contact your local Area Sales Manager for more information

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


INTRO PAGES B2b: ORTHOPAEDIC

17/1/13

14:35

Page 3

Retail Solutions How To Place Your Personalised Catalogue Order Step 1 Order

Step 4 Final Proof

Confirm your order in writing or by fax to our Customer Service Department. Please note that you should include details of which option you require and which of the four cover designs you wish to use.

Step 2 Deposit A deposit of 50% of the order price is required. You should include any applicable items from the Able2 checklist.

A final proof will be signed off by you the customer. Please note: It is your responsibility to ensure that your details are correct.

Step 5 Delivery Once you have approved the design then the brochures will be printed and normally despatched to you within twenty one working days.

Step 6 Final Payment The remaining 50% will be invoiced under Able2 normal trading terms.

Step 3 Artwork Once the deposit has been received we will then place the order with the designer/printer who will contact you directly within a few days to check your requirements in more detail. The designers will then produce a design using your information and send you a proof to confirm the details are correct. They will also confirm that your requirements fit within the costing. If not, then the designers will quote for any additional work required by you the customer.

Notes The designer/printer checklist items will only be needed when you are contacted by the design company. If you have any queries then speak to your local sales representative or call Customer Services on 01254 619000.

Standard Able2 Catalogue If you do not require an own branded catalogue then we can supply our standard Able2 branded catalogues. For prices see previous pages or please contact your local sales representative or our Customer Services Department.

Able2 Online

www.able2.eu

Live From March 2013

• Order online • Secure Trade login where purchases can be made • View your prices and orders • View live stock information • Full range of products available to be viewed by Trade Customers and end users • Retail prices shown to help end users in their choice for products • End users cannot buy products on this website • Dealer locator for physical stores and online web stores Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu


INTRO PAGES B2b: ORTHOPAEDIC

17/1/13

14:35

Page i

Retail Solutions Retail Display Stands

Retail Catalogues

Our retail stands are constructed of steel, coated and finished in chrome. They are supplied with a header card and have 4 options to display products. There are two sizes of stand available.

Display Options PR/RS/HOOKS Euro Hooks x 20 PR/RS/LS Large Shelf x 1

Our comprehensive catalogue is packed with our most popular selling retail products. The catalogue has retail prices next to each product making the choice for the end user easier. An order form is included on the reverse of the catalogue so that end users can use the catalogue as a mail order, simply fill in the order form, supply payment details and send the information to you the retailer. The catalogues are available in an A5 format. Supplied in boxes of 100. PR/AB2/A5

TC1998

Cover_Fi

qxp: nal q7b.

Layout

1

20/12/12

11:11

Page 1

PR/RS/SS Small Shelf x 1 TC1998

Cover_Fi

qxp: nal q7b.

Layout

1

20/12/12

11:15

Page 3

detai FORM customer ORDER ery Details (If different from

ls)

Deliv

Name detai Customer

ls

Address

Name Post Code

Address Daytime

Post Code

This symbol indicates a product that is packed for retail purposes

Tel No.

Dayti

Qty

Colour

Size me Tel No.

Total

Price each

n Descriptio

Code No.

Sub Total Carriage

£ Method order for s above e/postal the item a chequ it Card for I enclose card: ge my Cred from your mation Please char ing infor

Payment

the follow Please quote ber: Card Num

Year

Security

Month

Valid From

or Visa

Switch

on the last 3 digitscard credit This is the of your reverse

Number:

Issue Num

:

Master

£4

95

Total to Pay age ling and Carri Handling £4.95 is for hand e of orders. A charg , ge on all and carria order processing rs ance This cove handling, insur packaging, costs. ery and deliv

)

ber:

(Card Holder

Post Code

n ete this sectio must compl details. rating you See below for ual. ng. for vat zero an individ ed ation by you qualify goods you are orderi sick or disabl lity declar ation - If s: Eligibi le vat on the / chronically VAT Declar relief from for disabled person I am buying is condition, eg Multip to claim for whom ption of your Services of Goods and I am / the person descri the relief specific that ically for t paying a full and Arthritis etc.), I declare ed specif e, withou rating of (give atoid not VAT Zero catalogue are design by those eligibl by reason ed to me , Rheum Prices which do ased, suppli Stroke this cts two TO in sis, purch being cts Why produ be are Sclero ONE HAS under group the produ and may brackets. For the above whichvalue added tax AND EVERY Some of disability detailed claimed shown in illness or relief from the goods cannot be chronic prices are sing ing claim relief free and purcha VAT VAT I am receiv personal use Act 1994 VAT. The ed and are To claim brackets, and that prices in Added Tax stic or my sick or disabl disability. illustrate for dome ule 8 to the Value chronically relevant to your form. if you are PAY VAT. 12 of sched which are VAT relief our order qualify for and domestic use declaration on You can in full the personal sibility Signature complete goods for rs respon you must It is the retaile rs responsibility VAT relief identified. cts, please the retaile by customs Date our produ t have been d it is also VAT Note: ved ation on not charge certificate appro VAT. Important be VAT exemp more inform If VAT is that may or need exemption from paying Products not to charge VAT. Enquiries with your order valid VAT that may qualify or General obtain a s query whether a they buyer have that If you order from to ensure us at: d by with every contact Goods ordere & excise use, UK only. ted by: le for your mainland ry Distribu applies to , if not suitab n to your statuto right illustrated ement or refund is in additioWe reserve the Mail Order carriage cost for replac of receipt. This and ed, ging. ng return packa Handli 10 days may be original mail order are notified within d and in their we unuse provided goods must be or incurred. Royal Mail 14 rights. The all carriage costs form by for tch within the order to despa Items may to charge shown on t. We aim us. address contact ry. and weigh red to the Delivery days, pleaseorder in one delive be delive ding upon the size within 28 Orders will from us e your entire Carrier depen not heard may not receiv National ials or you if you have in mater Ltd therefore days, but t defects stated. We Able2 UK Street, Blackburn separately, nteed agains otherwise undue signs be sent guara unless ng ase, Moorgate e, BB2 4PB gue are of purch is not showi Guarantee within the catalo the date product Lancashir cts 619000 year, from to ensure your All produ for one : 01254 checks Telephone 01254 619001 workmanshipregular visual unsuitable .eu or even days recommend tear. Facsimile: iries@able2 ed or faulty, ing, within 14 and damag of wear are packag Email: enqu Guarantee cts you receive in their original nt. 2.eu d, produ /A5 Money Back IVATE us unuse refund your payme PR/AB2 www.able reason the them to PR/AB2/A5/PR or an t If for any return goods e the purpose, you contac for your and we will replac mend that ed Living t, ct, we recom Your local Disabl Helpline of receip a produ es. e of DLF ility Servic the Advic Specialist regarding the suitabh your local Social local centre, call your For advice l Therapist throug For details of 1 help. Layout ationa to Occup q7b.qxp: also be able obility Centre may 6039177. Retail-M on 0870 TC1998

Expiry Date:

Date

Signature

In no va tiv

TC1998

Retail-M

obility

q7b.qxp:

Layout

20/12/12

17:41

WALKER

Retail Stand: 1000mm Height: top of stand: 188cm (74") Height: top of card: 216cm (85") Width: 100cm (39") Depth of base: 37cm (14½") PR/RS/1000

Retail Stand: 600mm Height: top of stand: 188cm (74") Height: top of card: 216cm (85") Width: 60cm (23½")½ Depth of base: 37cm (14½") PR/RS/600

VARY

Max user weight

18 st

28

WHEEL IUM TRI

114 kg

WALKER

living for easier products Innovative

Retail Display Posters Our attractive and practical range of eight posters are perfect for promoting Aids to Daily Living and Back Care in store or clinic. PR/POST/MOB PR/POST/BATH PR/POST/TOIL PR/POST/HK PR/POST/HAR PR/POST/EXER PR/POST/CUSH PR/POST/SPINE

Mobility Poster Bathing Poster Toileting Poster Household/Kitchen Poster Back Care Poster Exercise Poster Wheelchair/Cushion Poster Spine Poster

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Mobility a ed with of life mix s quality ign. Out give n folded Let’s Go and elegant des and whe e l beautifu both in useup very little spacand t s emely light It is extr easy to fold, take n folded. Big fron is s and f whe kerb itsel away. It over for in to get stand and can e it easy The spring system els mak rear whe yday obstacles. ven surface. other ever absorbs any une fortable, els com , the whe are soft . Easy er handles 78 to 96cm ble leather The rubb in height from forta le brake. Com adjustab ble lockable easily, as managea . be attached effect seat which can bag with carry al is a bag Included bling as a norm dou as well handles. th: 58.5cm Wid 67cm Length: h: 40.5cm Seat widt ht: 59.5cm Seat heig 77-95cm st height Handle adju e/Silver 8/BE Beig PR3027 ) £269.99 k/Silver (£224.99 8/BK Blac PR3027 Price

LATOR OUT ROL LET’S GO

elled er made ndant prop back, bird atte eled walk The Blue has a half folding ity 3 whe easy air High qual inium. Folds for ed desk wheelch Looped le ovable padd from alum transportation. the fully rem g away removab and to give for storage be locked ce when arms, swinwith a leg strap hed iden s brakes can rbly finis Height footrest tional conf fort, supe frame with user addi a standing position. com d adde ry. allic Blue resting in handles. a bag. with a Metn padded upholste le . Includes silver adjustab black nylo kly and easily for The or assembly Requires in metallic blue s quic tation. Fold spor le and tran Availab plete with storage comes comuse by the frame bird Blue les for 940mm ht: 780 braked hand er. heig dle g t/car Han 4.7k attendan weight: 508mm Carrying £99.99 ht: 915mm r (£83.33) Seat heig /SL Silve (£83.33) £99.99 ht: PR30275 635mm Handle heig /BL Blue PR30275 h: 457mm Overall widt 114 Max 18 kg h: st user 14kgs Seat widt weight ht: weig ) £199.99 Carrying rollator that (£166.66 LATOR inium 0 ROL g alum 200 IUM ptin ht PR3 T ALUMIN A lightweig oeuvrable, prom ide of 100 Max 16 COMPAC kg man outs ly st and user easi e is weight can be dence insid indepen Looped brakes or ed e. seat in a the hom n resting height has locked whe tion. The seat adjusted posi standing tions and can be ht of the S heig posi HION e the CUS on thre ending ELCHAIR height FOR WHE PAGES 36 - 39 easily dep handles are also storage SEE user. The Folds easily for a bag for le. adjustab n. Includes sportatio seat. and tran frame under the storage in a metallic blue 580mm High le 114 18 Max Availab 455mm kg st user ht: Low m weight Seat heig ht: 780 - 940m Handle heig ht: 4.7kg ying weig .99 Carr 4.99) £149 /BL (£12 PR30282 T ALUMIN

g… sier livin ts fo r ea

Page 29

er made eled walk ity 3 whe steel. Folds for e High qual ng gaug tation. transpor from stro age and hook, les with easy stor le dic hand adjustab Orthopae brakes. Height n undy. Burg in lock dow Available et and tray. handles. bag, bask mm Includes 863 - 940 ht: g heig 6.5k dle Han weight: £89.99 Carrying (£74.99) 3/30-BU PR3027 STYLE MAY

COMPAC

17:42

Page 28

ENDANT NSIT/ATT D – TRA BLUEBIR WHEELCHAIR FOLDING

Mobility WHEEL STEEL TRI

1

20/12/12

e pr od uc

Max user weight

20 st

130 kg

ut! Let’s Go O ore. Enjoy life

a little m

ess. seat ldwide succ r with black r with tor. Wor /silve black/silve Out rolla y. It in the other in beige Let’s Go and stead and est Out is lightand is 58.5 cms s are a backr brown seat. Let’s Go 6.2 kgs accessorie colour as the d to 20 weighs only easily be folde stored Available the same d over wide. It can inside a car or front band in that can be place that put tray big a h holder, cms and l space. The kerbs seat, seat and a crutc the in a smal it easy to cross be mounted guards wheels makewheels have mud dirt. can easily or and the rear your clothes from 78 on the rollat help the ct without to prote handle height from . e a brake any tools Adjustabl Of course there is ng. of to 96 cms. be locked for parki also that can urs. able in two Two colo Out is availone of them Let’s Go inations, colour comb NEW! first Out is the -in Let’s Go has a built rollator thatnsion on the soft suspels for smoother rear whee rough surfaces. walk on

how cover for See Back

bag. shopping Practical placed can be The bag seat or lifted off under the a shopping bag. as and used

to order

29


Mobility

Wheelchairs

2

3 and 4 Wheel Walkers

3

Walking Frames

6

Walking Sticks/Canes

8

Walking Stick Accessories 11 Assistance for the Car

12

Trolleys

14

Crutches and Accessories 15

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobility

Wheelchairs

1 Transport Chair

2 Bluebird – Transit/Attendant Folding Wheelchair

The transport chair is a one-size lightweight folding chair with convenient handling features, which can allow an attendant to quickly manoeuvre an occupant from one location to another, where space is limited, without the need for heavy lifting. It has front castors and rear fixed wheels. The armrests swivel for side transfer Features: • Compact folding system. Folds down to the size of a hold all • Fits 530 x 270 x 650mm (21 x 10½ x 25½") storage space • Weight 7.0kg (1 stone) • Attendant propelled • Low maintenance aluminum frame • 340mm (13") seat width • Occupant weight limit 90kg (14 stone) • Arm rests fold back for side transfer • Available in silver Specifications: • Width: 530mm (21") • Length: 825mm (32½") • Height: 850mm (33½") • Seat width: 340mm (13") • Seat depth: 220mm (8½") • Seat height: 450mm (18") • Width between armrests: 340mm (13") • Height of armrest from seat: 220mm (8½") • Height of back: 320mm (12½") • Height of push handles: 850mm (33½") • Tyres: Solid rubber • Wheel size Front: 125mm (5") • Wheel size Rear: 200mm (8") • Weight of chair: 7kg (1 stone) • Max occupant weight: 90kg (14 stone) • Folded Width: 530mm (21") • Folded Length: 260mm (10") • Folded Height: 650mm (25½") • Cover: Black Nylon

The Bluebird attendant propelled wheelchair has maintenance free 304mm (12") rear wheels and front swiveling castors, half folding back, fully removable padded desk arms, swing away removable footrests with a leg strap for added comfort, superbly finished with a Metallic Blue frame with black nylon, padded upholstery. Folds quickly and easily for storage and transportation. The Bluebird comes complete with braked handles for use by the attendant/carer. Seat Height Handle Height Overall Width Seat Width Rear Wheels Front Wheels Carrying Weight Folded Size

508mm (20") 915mm (36") 635mm (25") 457mm (18") 304mm (12") 203mm (8") 14kgs (31lbs) 92 x 68 x 26cm

PR32000

PR31200 Max user weight

14 st

90 kg

Max user weight

2

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

16 st

100 kg


Mobility

3 Wheel Walkers 1 Steel Tri Wheels

High quality 3 wheeled walker made from strong gauge steel. Folds for easy storage and transportation. Powder coated frame. Orthopaedic handles with hook, lock down brakes. Bag, basket and tray included. Height adjustable handles. Available in Burgundy only. Solid tyres. Lowest Handle Height

813mm (32")

Highest Handle Height

914mm (36")

Width At Widest Point Of Tri Wheel

635mm (25")

Carrying Weight

6.5kg (14lbs)

PR30273/30-BU

Burgundy

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

2 Compact Aluminium Tri Wheel High quality 3 wheeled walker made from aluminium. Folds for easy storage and transportation. Looped brakes can be locked to give the user additional confidence when resting in a standing position. Height adjustable handles. Requires a little tool free assembly. Available in metallic blue or silver frame. Includes a bag. Handle Height Adjustment 780 – 940mm (30¾ - 37") Width Between Handles 480mm (19") External Width 680mm (26¾") Weight 4.7kg Wheel Size 180mm (7") PR30275/SL Silver PR30275/BL Blue

3 Bag For Tri-Wheel

Max user weight

18 st

Lowest Handle Height

780mm (30¾")

Highest Handle Height

940mm (37")

Width At Widest Point Of Tri Wheel

680mm (26¾")

Carrying Weight

4.7kg (10.3lbs)

114 kg

4 Cane and Crutch Holder

A strong and spacious, vinyl waterproof bag optional for the tri wheel walker. Straps around the frame easily, zipper fastening ideal for carrying shopping etc. Suitable for Able2 steel Triwheels.

Cane and Crutch Holder complete with fixings. Can be attached to most rollators.

PR30291

PR30283/CC

5 Basket and Tray for Tri-Walker Vinyl coated steel basket, which attaches between the handles of the Tri-Wheel. The tray fits neatly on top. Suitable for all steel Tri-wheels PR30353

Basket

PR30353/Tray

Tray

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

3


Mobility

4 Wheel Walkers

1 Compact Aluminium Rollator - Blue A lightweight aluminium rollator that is easily manoeuvrable, prompting independence inside and outside of the home. Looped brakes can be locked to give the user additional confidence when resting in a seated or standing position. The seat height has three positions and can be adjusted easily depending on the height of the user. The handles are also height adjustable. Folds easily for storage and transportation. Includes a bag for storage under the seat. Available in a metallic blue frame. Seat Height

Low: 455mm (18") Med: 530mm (21") High: 580mm (23")

Handle Height

840 - 950mm (33-37")

Width Between Handles 450mm (17¾") External Width

600mm (23½")

Weight

5.35kg

Wheel Size

150mm (6") (11.8lbs)

PR30282/BL PR30284 Replacement Bag

Max user weight

18 st

113 kg

2 Metro Walker The Metro Walker is the worldʼs smallest-folding walker to make travelling… Stress-Free! Its easy-fold technology allows you to fold the walker in seconds with the lift of a finger for fast and easy storage. When youʼre ready to use it – simply pull the handles apart and youʼre ready to go. It only weighs 2.7kg and the smaller 48cm base makes it easy to fit through tight spaces for maximum portability. And to fit your individual style - it comes in 2 different colours (Regal Rose and Black Walnut) -

Collapsed Dimension: 15 x 10 x 81cm Wheels: 10cm (4") diameter Height Adjustment: 81 to 91cm for users 4'10" to 6'8" Max User Weight: 113kg (18 stone)

PR30181/BW Black Walnut PR30181/RR Regal Rose Max user weight

18 st

113 kg

3 Letʼs Go Indoor Rollator The Letʼs Go Indoor Rollator is an entirely new and practical walking aid. It is light, flexible and beautifully designed for indoor use in the home, hospital or care home. It is comfortable to use and easy to manoeuvre over carpet and household thresholds, and it is perfect for getting into narrow spaces such as toilets and bathrooms. The hand operated brakes are easy to apply and can be used as parking brakes. The handle is soft and comfortable and can be adjusted to suit the height of the user. The brakes are also linked together so that both brakes can be operated with just one hand. The Letʼs Go comes with a useful carry bag and clip on tray, which is ideal for transporting drinks, plates or any other small light weight items from room to room. Tray colour may vary. The Letʼs Go can be neatly folded away when not in use or for transporting in a car. A useful accessory in the hospital environment is the drip holder. This optional extra is easily attached to the frame and allows the user to walk with a drip and a walking aid comfortably. Aluminium finish with stylish beech appearance on the rear legs.

4

Handle Height

838-914mm (33-36")

Tray Height

711mm (28")

Length

630mm (25")

Width Between Rear Wheels

457mm (18")

Width External At Front

432mm (17")

Width External At Back

559mm (22")

Wheel Diameter

150mm (6")

Carrying Weight

6kg (13lbs)

PR30285

Silver/Beech

PR30285/SL

Silver/Black

PR30285/T

Replacement Tray

PR30285/FB

Replacement Fabric Bag

Max user weight

100 kg

16 st

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobility

4 Wheel Walkers

1 Letʼs Go Out Rollator Letʼs Go Out gives quality of life mixed with a beautiful and elegant design. It is light and elegant, both in use and when it is folded. It has a cross folding which makes it easy to fold and it takes little space and can stand for itself when it is folded. Big front and rear wheels make it easy to get over kerbs and other obstacles. Even more important is the spring system in the wheels that gives a smooth movement compensating for stiff joints. Letʼs Go Out has soft, comfortable rubber handles, adjustable in height from 78 to 96 cms to fit different body lengths. It has an easy manageable brake which of course can be locked. There is a comfortable leather effect seat and it has an elegant design in all details and as a whole. Included is a specifically designed bag which can be attached easily to the rollator as well as being used as a normal bag with carry handles. Optional extras available include a back strap in a choice of colours depending on the original colour style of rollator chosen, a crutch holder and a tray which fits onto the seat. Replacement bags are also available. Length 67cm Width 58.5cm Seat width 40.5cm Seat height 59.5cm Handle adjustable height 77-95cm PR30278/BE

Beige and Silver

PR30278/BK

Black and Silver

Optional Extras PR30278/BK/STRAP Back Strap – Black PR30278/BE/STRAP Back Strap – Beige

Max user weight

20 st

PR30278/BK/BAG

Replacement Bag – Black

PR30278/BE/BAG

Replacement Bag – Beige

PR30278/CH

Crutch Holder

PR30278/TRAY

Tray

130 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

5


Mobility

Walking Frames

1 Deluxe Folding Walker Folding and lightweight and robust with aluminium frame and adjustable height legs. Folds by use of a simple press down button and becomes only 100mm (4") thick for easy storage or transportation. Silver framed walkers come with plastic handles for easy clean, coloured framed walkers have soft foam comfort handles. Available in two colours. Width: 508mm (20") Depth: 406mm (16") Height Adjustment: 787-965mm (31-38") Weight: 2.4kgs (5.2lbs) PR30180-SL

Max user weight

19 st

Silver

120 kg

2 Rigid Walker Frame Standard rigid walking frame, lightweight but robust with a moulded plastic hand grip and grey high friction rubber tips. Height adjustable from 812-914mm (32-36") with sturdy 25mm (1") anodised aluminium frame. Moulded plastic hand grip. Also available with wheels; fixed or swivel (see PR30176/A below). Width front 457mm (18") Width rear 660mm (26") Depth 546mm (21½"). Requires assembly. PR30195 PR30176/A

76mm (3") Side Fixed Wheels (Pair)

Max user weight

120 kg

19 st

3 Side Fixed Wheels For Walkers 76mm (3") 76mm (3") wheeled extension legs. Side-fixed design, suitable for use on the PR30195 Rigid walker, with the tube measuring 22mm (7/8"). Sold in pairs. Will fit walker PR30195 PR30176/A pair

4 Walker Glides Easy to attach to walkers, fits on rear legs and replaces rubber ferrules. Glides walker across floor. Made from durable plastic. PR30218-WH

1"White pair

PR30219-GR

1"Grey pair

6

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobility

Walking Frame Accessories 1 EasyCaddy

The EasyCaddy consists of a tray and an outer case (bucket), which allows you to safely carry personal items and meals easily and with confidence. It is simple to attach to many folding wheeled walkers. It is light sturdy, easy to clean, and it will not upset the balance of the walker. Will fit PR30180-BL and PR30180-SL. Width 415mm (16¼"). Depth 330mm (13") Height (with tray) 190mm (7½"). Weight 2kg (4.4lbs) PR30351

2 The Buckingham Walking Frame Caddy Developed by healthcare professionals the Buckingham Walking Frame Caddy enables users of wheeled walking frames to safely transport a variety of daily living items. In most instances it can replace the need for a trolley. The caddy enables a patient to carry most items safely and more independently, without being reliant upon carers. The Caddy has one large and one small compartment to allow the user to separate items such as glasses, keys, medication etc. Supplied with a tray, that is designed to safely transport a plate of food, and a mug holder, which catches any spillages. The caddy is easy to fit to most styles of walking frame. Manufactured from a tough, durable plastic it can be cleaned in a dishwasher and has drainage holes, for easy drying. Will fit PR30195. Maximum carrying weight 2kg. Width without tray 434mm (17") Width with tray 457mm (18"). Depth with tray 310mm (12¼") Height 200mm (8") Total weight 1kg PR30350

3 Walking Frame Net Bag A knotted nylon bag, that can clip onto any walking frame for carrying shopping or personal belongings. PR30292

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

7


Mobility

Walking Sticks/Canes

Bronze

Birds Eye Maple

Natural

Black

Blue Petal

1 Folding Adjustable Walking Sticks These folding adjustable walking sticks with “T” shaped handle are lightweight and easy to use, they fold away neatly for easy storage when not in use. All canes have a maximum user weight of 114 kg (18 stone). Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (¾") Code PR30121/I PR30121/J PR30121-F/ICE PR30121-F/ICE/S PR30120-F/FRL PR30120-F/FRL/S PR30120-BK PR30120-BK/S PR30121-BK PR30120-BZ PR30121-BZ PR30120/BF PR30120/BF/S PR30120/BP PR30120/BP/S PR30120/T PR30120/T/S PR30120/RAB/S PR30120/RAB PR30120/IVY/S PR30120/IVY PR30120/PF/S PR30120/PF PR30120/PAS/S PR30120/PAS PR30120/SNK/S PR30120/SNK

Colour Birds Eye Maple Natural Blue Ice Blue Ice Floral Floral Black Black Black Bronze Bronze Burgundy Flower Burgundy Flower Blue Petal Blue Petal Tartan Tartan Rainbow Rainbow Ivy Ivy Pink Flower Pink Flower Paisley Paisley Snake Snake

Size 838-940mm (33-37") 838-940mm (33-37") 838-940mm (33-37") 737-838mm (29-33") 787-889mm (31-35") 737-838mm (29-33") 787-889mm (31-35") 737-838mm (29-33") 838-940mm (33-37") 787-889mm (31-35") 838-940mm (33-37") 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'') 737-838mm (29-33'') 838-940mm (33-37'')

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

All sticks & canes on this page

See Above For Choice of Colour

2 Arthritis Grip Cane Adjustable - Black Arthritis Grip Cane for users that need full palm support. Especially suitable for Rheumatoid Arthritis sufferers Adjustable in height 762-991mm (30-39"). Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (¾"). PR30107-BK Right Handed PR30108-BK Left Handed

Max user weight

8

18 st

114 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Paisley

Rainbow


Mobility

Walking Sticks/Canes

Snake

Floral

Blue Ice

Tartan

Burgundy Flower

Pink Flower

Ivy

1 Arthritis Grip Cane - Adjustable - Folding Arthritis grip cane for users that need full palm support. Especially suitable for Rheumatoid Arthritis sufferers. Adjustable in height 838-940mm (33-37"). Cane folds for easy storage. Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (他"). PR30107/F-BK Right Handed Black PR30108F-BK Left Handed Black PR30107F-ICE Right Handed Blue Ice PR30108F-ICE Left Handed Blue Ice PR30107F-FRL Right Handed Floral PR30108F-FRL Left Handed Floral PR30107F-RAB Right Handed Rainbow PR30108F-RAB Left Handed Rainbow PR30107F-IVY Right Handed Ivy PR30108F-IVY Left Handed Ivy PR30107F-PF Right Handed Pink Flower PR30108F-PF Left Handed Pink Flower PR30107F-PAS Right Handed Paisley PR30108F-PAS Left Handed Paisley PR30107F-SNK Right Handed Snake PR30108F-SNK Left Handed Snake

See Above For Choice of Colour

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

2 Comfort Grip Cane - Adjustable - Folding Comfort grip cane for users that need gentle palm support. Adjustable in height 838-940mm (33-37"). Cane folds for easy storage. Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (他"). PR30107FS-BK PR30108FS-BK PR30107FS-ICE PR30108FS-ICE PR30107FS-FRL PR30108FS-FRL PR30107FS-RAB PR30108FS-RAB PR30107FS-IVY PR30108FS-IVY PR30107FS-PF PR30108FS-PF PR30107FS-PAS PR30108FS-PAS PR30107FS-SNK PR30108FS-SNK

Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed Right Handed Left Handed

Black Black Blue Ice Blue Ice Floral Floral Rainbow Rainbow Ivy Ivy Pink Flower Pink Flower Paisley Paisley Snake Snake

See Above For Choice of Colour

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

3 Folding Cane Holder / Clip This useful accessory keeps your folding stick held securely together when not in use. PR30156

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

9


Mobility

Walking Aids

1 Flipstick The Flipstick is a dual-purpose walking cane comprised of a rigid, folding aluminium stem with a comfortable plastic seat/handle. A spring-loaded button securely locks the seat/handle in either the walking or sitting positions. Lightweight to carry, yet capable of safely supporting 130 kg (280 lbs). Constructed from 4 interlocking aluminium stem sections joined together with a polyester covered rubber shot cord running through the centre. The triangular shaped bag can be carried over the shoulder, around the waist or simply in the hand – the perfect travellerʼs companion. Weight with bag 0.60kg / 1.33 lbs Weight without bag 0.50kg / 1.11 lbs

Max user weight

Code PR30127 PR30128/BK PR30128/PK PR30128/NB

Height 87.5cm 87.5-91.5cm 87.5-91.5cm 87.5-91.5cm

Type of Stick Handle Flipstick Original Flipstick Adjustable, Folding Flipstick Adjustable, Folding Flipstick Adjustable, Folding

20 st

130 kg

Colour Black Black Dayglow Pink Navy Blue

2 Comfort Grip Cane Adjustable - Small Handle -Black

3 Adjustable Quad Cane Height adjustable quad cane with curved neck, which places the userʼs weight directly over the shaft for safety. The handle is shaped to fit the centre of the palm and the front tapers for the fingers. Steel construction with graphite coloured shaft and black powder coating finish at the base for durability. Extra grip rubber ferrules on all four legs. Height adjusts from 750-930mm (29.5-36.5") Base dimension 230 x 240mm (9 x 9.5") Ferrule size for Quad Cane is 16mm (5/8")

Comfort Grip Cane for users that need gentle palm support. Adjustable in height 762-991mm (30-39"). Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (¾"). PR30107S-BK Right Handed PR30108S-BK Left Handed

Max user weight

18 st

PR30148/SB

Max user weight

114 kg

4 Adjustable Aluminium Cane - Bronze Adjustable aluminium cane with plastic York handle. Height adjustable from 787991mm (31-39"). Bronze in colour. Ferrule size for this canes is 22mm (7/8"). PR30130-BZ

5 Non-Folding Aluminium Adjustable Cane - Wood Grain Mahogany T shape wooden handle. Light and easy to use, height adjusts from 787-991mm (31-39"). Mahogany. Ferrule size for this canes is 22mm (7/8") PR30090-E

16 st

100 kg

6 White Cane This handled cane is very comfortable to use and has an easy to clean white plastic sleeve shrunk over the shaft. It has a maximum user weight of 105kg and comes with a ferrule. PR30126/S 36" (Supplied with Derby handle) PR30126/M 38" (Supplied with Derby handle) PR30126/L 40" (Supplied with Shepherds Crook handle)

Max user weight

10

18 st

114 kg

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

Max user weight

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

16 st

105 kg


Mobility

Walking Stick Accessories Bridgit

1

Bridgit is a clever, attractive clip that solves the problem of holding crutches and walking sticks when they arenʼt being used. Bridgit joins two crutches or walking sticks together in a stable X shape to rest against any convenient surface – much safer than laying the crutches or stick on the floor. It can also be used to hook single crutches or walking sticks over the back of a chair or hand rail, keeping them out of the way but still within easy reach. Bridgit is easy to use and suitable for all crutches and sticks between 18 - 25mm PR30155

2 Crutch Handle Pads Constructed from a core of high density polyurethane foam topped on either side with a layer of visco elastic memory foam. Covered in a multi-stretch/waterproof fabric with Velcro fastenings. The combination of memory foam and the multi-stretch fabric allows these pads to easily wrap round a crutch or stick handle. These versatile pads provide pressure relief and support for users with brittle skin type and hand disabilities. Can also be used on a variety of walking aids Supplied as a pair Pad Size: 13x13x3.5cm (5x5x1½") SP54955

3 Ferrules

PR30018-BK

PR30017-BK

16mm (5/8") Black

19mm (¾") Black PR30037-BK

PR30034-BK

16mm (5/8") Black

19mm (¾") Black PR30039-BK

PR30039-GR

Code

Size

Colour

Base Diameter

PR30017-BK

16mm (5/8")

Black

30mm

PR30017-GR

16mm (5/8")

Grey

30mm

PR30037-BK

16mm (5/8")

Black

30mm

PR30037-GR

16mm (5/8")

Grey

30mm

PR30018-BK

19mm (¾")

Black

30mm

PR30018-GR

19mm (¾")

Grey

30mm

PR30034-BK

19mm (¾")

Black

40mm

PR30034-GR

19mm (¾")

Grey

40mm

PR30035-BK

21mm (¾")

Black

40mm

PR30035-GR

21mm (¾")

Grey

40mm

PR30039-BK

27mm (11/8") Black

40mm

PR30039-GR

27mm (11/8") Grey

40mm

2 per pack 27mm (11/8") Black

27mm (11/8") Grey

4 Rebound Ferrule

5 Cane Strap

This useful ferrule enables you to retrieve your stick without bending down. With a little practice you can raise your stick from any surface and also hold your stick upright if you need to use both hands PR30016

Cane strap for wood or plastic handled canes PR30150

6 Cane/Crutch Holder Keeps canes and crutches handy. A clip-on holder balances the cane and a rubber pad helps keep the holder from sliding off the table. The Cane/Crutch Holder securely grips a cane or crutch with a 16 to 25mm (5/8" to 1") diameter. PR30158

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

11


Mobility to e iv us 2 cl ble Ex A

1 Handy Bar

Assistance for the Car

• Security • Independence • Mobility • Confidence • Injury Prevention • Emergency Escape • Universal Fit • Convenient Size and Weight • Non Slip Handle • Patented, Engineered Design

The customer can get in and out of their vehicle easily and comfortably with this strong simple device. The Handy Bar, with its soft grip, non-slip handle for extra comfort and super strong forged steel shaft, creates a safe, solid support handle where it is needed. The Handy Bar fits the majority of vehicles with the “U” shaped striker. The Handy Bar also incorporates a Seat Belt Cutter and Glass Breaker to help leave a vehicle quickly and easily in the event of an accident The Handybar® inserts into the U-shaped striker plate on your vehicle door frame. The U-shaped striker plate is one of the strongest parts of the vehicle and is designed to keep your vehicle door closed in the event of a side-impact collision. There is a striker on each of the vehicleʼs door pillars allowing the Handybar® to be used on both driver and passenger side-doors. PR40013

Max user weight

25 stone

158 kg

2 Swivel Cushion A soft, padded, flexible turning disc ideal for use on car seats, chairs and beds. The Soft Transfer Seat allows a smooth swivel transfer without painful jarring or twisting. PR41021

Max user weight

12

18 stone

120 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobility

Assistance for the Car 1 Auto Mobility Solution

A combination pack containing the Handybar速 and a Swivel Cushion PR40014

2 Panoramic Car Mirror The Panoramic Rear View Mirror improves driving safety and visibility by eliminating blind spots and giving all-lane visibility. Its non-glare convex mirror provides confidence while driving. Installs easily over existing rear view mirror. Size 17.0" x 2.0" x 3.1" PR40017

3 Car Caddie Provides assistance for seniors getting in and out of an automobile. Simply roll down your window and put the buckle in place, adjust the handle height, and roll up the window. Made of durable, long lasting nylon. The rubber cushion grip provides a comfortable gripping surface. The buckle has an ergonomic design making it easy to open and close. PR40016

4 Seat Belt Reacher A convenient handle for pulling your car seat belt. This is an ideal product for those people with arthritis, shoulder pain or limited mobility and just struggle to reach around and grab their seat belt. It attaches easily to your existing seat belt with no tools required. PR40015

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

13


Mobility

Trolleys and Miscellaneous Accessories

1 Derby Half Step The Derby Half Step is designed for outdoor use and halves the door step rise for those with limited mobility. The large platform allows you to be steady before attempting the next step. The step is made from tough heavy duty plastic and is supplied complete with a slip resistant rubber mat. The four feet are fully adjustable to ensure level use. 700 x 400 x 110mm (27½ x 16 x 4½"). Weight 5.1kg (11.25lbs) PR30295 Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Shopping Trolley

3 The Liberator - Shop A Seat

No more struggling up kerbs or steps with heavy old-fashioned shoppers. This new six-wheel shopping trolley has a clever articulated design that just glides up any step or staircase. Itʼs lightweight design (just 2.1Kg) has external pockets for magazines, brollys etc., and a strap for handbags. Folds flat for easy storage. Handle height: 1000mm (39½") PR30281

This four wheeled trolley has been designed primarily for people with a disability such as rheumatism, arthritis, a bad back, neck, shoulders, feet, etc., who require a balance aid when walking. As the name implies, this trolley offers freedom and confidence to those who may normally be housebound, to do their shopping in the knowledge that they can stop and rest whenever they feel the need. • When used as a seat, the four steel feet provide a firm, safe contact with great stability. • Unique, retractable undercarriage operates when the handle is lowered - leaving four very stable feet on the ground. • Extra thick soft rubber handgrips for arthritic hands. • Adjustable right-height handle for comfortable walking position. Height

570mm (22½")

Handle Height Adjustment

870mm to 1000mm (34¼-39¼")

Width

355mm (14")

Depth

205mm (8")

Weight

5.5kg (12lbs)

PR30287 Max user weight

25 st

160 kg

4 Shoe Spike The Shoe Spike prevents slipping during frost, snow and ice. The device is made from a frost-proof and very durable rubber compound and the hard metal pins are highly resistant to wear. An additional rear reflector is also included for safety. The Snow Spike will fit on many different shoes, such as winter footwear, sports footwear and rubber boots. There are four different sizes Small, Medium, Large and Extra Large. PR30293/S PR30293/M PR30293/L PR30293/XL

14

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobility

Crutches and Accessories 1 Comfort Grip Adjustable Crutches

Forearm Crutches have an anatomical soft grip designed to support the palm and spread the pressure, for increasing comfort. Leg and forearm sections adjust independently for a custom fit. Height to handle: 660-890mm (26-35") Handle to cuff: 230-310mm (9-12"). Sold in pairs. Finished in Bronze or Blue metallic. Ferrule size for these canes is 21mm. PR30081-BZ Bronze PR30082-BL Blue Max user weight

2 Progress Open Cuff Crutch

16 st

100 kg

3 Progress Closed Cuff Crutch

These lightweight elbow crutches are both stylish and practical. The ergonomically designed handles fit comfortably into the hand and are height adjustable from 720-960mm (28-37"). This crutch also has a height adjustable elbow support 220-290mm (8½-11") Weighs 520g. Colour: Dark Grey. Sold in pairs. Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (¾").

These lightweight elbow crutches are both stylish and practical. The ergonomically designed handles fit comfortably into the hand and are height adjustable from 720-960mm (28-37"). This crutch has a height adjustable elbow support 220-290mm (8½-11") and also a fully pivoting arm cuff. Weighs 520g. Maximum user weight 150kg. Colour: Dark Grey. Sold in pairs Ferrule size for these canes is 19mm (¾"). PR30087

PR30086 Max user weight

23.5 st

Max user weight

150 kg

23.5 st

150 kg

4 Crutch Lock The Buckingham Crutch Lock is a revolutionary new accessory which provides strong magnetic power allowing you to lock your two crutches together and enabling them to be leaned on a surface and not fall over. Stylish, modern and cleverly designed the Crutch Locks fix in seconds with no drilling, screwing or tools required. PR30289

5 Crutch Pod The Buckingham Crutch pod has been designed by an Occupational Therapist to allow those using elbow crutches to easily carry small personal belongings whilst holding both crutches. Stylish neat and modern design easily clips to a variety of positions on the stem of the crutch allowing personal belongings such as mobile phone, sunglasses, keys, water bottle etc to be carried with ease. The Buckingham Crutch pod will not upset the balance or function of the crutches. PR30288

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

15


www.able2.eu

16

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair/ Scooter Accessories

Wet Weather Wear

18

Bags

20

Scooter Accessories

21

Wheelchair Accessories

22

Ramps

23

Gloves

24

For a comprehensive range of Wheelchair Cushions please see pages 25 - 35

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Accessories 1 Splash Scooter Leg Cape The scooter leg cape is a practical cover that drapes over your lap and legs to keep you warm and comfortable. The outer fabric is fully waterproof and windproof. The inner lining is a smart, yet practical navy fur to cut out drafts. Simple clip on straps allow you to fasten the cape around your waist or over the shoulders. The scooter leg cape is quick and easy to put on. Available in one universal size. Size: 100cm (L) PR34001

Universal

2 Splash Scooter Cosy The scooter cosy offers full lower body protection from wind and rain. Place the cosy on your scooter seat, simply zip it up and drive off. The full length heavy duty zip opens up to allow easy access on and off the scooter. The open ended bottom allows you to comfortable straddle your scooter steering column. The smart navy fur inner extends right up the back of your chair to ensure you stay as warm as possible. Ideal for use with the mobility poncho for total weather protection. Available in one universal size. Size: 120cm (L) x 110cm (W) PR34002

Universal

3 Splash Scooter Cape The scooter cape is a highly practical garment that covers you and your scooter. The soft clear panel at the front allows oncoming cars and pedestrians to see your lights, whilst you can see your control panel instruments. Velcro slots at the side also allow wing mirrors to sit outside the garment, ensuring you have maximum visibility. A full length heavy duty side zip opens to the bottom of the cape so that you can place it over the scooter and step in. Reflective strips at the side and the rear ensure that you can be seen at night from all angles. Available in two sizes, medium and large. Size: Medium = 125cm (L) x 65cm (W) Large = 135cm (L) x 65cm (W) PR34003/M

Medium

PR34003/L

Large

4 Splash Scooter Storage Cover The scooter storage cover is a lightweight elasticated cover that slips over your scooter when additional temporary cover is required. The smart navy fabric is fully waterproof and the seams are sealed to ensure that water does not get through. Fits most three and four wheeled scooters. The cover is machine washable as well as wipe clean. The scooter storage cover folds up small enough after use to fit a storage bag or pouch. Size: 105cm (H) x 68cm (W) x 136cm (L) PR34004

Universal

5 Splash Deluxe Scooter Storage Cover The deluxe scooter storage cover is made from a heavy duty navy fabric that sits firmly over your scooter in all weathers. The tough outdoor fabric will keep your scooter free of rain or dirt thrughout the year. Simply slip the cover on and pull the adjusting strap tight so that the cover is firmly fitted. Available in two sizes. Size: Large = 113cm (H) x 67cm (W) x 136cm (D) Size: XL = 130cm (H) x 80cm (W) x 160cm (D) PR34005/L

Large

PR34005/XL

Extra Large

18

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Wet Weather Wear


Wheelchair Accessories

Wet Weather Wear

1 Splash Wheelchair Apron The wheelchair apron fits snugly over the lower half of your body keeping you dry and comfortable in your chair. The elasticated bottom fits around the footplates whilst the waist is held in place with straps that can either be fastened around the chair struts or right the way around the chair back. The material is fully waterproof and the lined apron has a smart navy fur lining for extra warmth and comfort. A Deluxe Wheelchair Apron is available with a cotton lining for added warmth and comfort. Available in one universal size. Size: 100cm (L) PR34020

Universal

Splash Deluxe Wheelchair Apron PR34020/D

Universal

2 Splash Wheelchair Cosy The Wheelchair Cosy provides warmth and protection from the rain. The cosy is totally waterproof and the smart navy fur lining retains heat, keeping you warm whatever the weather. The full length heavy duty zip allows easy access and the cord pull means that you can zip yourself in without having to bend down to the very bottom of the garment. A tough foot panel prevents scuffing around the base. Drawstrings around the waist allow you to pull the cosy tightly around you for extra warmth. The cosy is held in place by elastic loops over the pushing handles, preventing you sliding down the seat. Available in two sizes, medium and large. Size: Medium = 110cm (L) x 77cm (W) Large = 125cm (L) x 110cm (W) PR34021/M PR34021/L

Medium Large

3 Splash Wheelchair Mac The Wheelchair Mac provides practical head to toe cover for you and your wheelchair. The elasicated hem fits snugly over the footplates of the wheelchair and slots at the rear allow the pushing handles to remain in use if required. The hood features drawcords with spring locks and a sturdy zip allows an open neck for a more relaxed fit. The Mac is fully waterproof and windproof. The wheelchair Mac is available in two sizes, medium and large, and also a Deluxe version with a brushed cotton lining for additional warmth. The Wheelchair Mac is available as a sleeved garment in two sizes and a Deluxe version complete with a cotton lining. Size: Medium = 152cm (L) Large = 165cm (L) PR34022/M PR34022/L PR34023/M PR34023/L

Unsleeved Medium Unsleeved Large Sleeved Medium Sleeved Large

Splash Deluxe Wheelchair Mac PR34024/M PR34024/L PR34025/M PR34026/L

Unsleeved Medium Unsleeved Large Sleeved Medium Sleeved Large

4 Splash Universal Poncho The Wheelchair Poncho simply slips over your head and provides quick and practical protection from showers and wind. The poncho is fully waterproof and has slots at the rear of the garment for pushing handles. Convenient pop-fastened ties at the bottom of the cape allow you to fix it to struts and prevent the poncho from billowing out. The lined poncho has a soft brushed cotton inner that provides additional warmth and comfort. Available in one universal size. PR34027 PR34028

Unsleeved Universal Sleeved Universal

Splash Deluxe Universal Poncho PR34027/D PR34028/D

Unsleeved Universal Sleeved Universal

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

19


Wheelchair Accessories

Wheelchair / Scooter Bags

1 Splash Crutch/Walking Stick Bag This strong durable bag is ideal for any wheelchair and most scooters with or without a headrest. There are two side sleeves to hold in place crutches or walking sticks. It has one main compartment, a small zipped front pocket and a front net pocket. There is a reflective strip for safety. Size: 43 x 43 x 10cm PR34051

2 Splash Scooter Bag This strong durable bag is ideal for most scooters with or without a headrest. It has one main compartment, a small zipped front pocket and two side net pockets ideal for drinks bottles. There is a reflective strip for safety. Size: 43 x 43 x 10cm PR34052

3 Splash Wheelchair Bag This strong durable bag is ideal for most wheelchairs. It has one main compartment, a small zipped front pocket and two side net pockets ideal for a drinks bottle. There is a reflective strip for safety. Size: 43 x 43 x 10cm PR34053

4 Under Seat Wheelchair Pouch This ingenious device provides a convenient storage compartment under the chair and is accessible from the front by the wheelchair user. Made of durable dark blue nylon. Fastens securely and easily with buckles. Size: 300(H) x 280(W) x 400mm(D) (12"H x 11"W x 16"D) PR35077

5 Mobility Bag A strong, stylish and multipurpose bag, which secures around the seat of the scooter or powerchair using long, wide detachable braided straps. Fitted with a reflector strip. Colour Navy Blue. Height 42cm (16½") Width 36 (14") Depth 14cm (5½") PR35175

6 Oxygen CarryON Wheelchair Bag Conveniently stores oxygen tanks out of the way. The lightweight Oxygen CarryON Wheelchair Bag is ideal for persons with emphysema or other respiratory conditions. Large mesh bag measures 410 x 580mm (16 x 23") and holds one or two “E” cylinder tanks. Also features an 300mm (11") deep mask/nasal cannula pouch. Machine washable. PR35203

20

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Accessories

Scooter Accessories

1 Splash Powerchair Cape The Powerchair cape is designed for chairs with electronic joystick controls on the left or right side. The cape covers you and your chair ensuring that you remain warm and dry in all weathers. A clear panel ensures that you can see the chair controls at all time. The brushed cotton lining provides additional warmth. The elasticated hem ensures a snug fit around the base of your chair. Size: 152cm (L) PR34029 Universal

2 Splash Scooter Control Panel Cover This wrap around control panel cover prevents rain from getting into your scooter controls. The cover is a universal fit for most styles of scooters and the elasticated edges fit snugly around the handles. A simple but effective solution! PR34006

3 Splash Scooter Seat Cover The scooter seat cover is an elasticated cover that fits over the seat and beackrest of your scooter seat. A hook and loop strap secures it around the base of the seat. The cover is fully waterproof. PR34007

4 Disabled Badge Holder Designed to store and display your European style blue badge and time card. The wallet opens to display both cards, and the time card can be adjusted without the need to remove it. This wallet is ideal to protect your badges and is useful to transport them should you change vehicle. The wallet is made from leather and opens to fully display the badges behind clear pockets. The wallet is protected by polished gilt corners. Size when closed: 173 mm. (6.75") x 146 mm. (5他"). Size when open: 348 mm. (134/5") x 146 mm. (5他"). Available in two colours. PR35207/B

Black

PR35207/P

Purple

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

21


Wheelchair Accessories 1 Wheelchair Seat Covers 100% Pure New Wool These Real wool Wheelchair Seat Covers have the unique ability to absorb perspiration, thus preventing the skin from becoming ʻclammyʼ. This allows the skin to breath more effectively; very important in pressure area care. Real wool is exothermic. Unlike polyester fleeces, wool can absorb up to 33% of its own weight in moisture without feeling damp (compared with polyesterʼs 5%) Wool will not feel cold even when damp. Real wool has a remarkable natural resilience: with the real Lambʼs wool high-density 1" deep pile this distributes pressure more evenly giving immediate comfort and relief. Real wool has a gentle touch that prevents friction burns from abrasive materials. The Wheelchair Seat Covers are pretreated to enable the real Lambs wool to be hot washable up to 161°F (71°C) and autoclaved. The Real Wool Bed Fleeces can be washed at these temperatures up to 50 times and still continue to give softness and comfort to patients. PR20137

Wheelchair Seat Cover 46 x 41cm (18" x 16")

PR20138

Wheelchair Seat and Back Cover 91 x 41cm (36" x 16")

2 Extra Secure Wheelchair Belt Additional Security and Padding. This belt criss-crosses in the back of the wheelchair and loops around the tilt levers, providing extra security. Consists of soft comfortable foam attached to a wide, heavy duty nylon strap. Measures 120 x 560mm (4½ x 22"). Slide the buckles on the strap to adjust length. Straps measure 1020mm (40") long. Fits comfortably around hips. Machine wash and dry. Light blue with dark blue trim. PR35057

3 ADL Lap Tray A durable and economical lap tray solution. The sturdy ADL Lap Tray is ideal for use in a long-term care facility. It can take vigorous use, is waterproof and easy to clean. This 6.4mm (¼") thick tray is melamine-impregnated and both top and bottom are sealed. Depressed edge prevents small objects from sliding off the tray. Features rounded corners for safety. Secures with hook and loop straps riveted to the board. Width 597mm (23½") Length 559mm (22") Cut out Length 228mm (9") Width 355mm (14") PR35018

Thoracic Back Support With Laterals

4

This versatile product assists in the prevention of incorrect spinal alignment stabilising the trunk to maintain a mid-line position. • Simple to adjust lateral supports using multi-way touch close fastening • Integral rigid plate with soft polyurethane foam topping • Fits most chairs and wheelchairs • Easily fitted using two elasticated buckled straps • Removable, multi-stretch, waterproof cover • Size: 43x43cm (17x17") Lateral Supports 20cm (8") Customised Sizes Available On Request SP24352

22

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Accessories


Wheelchair Accessories

Ramps 1 Portable Ramps

2 Suitcase Ramps

These wheelchair ramps are designed to be portable, made from anodized aluminium so they are light weight, complete with a carry bag ideal for transporting. PR30298/B Length

1.5m (5ft)

Width (Externa)

165mm (6½")

Width (Internal)

114mm (4½")

Depth

80mm (3")

Carrying Wight

6.5kg (14lbs)

Max Load

200kg (29 stone)

Suitable For:

Wheelchairs Mini Scooters

These folding ramps are manufactured in anodised aluminium and trimmed at the edges with a coarse finish strip to the side up stands preventing the risk of slippage. The treads are slotted to facilitate drainage and stop the build up of ice. Supplied with handle and lock. Easily transportable in the back of a car. Width when open 740mm (29"), length 915mm (3ft), weight 9.2kg. PR30310/3 Suitcase Ramps - 3ft (915mm) Width when open 740mm (29"), length 1,220mm (4ft), weight 12.2kg. PR30310/4 Suitcase Ramps - 4ft (1220mm) Width when open 740mm (29"), length 1,525mm (5ft), weight 15.2kg. PR30310/5 Suitcase Ramps - 5ft (1525mm) Max user weight

Max user weight

29 st

55 st

350 kg

200 kg

3 Roll Up Wheelchair Ramp Aluminium in construction, portable and simple to use quickly makes stairs accessible. Length 910mm (36½") Width 750mm (30") PR30297

Max user weight

36 st

227 kg

4 Ricmar Threshold Ramps Our threshold ramps make it much easier to get through doorways with a threshold step. Constructed of aluminium they are lightweight, have a non slip surface and have a convenient built-in carry handle. There are three difference sizes available depending on the threshold and the space to lay the ramp on. PR30307 3cm height PR30308 3-7cm height PR30309 5-15cm height

Max user weight

39 st

250 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

23


Wheelchair Accessories

Gloves

1 Revara Sports Gloves Glove with semi-covered fingers and semi-covered thumb. Additionally strengthened at different strategic places, especially designed for wheelchair users who prefer to have their fingers free. The combination of leather and flexible material provides the gloves with an optimal fit. The gloves have recently been improved to guarantee durability. These real sport gloves are equipped with an additional non-skid inside for a maximum grip. Revara sports has equipped the gloves with unique so called “pull off” strings between the fingers. For quick and effortless removal of the gloves. Available in four colours – red, blue, black and grey.

Code

Hand Width

Red

Blue

Black

Grey

X Small

Upto 7cm

PR35183/R/XS

PR35183/BL/XS

PR35183/BK/XS

PR35183/GR/XS

Small

Upto 8cm

PR35183/R/S

PR35183/BL/S

PR35183/BK/S

PR35183/GR/S

Medium

Upto 9cm

PR35183/R/M

PR35183/BL/M

PR35183/BK/M

PR35183/GR/M

Large

Upto 10cm

PR35183/R/L

PR35183/BL/L

PR35183/BK/L

PR35183/GR/L

X Large

Upto 11cm

PR35183/R/XL

PR35183/BL/XL

PR35183/BK/XL

PR35183/GR/XL

XX Large

Upto 12cm

PR35183/R/XXL

PR35183/BL/XXL

PR35183/BK/XXL

PR35183/GR/XXL

2 Revara Sports Indoor Gloves Code

Hand Width Orange

X Small

Up To 7cm

PR35184/O/XS

Small

Up To 8cm

PR35184/O/S

Medium

Up To 9cm

PR35184/O/M

Large

Up To 10cm

PR35184/O/L

X Large

Up To 11cm

PR35184/O/XL

XX Large

Up To 12cm

PR35184/O/XXL

3 Revara Sports – Leather Gloves – Summer or Winter Glove with either cover the full hand or semi-covered fingers and semi-covered thumb. Additionally strengthened at different strategic places, especially designed for wheelchair users who prefer to have their fingers free. Velcro-closure. It is the combination of leather and neoprene that gives the gloves an optimal fit. The gloves have been additionally preserved. These real leather gloves are equipped with additional grip on the palm of the hand for maximum handhold. Revara sports has equipped the gloves with unique so called “pull off” strings to make use of the so called “easy pull off system”. Black only. PR35018

Code

Hand Width Winter - Full

Summer – Fingerless

X Small

Up To 7cm

PR35186/BK/XS

PR35185/BK/XS

Small

Up To 8cm

PR35186/BK/S

PR35185/BK/S

Medium

Up To 9cm

PR35186/BK/M

PR35185/BK/M

Large

Up To 10cm

PR35186/BK/L

PR35185/BK/L

X Large

Up To 11cm

PR35186/BK/XL

PR35185/BK/XL

PR35186/BK/XXL

PR35185/BK/XXL

XX Large Up To 12cm

24

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Cushions

Ergoform

26

SuperʼVʼ

27

Luxury ʻVʼ

27

Visco-Tex

28

Pressure-Tex

28

Economy ʻVʼ

29

Comfort Plus

29

Proform Range

30

Booster

31

Ring Cushions

32

Bariatric Range

33

Cushion Covers

34

Product Quotation Form

35

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Cushions

Ergoform

Ergoform Cushion Range

A

D

This revolutionary moulded range offers 3 levels of protection and support.

B C A

A Lateral and posterior sides are slightly higher to stabilise the pelvis in position

B Pommel is designed to improve patient positioning and increase comfort

C Shaped thigh area allows air to circulate and reduces pressure

D The rear recess is designed to increase patient care options by use of the appropriate insert protecting the ischaels and promoting optimal weight distribution

The

Range of Wheelchair Cushions are classified as VAT exempt ✓

Designer Ergoform Cushion

1

FOAM

Moulded from visco elastic memory foam provides pressure relieving properties only this material can offer. • Pressure relieving visco elastic foam insert protects the ischael tuberosities • Supplied with Harley Premium Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other options available (see below) Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

High Risk* 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") As Above 1kg 130kg

HIGH

RISK

SP44264

STANDARD COVER Harley Premium Dartex

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Waterproof Towelling

Ergoform Cushion

2

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

Suedette

✓ FOAM

Moulded from cold cast polyurethane for increased postural control. • Pressure relieving visco elastic foam insert protects the ischael tuberosities • Supplied with Harley Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other options available (see below) Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Medium Risk* 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") As Above 850gms 130kg

MEDIUM

RISK

SP44263

STANDARD COVER Harley Dartex

26

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Harley Premium Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Suedette


Wheelchair Cushions

Super ‘V’/Luxury ‘V’ ✓

Designer Super ʻVʼ Cushion

1

FOAM

• Reduces pressure, dissipates heat and moisture away from points of interface pressure • Individually moulded Visco Elastic Memory Foam cushion, this unique construction means hugely improved pressure reduction • Conforms to users shape • Increased stability • Increased sitting tolerance and improved posture • Supplied with Harley Premium Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other cover options available (see below) Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

High Risk* See below for standard cushion sizes 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 1.15kg 125kg HIGH

SP44174 SP44205 SP44173 SP44180 SP44206 SP44179 SP44186 SP44207 SP44185 SP45927 SP44623 SP45928

RISK

40x40x6cm (16x16x2") 40x40x8cm (16x16x3") 40x40x10cm (16x16x4") 43x43x6cm (17x17x2") 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 46x46x6cm (18x18x2") 46x46x8cm (18x18x3") 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 46x40x6cm (18x16x2") 46x40x8cm (18x16x3") 46x40x10cm (18x16x4")

STANDARD COVER Harley Premium Dartex

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Harley Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Leatherette/Vinyl

Suedette

Leatherette/Vinyl

Suedette

Designer Luxury ʻVʼ Cushion

2

Velour

FOAM

• The construction of this cushion assists in the reduction of pressure to the userʼs vulnerable bodily points and areas, whilst providing stability and shock absorption • A three layer combination of visco elastic memory foam and high density polyurethane foam make this seating appliance extremely durable and effective • Will help with the reduction and prevention of pressure sores and ulcers • Memory foam ensures muscles are relaxed and tension relieved • Supplied with Harley Premium Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other cover options available (see below) Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight SP45907 SP45910 SP45911 SP44937 SP44938 SP44939 SP45912 SP45913 SP45914 SP45915 SP45916 SP45917

High Risk* See below for standard cushion sizes Any size possible 1kg 125kg

40x40x6cm (16x16x2") 40x40x8cm (16x16x3") 40x40x10cm (16x16x4") 43x43x6cm (17x17x2") 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 46x46x6cm (18x18x2") 46x46x8cm (18x18x3") 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 46x40x6cm (18x16x2") 46x40x8cm (18x16x3") 46x40x10cm (18x16x4")

HIGH

RISK

STANDARD COVER Harley Premium Dartex

✓ FOAM

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Harley Dartex

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

27


Wheelchair Cushions

Visco-Tex/Pressure-Tex

Visco-Tex Cushion

1

• A dual layered cushion that combines a base of high density polyurethane foam with temperature sensitive visco elastic memory foam • The quality of the base provides stability which is crucial to the success of any seating appliance, balance, durability and user confidence • The profiled upper surface provides exceptional comfort, pressure relief and added support via the geometrically contoured cubes of visco elastic foam • The independent modules of memory foam operate independently and uniquely to distribute the load whilst assisting the skin to remain cool and therefore reduce the risk of pressure issues developing • Supplied with Harley Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other options available (see below) Risk Category High Risk* Cushion Size See below for standard cushion sizes Max Cushion Size Any size possible Cushion Weight 900gms Max User Weight 115kg SP46337 SP46338 SP46339 SP46340 SP46341 SP46342 SP46343 SP46344 SP46345 SP46346 SP46347 SP46348

FOAM

HIGH

RISK

40x40x6cm (16x16x2") 40x40x8cm (16x16x3") 40x40x10cm (16x16x4") 43x43x6cm (17x17x2") 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 46x46x6cm (18x18x2") 46x46x8cm (18x18x3") 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 46x40x6cm (18x16x2") 46x40x8cm (18x16x3") 46x40x10cm (18x16x4")

STANDARD COVER Alternative Cover/Colour Options

Harley Dartex

Harley Premium Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

Suedette

Leatherette/Vinyl

Suedette

Pressure-Tex Cushion

2

• The proven design of the Pressure-Tex Cushion makes this a firm favourite with our clinicians • Geometrically contoured into sections which operate independently allowing maximum weight distribution • Superbly comfortable and helps keep skin cool and free from pressure areas • Supplied with Harley Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other options available (see below) Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight SP44234 SP44235 SP44236 SP44069 SP44237 SP44068 SP44238 SP44239 SP44240 SP44615 SP44539 SP44635

Medium Risk* See below for standard cushion sizes Any size possible 800gms 115kg

40x40x6cm (16x16x2") 40x40x8cm (16x16x3") 40x40x10cm (16x16x4") 43x43x6cm (17x17x2") 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 46x46x6cm (18x18x2") 46x46x8cm (18x18x3") 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 46x40x6cm (18x16x2") 46x40x8cm (18x16x3") 46x40x10cm (18x16x4")

MEDIUM

RISK

STANDARD COVER Harley Dartex

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Harley Premium Dartex

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

28

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

✓ FOAM

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Cushions

Economy ‘V’/Comfort Plus

Designer Economy ʻVʼ Cushion

1

✓ FOAM

• This memory foam cushion provides exceptional and unrivalled value for money • A base of high resilient polyurethane foam provides stability and support • Whilst a bonded upper layer of visco elastic memory foam provides the comfort and pressure relief required • The memory foam conforms to the userʼs body, providing continuous and even pressure distribution • Supplied with Harley Dartex waterproof / VP cover • Other options available (see below) Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight SP45918 SP45919 SP45920 SP44934 SP44935 SP44936 SP45921 SP45922 SP45923 SP45924 SP45925 SP45926

MEDIUM

RISK

Medium Risk* See below for standard cushion sizes Any size possible 800gms 115kg

40x40x6cm (16x16x2") 40x40x8cm (16x16x3") 40x40x10cm (16x16x4") 43x43x6cm (17x17x2") 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 46x46x6cm (18x18x2") 46x46x8cm (18x18x3") 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 46x40x6cm (18x16x2") 46x40x8cm (18x16x3") 46x40x10cm (18x16x4")

STANDARD COVER Harley Dartex

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Harley Premium Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

Comfort Plus Cushion

2 • • • • • •

Ideal for most situations including a wheelchair or scooter No more hard, cold seats Lightweight and easy to carry Made from high grade foam for optimum comfort Supplied with wipe down, zipped, leatherette cover as standard Other options available

Risk Category Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight LOW

RISK

Suedette

SP44504 SP44971 SP44669 SP44152 SP44750 SP44597 SP44672 SP44393 SP45834 SP44644 SP44296 SP45929

Low Risk* See below for standard cushion sizes Any size possible 600gms 115kg

40x40x5cm (16x16x2") 40x40x8cm (16x16x3") 40x40x10cm (16x16x4") 43x43x5cm (17x17x2") 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 46x46x5cm (18x18x2") 46x46x8cm (18x18x3") 46x46x10cm (18x18x4") 46x40x5cm (18x16x2") 46x40x8cm (18x16x3") 46x40x10cm (18x16x4")

STANDARD COVER Alternative Cover/Colour Options

Leatherette/Vinyl

Harley Premium Dartex

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Waterproof Towelling

Harley Dartex

✓ FOAM

Velour

Suedette

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

29


Wheelchair Cushions

Proform

Proform Cushion Range A fantastic, affordable cushion range - maximum comfort at a minimum outlay. • Manufactured from high grade nodular foam allowing air to circulate freely • Ideal for a variety for situations, whether to elevate an easy chair or in a wheelchair • Lightweight, easily transportable and highly comfortable • Supplied with luxury suedette cover as standard • Other cover options available (see below)

Proform Cushion - Standard

1

Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Low Risk* 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 600gms 115kg

SP44365

LOW

RISK

Proform Cushion - Coccyx

2

Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Low Risk* 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 600gms 115kg

SP44366

LOW

RISK

Proform Cushion - Combi

3

Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Low Risk* 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 600gms 115kg

SP44367

LOW

RISK

Proform Cushion - Ringo

4

Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Low Risk* 43x43x8cm (17x17x3") 600gms 115kg

SP44331

LOW

RISK

STANDARD COVER Alternative Cover/Colour Options

Suedette

Harley Premium Dartex

Harley Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

30

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Cushions

Proform/Booster

Proform Ultra Cushion

1 • • • •

Deeper providing additional comfort and pressure relief Available with coccyx, combi or ringo cut out Supplied with luxury suedette cover as standard Other cover options available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

SP44368 SP44369 SP44370 SP44332

LOW

RISK

Standard Coccyx Combi Ringo

Proform Ultra Seat Raiser Cushion

2 • • • •

Larger size - ideal in an armchair. Available with coccyx, combi or ringo cut out Supplied with luxury suedette cover as standard Other cover options available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

SP44371 SP44372 SP44373 SP44325

LOW

RISK

Low Risk* 43x43x10cm (17x17x4") 750gms 130kg

Low Risk* 50x48x10cm (19¾x19x4") 800gms 140kg

Standard Coccyx Combi Ringo

STANDARD COVER Alternative Cover/Colour Options

Suedette

Harley Premium Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Harley Dartex

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

Booster Cushion

3

Raisers the sitting height of any seating appliance. • Manufactured from high grade, durable, polyurethane foam • Luxury alternative to other forms of chair raisers • Place under the chairs existing cushion to raise the height by 4" (10cm) or 5" (12½cm) • Supplied as standard with faux suede, zipped outer cover

Product Code SP44867 SP44870 SP44873 SP44876 SP44879 SP44882 SP44867/BLA SP44870/BLA SP44873/BLA SP44876/BLA SP44879/BLA SP44882/BLA

Size 18x18x4" 19x19x4" 20x20x4" 18x18x5" 19x19x5" 20x20x5" 18x18x4" 19x19x4" 20x20x4" 18x18x5" 19x19x5" 20x20x5"

(46x46x10cm) (48x48x10cm) (51x51x10cm) (46x46x13cm) (48x48x13cm) (51x51x13cm) (46x46x10cm) (48x48x10cm) (51x51x10cm) (46x46x13cm) (48x48x13cm) (51x51x13cm)

Cover Colour Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Black Black Black Black Black Black

STANDARD COVER Alternative Cover/Colour Options

Suedette

Harley Premium Dartex

Waterproof Towelling

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

31


Wheelchair Cushions

Ring Cushions ✓

Designer Ring Cushion

1

FOAM

Moulded visco elastic memory foam has revolutionised this concept offering increased comfort and pressure relief. • The Designer Ring allows the user to sit for longer periods as visco elastic foam conforms to the body and literally ʻmoulds as you moveʼ • Reduces interface pressure on the body • Superbly comfortable and pressure relieving • Fitted inner cover • Outer cover available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

High Risk* 44cm diameter x 10cm (17¼x4") 900gms 120kg

HIGH

RISK

SP44233 Designer Ring Cushion SP44266 Ring Cushion Cover (Black Towelling) SP44266/TAR Ring Cushion Cover (Tartan)

Original Ring Cushion

2

Constructed from moulded polyurethane foam. • • • • •

Contoured profile provides ultimate comfort and relief Provides relief to endangered areas when sitting for longer periods Lightweight and easy to transport Fitted inner cover Outer cover available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Medium Risk* 44cm diameter x 8cm (17¼x3") 565gms 140kg MEDIUM

RISK

SP44837 Original Ring Cushion SP44266 Ring Cushion Cover (Black Towelling) SP44266/TAR Ring Cushion Cover (Tartan)

Nodular Ring Cushion

3

Post operative trauma and haemorrhoids are just two of the conditions that can make sitting a painful experience. • • • •

Nodular shaped polyurethane foam allows air to circulate freely Takes pressure away from endangered areas Complete with its own discreet cover Tartan cover (as standard) - other options available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight

Low Risk* 41cm diameter x 7cm (16x2¾") 190gms

SP44289 Nodular Ring Cushion SP44266 Ring Cushion Cover (Black Towelling) SP44266/TAR Ring Cushion Cover (Tartan)

LOW

RISK

4 Inflatable Rubber Ring This inflatable rubber ring can be used to prevent pressure sores or assist with their healing • Rubber ring can be wiped clean. • 41cm (16") or 46cm (18") diameters available PR20616 PR20618

41cm diameter (16") 46cm diameter (18")

LOW

RISK

✓ FOAM

32

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Wheelchair Cushions

Bariatrics Designer Bariatric Range Maximum comfort and pressure relief.

Bari-Care Range features temperature reactive visco elastic foam that conforms to the body, decreasing pressure and increasing comfort. This range is designed for the larger and heavier individual.

1

Bari-Care Designer Sculptured Cushion

FOAM

A truly superb product. • Sculptured base including raised front provides correct positioning and controls forward thrust to maintain posture and ensure stability • 3-part construction relieves pressure and prevents bottoming out • Firm foam base fused to a sculptured middle layer of highdensity polyurethane foam • Sculptured top layer of ultra visco elastic memory foam offers hugely improved pressure reduction and relief • Controls sliding and lateral leaning whilst ensuring optimum comfort • Supplied with Harley Premium Dartex waterproof / VP cover - welded seams, anti slip base • Other options available (see below)

HIGH

RISK

Risk Category Standard Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

High Risk* 56x46x15cm (22x18x6") Any size possible 3.8kg 254kg

SP94411

Bari-Care Designer Cushion

2

FOAM

3-part foam construction relieves pressure and prevents bottoming out. • Firm foam base fused to a middle layer of high-density polyurethane foam for comfort and stability • Top layer of ultra visco elastic memory foam offers hugely improved pressure reduction and relief • Supplied with Harley Premium Dartex waterproof / VP cover - welded seams, anti slip base • Other options available (see below)

HIGH

RISK

Risk Category Standard Cushion Size Max Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

High Risk* 56x46x10cm (22x18x4") Any size possible 2kg 254kg

SP94410

STANDARD COVER Harley Premium Dartex

Alternative Cover/Colour Options Waterproof Towelling

Velour

Leatherette/Vinyl

Suedette

Bari-Care Designer Spine Support

3

Backache is a common problem for the bariatric client put paid to an aching back with this fabulous product.

✓ FOAM

• 2-part foam construction means support and pressure relief • Base of high grade foam fused to a topping of ultra visco elastic memory foam • No bottoming out • Supreme comfort as it ʻmoulds as you moveʼ • Sculptured to offer added support in the lumbar spine • Supplied with luxury velour cover with elasticated, buckled fixing strap • Other options available • Size: 56x38cm (22x15") SP94413

✓ FOAM

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

33


Wheelchair Cushions

Cushion Covers

Cushion Covers - Descriptions, Codes and Sizes Harley Premium Dartex Cover - Zipped, black, waterproof, breathable, washable, dry cleanable, multi-stretch, nylon fabric with high frequency welded seams, concealed zip for infection control purposes and a PVC anti-slip base.

Velour Cover - Zipped, black/dark grey, washable, three layer material. Outer layer is 100% polyester, middle is 100% ester and the backing scrim is 100% nylon.

Harley Dartex Cover - Zipped, black, waterproof, breathable, washable, dry cleanable, multi-stretch, nylon fabric.

Leatherette/Vinyl Cover - Zipped, black, 2-way stretch, washable, wipe downable, water resistant, polyester fabric.

Waterproof Towelling Cover - Zipped, black, waterproof, washable, dry cleanable, polyester/nylon coated fabric with concealed zip for infection control purposes and a PVC anti-slip base.

Suedette Cover - Zipped, washable, 100% polyester faux suedette material.

SP45250/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (40x40x6cm) (16x16x2")

SP44251/VEL

Velour Cover (40x40x8cm) (16x16x3")

SP44251/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (40x40x8cm) (16x16x3")

SP44252/VEL

Velour Cover (40x40x10cm) (16x16x4")

SP44252/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (40x40x10cm) (16x16x4")

SP44253/VEL

Velour Cover (43x43x6cm) (17x17x2")

SP44253/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (43x43x6cm) (17x17x2")

SP44254/VEL

Velour Cover (43x43x8cm) (17x17x3")

SP44254/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (43x43x8cm) (17x17x3")

SP44255/VEL

Velour Cover (43x43x10cm) (17x17x4")

SP44255/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (43x43x10cm) (17x17x4")

SP44256/VEL

Velour Cover (46x46x6cm) (18x18x2")

SP44256/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (46x46x6cm) (18x18x2")

SP44257/VEL

Velour Cover (46x46x8cm) (18x18x3")

SP44257/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (46x46x8cm) (18x18x3")

SP44258/VEL

Velour Cover (46x46x10cm) (18x18x4")

SP44258/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (46x46x10cm) (18x18x4")

SP45904/VEL

Velour Cover (46x40x6cm) (18x16x2")

SP45904/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (46x40x6cm) (18x16x2")

SP45905/VEL

Velour Cover (46x40x8cm) (18x16x3")

SP45905/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (46x40x8cm) (18x16x3")

SP45906/VEL

Velour Cover (46x40x10cm) (18x16x4")

SP45906/DAR

Premium Dartex Cover (46x40x10cm) (18x16x4")

SP45250/LTH

Leatherette Cover (40x40x6cm) (16x16x2")

SP45250/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (40x40x6cm) (16x16x2")

SP44251/LTH

Leatherette Cover (40x40x8cm) (16x16x3")

SP44251/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (40x40x8cm) (16x16x3")

SP44252/LTH

Leatherette Cover (40x40x10cm) (16x16x4")

SP44252/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (40x40x10cm) (16x16x4")

SP44253/LTH

Leatherette Cover (43x43x6cm) (17x17x2")

SP44253/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (43x43x6cm) (17x17x2")

SP44254/LTH

Leatherette Cover (43x43x8cm) (17x17x3")

SP44254/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (43x43x8cm) (17x17x3")

SP44255/LTH

Leatherette Cover (43x43x10cm) (17x17x4")

SP44255/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (43x43x10cm) (17x17x4")

SP44256/LTH

Leatherette Cover (46x46x6cm) (18x18x2")

SP44256/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (46x46x6cm) (18x18x2")

SP44257/LTH

Leatherette Cover (46x46x8cm) (18x18x3")

SP44257/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (46x46x8cm) (18x18x3")

SP44258/LTH

Leatherette Cover (46x46x10cm) (18x18x4")

SP44258/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (46x46x10cm) (18x18x4")

SP45904/LTH

Leatherette Cover (46x40x6cm) (18x16x2")

SP45904/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (46x40x6cm) (18x16x2")

SP45905/LTH

Leatherette Cover (46x40x8cm) (18x16x3")

SP45905/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (46x40x8cm) (18x16x3")

SP45906/LTH

Leatherette Cover (46x40x10cm) (18x16x4")

SP45906/DAR/HAR Dartex Cover (46x40x10cm) (18x16x4")

SP45250/SUE

Suedette Cover (40x40x6cm) (16x16x2")

SP45250/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (40x40x6cm) (16x16x2")

SP44251/SUE

Suedette Cover (40x40x8cm) (16x16x3")

SP44251/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (40x40x8cm) (16x16x3")

SP44252/SUE

Suedette Cover (40x40x10cm) (16x16x4")

SP44252/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (40x40x10cm) (16x16x4")

SP44253/SUE

Suedette Cover (43x43x6cm) (17x17x2")

SP44253/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (43x43x6cm) (17x17x2")

SP44254/SUE

Suedette Cover (43x43x8cm) (17x17x3")

SP44254/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (43x43x8cm) (17x17x3")

SP44255/SUE

Suedette Cover (43x43x10cm) (17x17x4")

SP44255/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (43x43x10cm) (17x17x4")

SP44256/SUE

Suedette Cover (46x46x6cm) (18x18x2")

SP44256/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (46x46x6cm) (18x18x2")

SP44257/SUE

Suedette Cover (46x46x8cm) (18x18x3")

SP44257/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (46x46x8cm) (18x18x3")

SP44258/SUE

Suedette Cover (46x46x10cm) (18x18x4")

SP44258/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (46x46x10cm) (18x18x4")

SP45904/SUE

Suedette Cover (46x40x6cm) (18x16x2")

SP45904/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (46x40x6cm) (18x16x2")

SP45905/SUE

Suedette Cover (46x40x8cm) (18x16x3")

SP45905/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (46x40x8cm) (18x16x3")

SP45906/SUE

Suedette Cover (46x40x10cm) (18x16x4")

SP45906/WT

Waterproof Towelling Cover (46x40x10cm) (18x16x4")

SP44264/COV

Designer Ergo Dartex Cover (one size only)

SP45250/VEL

Velour Cover (40x40x6cm) (16x16x2")

✓ FOAM

This product is manufactured solely or part thereof Visco Elastic Memory Foam. Memory foam was first developed by NASA for space missions. This material takes heat and weight of the user to shape itself to the bodyʼs requirements. It will always recover to itʼs original shape and profile. The properties of Memory Foam provide unrivalled pressure relief as it eases tension and pain. This product is a moulded item. Moulding ensures a more precise and ergonomic shape. Liquid foam is poured into a purpose built, engineered aluminium mould and allowed to cure producing definite contours for the ultimate support and comfort.

34

This product can be made to your own specific requirements please see Customised Product Quotation form on page 168 As specialist manufacturers we are capable of developing and making up customer ʻspecialsʼ to accomodate individual requirements and requests. This product can be manufactured and supplied with a ʻcoccyxʼ cut out. There maybe a charge/cost implication for this service. This product can be manufactured and supplied with a ʻcombiʼ cut out. There maybe a charge/cost implication for the service. This product can be manufactured and supplied incorporating a ʻcrescent infillʼ. There will be a charge/cost implication for this addition.

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Customised Product Quotation Form Contact Name: Customer: Invoice Address:

Able2 UK Ltd Moorgate Street Blackburn BB2 4PB Tel: 01254 619000 Fax: 01254 619001 Email: enquiries@able2.eu

Able2 A/C No:

Post Code: Tel No: Fax No: Email:

Signed: Name: Date:

Section A - Cushions Cushion Type Super V Luxury V Economy V Visco-Tex Pressure-Tex Proform Comfort Plus Booster Designer Bari-Care

Risk Cat. High High Med High Med Low Low Low High

Cushion Dimensions Foam Type

Please Tick

Moulded Memory Memory/Polyurethane Memory/Polyurethane Castlellated Memory/Poly Castlellated Polyurethane Nodular Polyurethane Medium Density Polyurethane High Density Polyurethane Memory/Polyurethane

Cover Type (Please Indicate) (D)

(side to side)

Height Depth

Harley Premium Dartex/ Waterproof (Black) Harley Dartex/ Waterproof

Width

(front to back)

(Black)

W H D W

D

Waterproof Towelling (Black) Velour

(Black)

Leatherette/Vinyl

(Black)

Suedette

(Blue)

Suedette

(Chocolate)

H

Please Indicate (D) Inches

CM’s

Cut Out (If Req’d) (D) Coccyx

Combi

Other (please describe foam construction): Please specify/describe if any fastenings or ties are required:

Section B - Mattresses and Mattress Toppers Mattress Type Designer Memory Visco-Tex

Risk Cat. High High High

Foam Type

Pressure-Tex

Memory / Polyurethane Memory / Polyurethane Polyurethane/Castlellated Memory Foam Med Castlellated Polyurethane

Mattress Topper Type Memory Pressure-Tex Ripple

Risk Cat. High Med Low

Foam Type Memory Foam Castlellated Polyurethane Nodular Polyurethane

Please Tick

Mattress/Topper Dimensions L

Width

W

(side to side)

D

Depth

D

Length

L

(top to bottom)

Inches Please Tick

W

CM’s

(D)

Cover Type (Please Indicate) (D) Dartex/Waterproof/2-Way Stretch

(Navy Blue)

Luxurious ‘Harley’ Polyester Coolmax

(Cream)

‘Harley’ Polyester Velour

(Cream)

• All covers are zipped

Section C - Other Products / Special Requirements (please provide diagram with measurements and product requirements)

For Quotation Fax: 01254 619001 / Email: orders@able2.eu To Discuss Further Contact Chris Houlker Tel: 01254 619018


www.able2.eu

36

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Rails

38

Bed Grab Rails

40

Bed Care

42

Mattress Toppers

44

Mattresses

45

Bed Aids

46

Bed and Chair Pads

47

Overbed/Chair Tables

48

Raising and Sitting Aids

50

Bed/Chair Raisers

52

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care 1 EZ Adjustable Bed Rail (with pouch) The only bed rail that adjusts in length after installation. Works well as a side rail to prevent you from falling out of bed, as well as a support bar for getting in and out of bed. It adjusts with the push of a button. The rail also folds down and out of the way when it isn始t in use. Can be installed on either side of the bed in between the mattress and box spring. Includes a dual safety strap that secures it to the bed frame. Works well on any size home or hospital bed rail and accommodates the thicker pillow top mattresses. Excellent for seniors and anyone else who is in need of home care. Size: 585mm (H) (23") Height adjustable: 660 - 864 - 1067mm (26 - 34 - 42") PR60231

2 30" Safety Bed Rail This bed rail works well as a side rail to keep you from falling out of bed and as a support bar for getting in and out of bed. The safety bed rail folds down and out of the way when it isn始t in use. Attaches to any size home or hospital bed rail and accommodates the thicker pillow top mattresses. The safety bed rail is great home care product for anyone who has problems with falling out of bed. Size: 585mm (H) (23") PR60232

3 Bed Rail Advantage Traveller The most portable bed rail on the market requires no assembly, folds for travel and even fits in a suitcase. Features a cushioned foam grip that is easy to sanitise. The rail is sized to accommodate a thicker pillow top mattresses. Attaches to any size home or hospital bed frame with included safety strap. Includes 4-pocket Bed Rail organiser for keeping handy items close by. Perfect for keeping you from falling out of bed while you始re travelling. Rail size: 560mm (H) x 430mm (W) (22 x 17") PR60233

38

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Bed Rails


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Rails 1 Mobility Bed Rail

The Mobility Bed Rail has legs that extend to the ground for extra stability while standing. And the 3rd pivot arm provides extra support when walking-away or transferring to a wheelchair – adding even more support to your bed rail! The Mobility Bed Rail will help you get in-and-out of bed, protect from falling out of bed (click for full-fall protection), and stabilise you while you walk or transfer. And of course, like all of our products, it blends in with your bedroom so you can maintain the comforting feeling of your home. - Height adjustment from floor to top of handle: 79-112cm - Height adjustment from mattress base to top of handle: 45-57cm - Rail width: 46cm - Height range from the floor to horizontal support structure under mattress: 34-55cm - Depth of horizontal support structure under mattress: 51cm - Mobility Arm: swings out 48cm away from bed - Weight of product: 4.7kg - Made of: Steel frame with durable powder coat finish PR60228

Max user weight

21 st

136 kg

2 Bedside Econorail The Bedside Econorail is the most portable bed rail in the world making it easier to get-out-of-bed wherever you go. Its strong lightweight design only weighs 0.7kg - but supports up to 136kg ! Simply snap the ends together for fast and easy assembly – no tools required. And like all of our products, it blends in with your bedroom to maintain the comforting feeling of your home. Product Dimensions: 55cm (L) x 51cm (W) x 41cm (H) PR60227 Max user weight

21 st

136 kg

3 Posey Side Rail Wedges Cushion side rails help close gaps between the side rails and mattress. Use Posey Side Rail Wedges to help protect clients from injury due to side rails. These cushions also help deter unassisted bed exits. Use individually to close the gap between half side rails or to cover the half side rail. Zip the pair of wedges together to provide 6 feet (1.8m) of full-length protection. Also may be used to cushion the headboard and footboard. Constructed of durable, plush foam covered with soft, water-repellent, bacteriostatic Staph-Chek vinyl. Attaches with hook and loop straps. Measures 890mm long, 430mm high and 510mm thick (35 x 17 x 20") at the top and bottom edges. Supplied as a pair. PR20200

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

39


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Grab Rails

1 Pillow Lifter The Medeci Pillow Lifter is a well designed, stable, rising aid that has a very smooth action and is quiet in use. In its lowest position it is almost flat for maximum comfort while sleeping, and elevates to 85 degrees. The comfortable fire-resistant, tapered foam mattress is covered with a non-woven fabric that is over-coated with a quilted mattress protector. Two poly-cotton fitted sheets are supplied, which have a pillow pocket sewn into them to stop the pillow sliding down when the back is elevated. The elevator is controlled by a simple two button hand control, and is powered by a low voltage transformer with battery back-up. PR60238/PL Max user weight

20 st

127 kg

2 Home Bed Rail This sturdy bed rail offers stability to those who have difficulty getting in and out of bed. The frame is height adjustable and can be positioned anywhere under the mattress of most divan style beds. The two legs rest on the floor securely with rubber ferrules. This rail is supplied flat packed and is simple to assemble and install. Height adjustable 83-93cm (32-36"). Width 508mm (20"). PR60242

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

3 Bed Leaver® Bed Grab Rail The Liftwell Bed Leaver® bed grab rail is probably the most well recognised bed grab rail on the market, used widely by health professionals across the NHS and Social Services. The baseboard is made from high grade ply, which will not crack or split, and the beech hardwood end block, which is visible on the outside edge of the bed when fitted, provides an attractive finish. Designed for use on divan style beds and will fit single, double and king size. Width

Length

Handle height

Weight

330mm (13")

600mm (23½")

500mm (19½")

4kg

PR60238 Max user weight

40

17 st

108 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Grab Rails

1 Easyleaver® Bed Grab Rail Designed for use on divan style beds; suitable for use on single, double or kingsize. This all-metal bed grab rail is simple to assemble and dismantle without tools, making it an ideal choice if you want to take it with you when going on holiday, or visiting relatives. Flat when dismantled for easy storage. Easy to clean. An additional advantage of the Easyleaver® range is the choice of sizes depending on the userʼs weight. The standard Easyleaver® bed grab rail has a maximum user weight of 17 stone (108kg), with a Heavy Duty version accommodating a maximum user weight of 25 stone (160kg). Available in white. Product

Length height

Handle

Weight

Max User Weight

PR60237/HD Heavy Duty 440mm (17")

780mm (31")

470mm (18½")

4.3kg

160kg 25st

PR60237

620mm (24½")

470mm (18½")

3.1kg

108kg 17st

Standard

Width

365mm (14½")

2 Easyrail® Bed Grab Rail The Easyrail® is designed to fit those beds where the mattress sits within a side frame, such as pine slatted beds. It is Easy to assemble and dismantle, with no need for tools and can be trasported or stored when not in use. The Easyrail® singlehandle can be used on single, double or kingsize beds, and has one handle. Choice of sizes determined by user's weight- standard Easyrail® and Heavy Duty. If two occupants need assistance, or a single occupant would benefit from the use of a bed grab rail handle on both sides of bed,the Easyrail® twin-handle is available. This is suitable for use on larger single beds (minimum bed width 38"/972mm), double beds, and kingsize beds (maximum bed width 62"/1575mm). Available in white. Product

Width

Length

Handle height

Weight

Max user weight

Standard

450mm (17½")

670mm 26½"

470mm (18½")

3.5kg 7.7lbs

127kg (20st)

PR60236/HD Heavy Duty 450mm (17½")

762mm (30")

470mm (18½")

4.35kg 9.6lbs

190kg (30st)

PR60236/TH

972mm (38") min/ 1575mm (62" max)

470mm (18½")

6.85kg (15 lbs)

127kg (20st)

PR60236

Twin Handled

Twin Handled

450mm (17½")

3 Parnell Bed Rail The Parnell Premier Bed Rails are probably the strongest most rigid and safest of any bed rails on the market. They are ready for use in a couple of minutes to provide a very stable rigid structure with multiple hand positions to help the user into their bed. They are stylish and made of corrosion protected steel to give many years of use representing excellent value for money, promoting maximum user confidence, safety and independence. Designed for use with adjustable domestic beds, also fits conventional domestic beds. Quick and easy assembly and fitting. No tools, straps or ties of any kind required. Braced solidly and rigidly from the bedroom floor. Minimum clearance under bed 3cm. PR60241

Premier Bed Rail – max user weight 115kg

PR60241/P

Premier Plus Bed Rail – max user weight 160kg


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Care

The UKʼs Top Selling Professional Orthopaedic Pillow Range Contoured For Comfort And Moulded For Support Each pillow is individually moulded to cradle the individualʼs neck and ensure the spine is held in the correct alignment. Rounded and raised neck support relaxes the vertebrae. Contoured to accommodate the userʼs shoulders. Stress relief recess to the underside of each pillow. Ideal for use whether sleeping on your back or side.

See Page 159 For The

Back Care Range

Knee Supports A must for those with hip problems. • Over stretched muscles, ligaments and tendons often mean aches and pains during the night and in the morning • Takes pressure away from the low back and hips allowing the spine to assume its natural ʻSʼ shape

Designer Knee Support*

1

Visco Elastic Memory foam is used for gentle support.

✓ FOAM

• Touch-close fastening • Washable Harley velour cover • Size: 26x26cm (10¼x10¼") SP14250 SP14126 SP14250/P SP14250/B SP14126/P SP14126/B

Designer Knee Support (White) Spare Cover (White) Designer Knee Support (Pink) Designer Knee Support (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

Original Knee Support*

2

Made from polyurethane foam for maximum control.

* Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

• Touch-close fastening • Washable polyesterHarley velour cover • Size: 26x26cm (10¼x10¼") SP14029 SP14126 SP14029/P SP14029/B SP14126/P SP14126/B

Original Knee Support (White) Spare Cover (White) Original Knee Support (Pink) Original Knee Support (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

3 Bed Fleece • • • •

100% Pure New Wool (Washable) Absorbs perspiration preventing damage to the skin Allows the skin to breathe more effectively Gentle touch that prevents friction burns PR20139 PR20140

42

Double Bed Single Bed

152x68.5cm (60x27") 76x68.5cm (30x27")

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Care

Bed Relaxer*

1

Support and comfort whilst sitting or sleeping in bed. • Can be used in two ways either upright to allow easy reading • For those who find it uncomfortable to sleep lying flat, perhaps due to hiatus hernia or respiratory conditions - just turn it around and place under a normal pillow • Washable Harley velour cover • Size: 46x56x19>3cm (18x22x7½>1¼") SP14027 SP14099 SP14027/P SP14027/B SP14099/P SP14099/B

*Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

Bed Relaxer (White) Spare Cover (White) Bed Relaxer (Pink) Bed Relaxer (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

Leg Raiser*

2

Made to an ergonomically beneficial angle. • Designed to support the back of the knee and heel whilst allowing the calf to relax • Takes pressure from the lower back and stimulates circulation • Back pain is relieved and symptoms of oedema, varicose veins and fatigue are greatly eased • Washable Harley velour cover • Size: 46x63x17x12cm (18x25x6¾x4¾")

*Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

SP14028 SP14125 SP14028/P SP14028/B SP14125/P SP14125/B

Leg Raiser (White) Spare Cover (White) Leg Raiser (Pink) Leg Raiser (Blue Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

Mattress Tilter*

3

A really versatile simple product. • Placed under an existing mattress to give a 5" tilt • Place at the foot of the bed to relieve symptoms of oedema, varicose veins, low back pain and general fatigue • Use at the head of the bed to alleviate hiatus hernia and respiratory difficulties • Washable Harley velour cover • Size: 46x63x13 >2cm (18x25x5>1") SP14030 SP14098 SP14030/P SP14030/B SP14098/P SP14098/B

Mattress Tilter (White) Spare Cover (White) Mattress Tilter (Pink) Mattress Tilter (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

*Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

4 Waterproof Bedding Excellent value, durable waterproof bedding protection. • Easy to care for, simply wash or wipe down with disinfectant solution • Fabric contains a bacteriostat/fungistat to prevent the growth of germs • Flame retardant for added safety

PR52161 PR52162 PR52163 PR52164

Mattress Protector Mattress Protector Duvet Protector Pillowcase Protector

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

Single 914x1905x228mm Double 1905x1371x228mm Single 2032x1371mm Pillow 736x480mm

43


Bed and Chair Care

Mattress Toppers

Mattress Toppers for Comfort and Pressure Relief Mattress Toppers are designed to be used on top of an existing mattress. Support for the body is essential if sleep is to give complete relaxation. There must be no pressure points or distortion otherwise tension and strains prevent restful sleep during the night. This results in a poor start to the day ahead, a problem all too familiar for those who have an ʻuncomfortableʼ or ʻhardʼ bed.

Memory Foam Mattress Topper

1

FOAM

• Designed to be used on top of an existing mattress • Aches, pains and joint stiffness alleviated • Moulds to the individuals body providing even pressure distribution • 100% top quality, high grade, visco elastic memory foam • All memory foam toppers are 4cm deep

HIGH

RISK

• Available with a zipped, fleece/velour cover or foam only • Dartex, multi stretch waterproof/VP cover available • Suitable for patients in medium / high risk catagories* Dartex Cover SP34355/DAR SP34356/DAR SP34357/DAR SP34358/DAR

Fleece Cover Foam Only Size SP34355/COV SP34355 Single 91x190 cm SP34356/COV SP34356 Double 137x190 cm SP34357/COV SP34357 King 152x198 cm SP34358/COV SP34358 Super King 183x198 cm

Pressure-Tex Mattress Topper

2

• An ideal ʻtopperʼ if the bed is too hard and general fatigue and back pain are a problem • Nodular construction and high grade UPV foam ensure excellent recovery and optimum comfort • Air circulates freely keeping skin cool and free from pressure areas • Available with a zipped, fleece/velour cover as standard • Dartex, multi stretch waterproof/VP cover also available • All Pressure-Tex toppers are 6cm deep • Suitable for patients in low / medium risk categories* Fleece Cover Dartex Cover SP34061 SP34061/DAR SP34062 SP34062/DAR SP34075 SP34075/DAR SP34339 SP34339/DAR

Single Double King Super King

MEDIUM

RISK

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Ripple Mattress Topper

3

• Nodular foam encourages comfort and support • Unique foam construction allows air to circulate • Lays on top of an existing mattress • Available with a zipped, fleece/velour cover or foam only • All Ripple toppers are 4cm deep • Customised sizes available on request • Suitable for patients in low risk catagory*

Fleece Cover SP34474/COV SP34475/COV SP34476/COV SP34713/COV

✓ FOAM

44

Foam Only SP34474 SP34475 SP34476 SP34713

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

LOW

RISK

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Mattresses

Designer Pressure Relieving Mattress

1

Made from a full 7cm of visco elastic memory foam first FOAM developed by NASA for space missions fused to an 8cm base of high grade polyurethane foam. This superior mattress is edged with firm foam which offers greater security and makes for easier nursing. • • • •

Temperature reactive visco elastic memory foam Recognises shape and pressure and adjusts accordingly Suitable for both standard and profiling beds Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Suitable for patients up to high risk* Quilted Cover Dartex Cover Size SP34040 SP34040/DAR Single 91x190 cm SP34041 SP34041/DAR Double 137x190 cm SP34042 SP34042/DAR King 152x198 cm SP34335 SP34335/DAR Super King 183x198 cm

HIGH

RISK

2

Designer Memory Foam Mattress Complete comfort, relaxation and pressure relief

✓ FOAM

• Temperature reactive visco elastic memory foam • Suitable for both profiling and standard beds • Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Suitable for patients up to high risk* Quilted Cover SP34381 SP34382 SP34383 SP34384

HIGH

RISK

3

Dartex Cover SP34381/DAR SP34382/DAR SP34383/DAR SP34384/DAR

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Designer Visco-Tex Mattress

FOAM A base of 8cm high density polyurethane foam fused with a 7cm topping of geometrically profiled nodular visco elastic memory foam creates the pefect mattress to combat the problems associated with bed care and pressure relief

• Nodular upper surface of temperature reactive memory foam allows the userʼs skin to remain cool as the air is allowed to circulate • Designed to alleviate pain and reduce the risk of damage to endangered areas of the body • Suitable for both profiling and standard beds • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • Suitable for patients up to high risk*

HIGH

RISK

Quilted Cover SP35897 SP35898 SP35899 SP35900

4

Dartex Cover SP35897/DAR SP35898/DAR SP35899/DAR SP35900/DAR

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Pressure-Tex Mattress 100% polyurethane foam geometrically shaped into a unique nodular design allows each section to operate independently allowing maximum weight distribution. • Nodular construction ensures excellent recovery and optimum comfort • Suitable for both profiling and standard beds • Air circulates freely keeping skin cool and free from pressure areas • Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Suitable for patients in medium / high risk catagories*

MEDIUM

RISK

Quilted Cover SP34109 SP34110 SP34111 SP34341

✓ FOAM

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Dartex Cover SP34109/DAR SP34110/DAR SP34111/DAR SP34341/DAR

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

45


Bed and Chair Care

Bed Aids

1 Metro Travel Bed Cane Perfect for fold-and-go travel! The attached handle of the Bed Cane provides support for getting out of bed. Slide the handle from itʼs locked position to use independently as a cane. PR60226

2 Bed Rope Ladder This rope ladder is a simple idea to assist with sitting up in bed. The ends of the cords tie around the bed legs, and the plastic ladder rungs can be gripped by the user to pull themselves up in bed on a hand over hand movement. Suitable for single or double beds. • Rung length 200mm • Diameter 25mm • Cord length 3 metres • Weight 285g PR60223

3 Bed Caddie

4 Bed Backrest

Offers a helping hand to a sitting position in bed. Perfect for seniors who need a boost to get out of bed safely.

Powder coated strong frame covered in breathable nylon fabric with pillow. Adjustable in height. PR30230 Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

PR60229

5 Quilt Clips

6 Bed Tray

Changing the duvet is a problem for most people, but even more of a challenge if you lack mobility. The Quilt Clips have been designed to make this task easier and quicker. The Quilt Clips are easy to use and itʼs like having an extra pair of hands. PR60235 PR60235/9 Quilt Clip CDU - pack of 9

46

This attractive wooden bed tray has a large laminated top which tilts to a 45 degree angle for easy reading and writing while in bed. It is easily wiped clean. The legs fold for convenient storage. PR60193 Height

240mm (9½")

Width

550mm (21½")

Depth

350mm (13½")

Weight

5 lbs

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Bed and Chair Pads

1 Vida Washable Bed Pads Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. Our lightweight machine washable and reusable bed pad contains five layers of material that quickly absorbs and locks liquid inside. The top layer keeps the user dry and the lower layer is waterproof to protect the furniture. Available with or without tucks, in two different sizes, and with 2 absorbencies. Machine washable. PR52251 PR52251/T PR52252 PR52252/T PR52253/T PR52254/T

70 70 70 70 90 90

x x x x x x

90cm 90cm 90cm 90cm 90cm 90cm

with tucks with tucks with tucks with tucks

Midi Midi Maxi Maxi Midi Maxi

2 2 3 3 2 3

litre litre litre litre litre litre

2 Vida Washable Chair Pads Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. This lightweight machine washable and reusable chair pad contains five layers of material that quickly absorbs and locks liquid inside. The top layer keeps the user dry and the lower layer is waterproof to protect the furniture. Four colours available. Measures 50 x 60cm and absorbs 1 litre PR52250/PK

Pink

PR52250/WN

Wine

PR52250/BL

Blue

PR52250/BR

Brown

3 Kylie® Washable Chair Pads The original Kylie™ Washable Chair Pad. Designed to offer protection against incontinence for use on household chairs and wheelchairs whilst keeping the user dry and comfortable. The waterproof backing is integrated with the absorbent pad and is latex free and anti-static treated. Salmon pink colour. Size: 50 x 50cm with 750ml absorbency PR52220

4 Kylie® Washable Bed Pads The original Kylie™ Washable Bed Pad. Designed to offer protection against incontinence for mattresses or other furniture whilst keeping the user dry and comfortable. The waterproof backing is integrated with the absorbent pad and is latex free and anti-static treated. Fabric wings tuck underneath mattress to help secure pad into place. Salmon pink colour. Available in three sizes Size

Absorbency

PR52221/2

91 x 70cm

2 litres

PR52221/3

91 x 91cm

3 litres

PR52221/4

127 x 70 cm

4 litres

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

47


Bed and Chair Care

Overbed/Chair Tables

1 Assist-A-Tray This new, patented invention features an ergonomic grip handle that provides support in and out of any sofa, chair or recliner. Attached to the handle is a dual pivoting tray that rotates 360 degrees to allow for the most convenient placement. The tray includes a cup holder and extended compartment, perfect for keeping handy items close by. Handle height can be 34" to 40" Tray height can be 26" to 32" PR60189

2 Over Bed/Chair Table These Over Bed/Chair Tables are made from chromium and powder coated steel with a wooden top which can be set at varying angles. The table tops are trimmed with an edging so that items will not slip off. These tables are supplied flat packed. One version is supplied without castors and the other version with four 2" swivel castors with brakes. Table Size

560 x 410mm (22" x 16½")

Adjustable Height

650-980mm (25½"-38½")

PR60196

With Castors

PR60197

Without Castors

3 Mobile Table This high quality table enables the surface to be tilted whilst the smaller, fixed surface can be used to hold all sorts of useful things. Mahogany laminated top with deep rims on both sides to secure items when tilted. Fitted with smooth glide castors for ease of movement.

Height Adjustment

Large Table Top

Small Table Top

710 x 1140mm (28" x 45")

605 x 385mm (24" x 15")

200 x 385mm (8" x 15")

PR60171-P

4 Table Valet This portable table valet is ideal for TV dinners, painting, cards, jigsaws, hobbies and bedside meals. This strong, yet lightweight, table folds quickly and easily for storage and transportation. The wipe clean top has a lip to prevent items from rolling off and is adjustable in both height and angle. • Table Top: 15.5" x 20.5" (39cm x 52cm). • Height adjustable from 21.5" to 28½" (54cm to 72cm) (flat). • Folds down to: 3" x 22" (7.5cm x 59cm). • Table Weight: 2.5kg. • Supplied flat packed for home assembly. PR60190

48

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Overbed/Chair Tables

1 Independence Bed Table The Independence Bed Table offers the support of a bed rail with the luxury of a nice piece of furniture. The handle offers assistance while standing, prevents night time falls, and comes with a luxury swivel tray to keep handy items close by. The legs extend to the ground for extra stability, and the leather organizer can keep books, medications, or glasses close by. And like all of our products, it looks like a piece of furniture to maintain the comforting feeling of your home. Easy Installation – No extra tools required! • Height Adjustment From Floor To Top Of Handle: 53-112cm (21" - 44") • Height Adjustment From Mattress Base to Top of Handle: 44-57cm (17.5" - 22.5") • Rail Width: 48cm (19") • Height Range From the Floor to Horizontal Support Structure Under Mattress: 24-55cm (13.5"- 21.5") • Weight Capacity of Rail: 136kg (21 stone) • Weight Capacity of Tray: 13kg • Weight of Product: 4.7kg • Size of Tray: 51 x 43cm (20" x 17") PR60225

2 Economy Over Chair Table This Over Chair table is made from epoxy coated steel with an easy clean laminate Beech effect table top, which can be tilted for reading or craft activities, the table is fitted with four castors for ease of positioning.

Height Adjustable

Table Top

Base

695 - 845mm (27" - 33")

605 x 400mm (24" x 16")

800 x 580mm (31½" x 23")

PR60195

3 Deluxe Overbed Table This cantilever overbed table is adjustable in height and tilt. The able top has a lip around the edges to prevent items from sliding off and it can be folded flat for storage. The table is mobile with 4 castors (2 castors are lockable). Available in a black frame with a walnut style table top. Height: 610-940mm (24-37") Table top size: 600 x 400mm (23½" x 15¾") Weight: 9kg PR60192

4 Over Chair/Bed Table This Over Chair/Bed Table is made from epoxy coated steel with an easy clean laminated Beech effect table top, the table is fitted with four castors for ease of positioning. Size Height Adjustable

650-800mm (25½" – 31½")

Depth

395mm (15½")

Width Between Legs

900-1100mm (35½" – 43")

Table Top

615 x 410mm (24" x 16")

PR60194

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

49


Bed and Chair Care

Raising and Sitting Aids

1 UpEasy The UpEasy Seat Assist has a fire retardant, waterproof coating to protect the surface of the foam cushion. The UpEasy has a removable, machine washable cover. The piston on the UpEasy slowly and automatically lifts up to 80% of your weight and has six weight settings. No wires, motors or batteries required. The UpEasy can be purchased with standard or V-Foam, a visco elastic memory foam which has good pressure relieving qualities as well as adding extra comfort. Available in Navy only.

Weight Range PR30357

Standard Cushion

6-16.5 stone 36-104kgs

PR30358

Standard+ V-Foam

6-16.5 stone 36-104kgs

PR30359

Seat Assist Plus

14-25 stone 88-159kgs

PR30360

Seat Assist Plus +V-Foam

14-25 stone 88-159kgs

For Mattress Protection Products See Page 108 50

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bed and Chair Care

Raising and Sitting Aids

1 The UpEasy Power Lifting Cushion The UpEasy Power Lifting Cushion can easily transform any armchair, or sofa into a riser chair. It provides 100% lift for users and, due to the non-slip base, it can be safely used in recliners. Weighing just 5.4kg, this power cushion has a built-in carry handle, which makes it extremely portable. The UpEasy Power Lifting Cushion is an affordable alternative for those who need a riser chair, or a portable accessory for those who already own one. Suitable for people who need assistance to sit or stand due to insufficient upper or lower body strength. To operate the seat, simply flick either of the power levers up, and then place your hands on the chair arms while you are being lifted, the cushion will stop automatically when it reaches its maximum height, or can be stopped by gently pushing the lever down. The levers are detachable, enabling the seat to be operated from either side. Supplied with a machine washable blue cover that may be wiped clean with a damp cloth. Seat depth 480mm (19"). Seat width 410mm (16"). Maximum height of seat 250mm (10"). Minimum height of seat 60mm (2½"). Cable length 3.7m (12ft). Weight 5.4kg. PR30361 PR30361/PP

2

Booster Cushion • Manufactured from high grade, durable, polyurethane foam • Luxury alternative to other forms of chair raisers • Place under the chairs existing cushion to raise the height by 4" (10cm) or 5" (12½cm) • Supplied as standard with faux suede, zipped outer cover

Size 18x18x4" 19x19x4" 20x20x4" 18x18x5" 19x19x5" 20x20x5" 18x18x4" 19x19x4" 20x20x4" 18x18x5" 19x19x5" 20x20x5"

(46x46x10cm) (48x48x10cm) (51x51x10cm) (46x46x13cm) (48x48x13cm) (51x51x13cm) (46x46x10cm) (48x48x10cm) (51x51x10cm) (46x46x13cm) (48x48x13cm) (51x51x13cm)

Max user weight

21 st

136 kg

3 Contoured Leg Rest

Raisers the sitting height of any seating appliance.

Product Code SP44867 SP44870 SP44873 SP44876 SP44879 SP44882 SP44867/BLA SP44870/BLA SP44873/BLA SP44876/BLA SP44879/BLA SP44882/BLA

Power Pack

Cover Colour Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Black Black Black Black Black Black

This padded Black vinyl leg rest can be adjusted in height. The base is made from chrome plated steel tubing and is available as fixed with non slip rubber ferrules or mobile with four castors. Cushion size: 510 x 300mm (20x12") Fixed height adjustments: 380-510mm (15x20") Mobile height adjustments: 430-560mm (17x22") Weight: 4.6kg (Fixed), 5.2kg (Mobile) PR60239

Fixed

PR60240

Mobile

Max user weight

20 st

127 kg

PR60239 Fixed

PR60240 Mobile

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

51


Bed and Chair Care 1 Langham SureGrip Raisers The Langham SureGrip allows an existing chair or bed to be raised to suit the user's needs, instead of having to buy expensive new furniture. Designed to make furniture raising as simple as possible, it features a double grip to hold tightly on to furniture and a generous weight limit of 100 stone (700kg), including the chair or bed. It features a variable height adjustment, giving a wide range from 38-100mm (1½4") for furniture with legs. Maximum leg or castor diameter is 70mm (2¾"). Pack includes 4 x Langham SureGrip raisers and 4 x Adhesive pad adaptors for block feet.

Max user weight

PR60704

110 st

700 kg

Langham SureGrip - Raiser Unit - Set of 4

Optional Extras: PR60704/LA Langham PR60704/SB Langham PR60704/BA Langham PR60704/FP Langham

SureGrip SureGrip SureGrip SureGrip

-

Link Arms - Set of 2 Spreader Bar - Single Block Adapter with Adhesive Pad - Set of 4 Foot Pad (self adhesive) - Set of 12

2 Leg-X - chair, bed and table raisers Leg-X adapts conventional furniture legs rather than having to buy expensive purpose designed raised height products. They are variable height (just add internal blocks) up to 90mm (3½"). Uniquely Leg X have flexible internal fins which grip the chair leg without damaging it and allows the furniture to be easily moved. Diameter 27cm. Set of 4. PR60160

Max user weight

52

60 st

380 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Bed/Chair Raisers


Bed and Chair Care

Bed/Chair Raisers

1 Elephant Feet - chair and bed raisers Simply place under chairs or beds to raise the height. Simple but strong, one piece grey plastic blends with most furniture. The extra wide top will support most types of furniture leg and a central recess allows castors to safely locate for stability. Available in two heights, 90mm and 140mm. PR60700

90mm (3½") Set of 4

PR60740

140mm (5½") Set of 4

Max user weight

60 st

380 kg

2 Wooden Chair/Bed Raisers These traditional hardwood raisers offer both a 4in/10cm and 6in/15cm rise. They are simple to install and are suitable for different bed legs. Set of 4. PR60701

10cm (4")

PR60702

15cm (6")

Max user weight

60 st

380 kg

3 Cone Raisers These two sets of four stackable moulded cones will raise a chair or bed to an optimum height. The cones feature a recessed top and anti-slip pads to hold the furniture legs or castors securely in position. Available in two sizes, small will raise 90mm and large will raise 140mm. PR60705/90 Small 90mm - 4 per pack PR60705/140 Large 140mm - 4 per pack

Max user weight

35 st

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

225 kg

53


www.able2.eu

54

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:56

Page 55

Eating and Drinking Assistance

Eating and Drinking Assistance

Cutlery

56

Plates and Guards

60

Crockery

62

Drinking Straws

63

Hydration

64

Cups and Beakers

65

Cup Holders

70

Bibs

70

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

55


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:56

Page 56

Eating and Drinking Assistance

Cutlery

1 Good Grips® Coated Spoons Ideal for persons with biting reflexes and limited co-ordination Good grips® coated spoons have built up handles that are easy to hold even when wet! Plastisol coating protects teeth and lips. Ideal for clients with spasticity or limited hand control. Not recommended for those with heavy biting reflexes. Can be used with the GoodieStrap (below). Hand washing in cold water prolongs product life. PR65596 Youthspoon PR65597 Teaspoon PR65598 Dessert Spoon PR65600 Sample Kit Contains: 1 x PR65596, 1 x PR65597, 1 x PR65598

2 Goodie-Strap Fits large and built-up handles. This elastic strap has two different-sized loops that fit various handle sizes. The regular strap fits most adult hands and will accommodate Good Grips® utensils and other large, built-up handles. The paediatric strap fits the Good Grips® Paediatric Spoon and other utensils with an approximate circumference of 40 to 76mm (2½") to (3"), and a handle length of at least 76mm (3"). Machine wash and air dry. PR65599

Regular

PR65589

Paediatric

3 Good Grips® Paediatric Spoon Specially sized for children This paediatric spoon has the same features as the Good Grips® Spoons, with a smaller handle and bowl. Institutional dishwasher safe. Total length measures 6" (150mm). Can be used with the Paediatric Goodie-Strap PR65589 PR65588

Paediatric Spoon

4 Good Grips® Souper Spoon Raised lip is ideal for persons with tremors or poor hand control. The innovative lip of the Souper Spoon is specially designed to prevent spills while moving the spoon from the plate to the mouth. Liquids and food stay on the spoon where they should be! The onepiece, stainless steel lip is easy to clean and fits in the mouth. The Good Grips® Souper Spoon features the Good Grips® handle and the special twist in the metal shaft. The total length measures 180mm (71/8"). The Good Grips® model is ideal for persons with Alzheimers, CVA, Parkinsons disease, arthritis, or neurological impairments. PR65590

5 Good Grips® Spreader Knife The OXO Good Grips Spreader is the perfect companion for your favourite toppings. The wide, curved blade provides a large spreading surface for cream cheese, butter, jams and jellies. The hand-finished stainless steel blade is sturdy and durable. The soft, non-slip handle keeps your hand comfortable and absorbs pressure. PR65586

56

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Shaft can be bent for custom use


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:57

Page 57

Eating and Drinking Assistance

Cutlery Hold handle firmly.

Fork

Bend left or right.

Youth spoon Adapt for custom use. Teaspoon Rocker knife Dessert spoon

Twist in shaft allows utensil to be adjusted to any angle. Bend for use in right or left hand.

Soft, flexible ribbing adapts for any grip.

Large cushioned grip is comfortable to hold

1 Good Grips® Cutlery Good Grips® cutlery has a soft cushion grip that keeps the utensil in the hand - even when wet! The built up handles are made of soft latex - free material, with flexible ribbing that's comfortable and adapts to any grip. Each stainless steel utensil has a special twist built into the metal shaft that allows the spoons and forks to bend to any angle. You can bend them for either Left or Right handed use. The rocker knife requires only minimal arm strength for cutting. A special extended safety cap protects fingers. PR65591 PR65595 PR65593 PR65594 PR65592 PR65592/S

Fork Each Youth Spoon Each Teaspoon Each Dessert Spoon Each Rocker Knife Each Serrated RockerKnife Each

Made of stainless steel. Dishwasher safe.

Rocker knife requires only minimal strength for easy cutting.

Good Grips® utensils are ideal when bending the wrist, grasping, or eating motions become difficult.

Serrated RockerKnife

2 Good Grips® Weighted Cutlery Textured handle is secure in the hand. Each cutlery piece features the Good Grips® handle and a special twist built into the metal shaft allows it to be bent for either right or left handed use. The angled rocker knife requires only minimal arm strength for cutting. A special extended safety cap protects fingers. The 6oz. (170g) of weight in the built-up-handle provides more control so that the utensil reaches the mouth easier. Ideal for persons with limited hand control, Parkinsons disease or spasticity. PR65560 PR65561 PR65562 PR65564 PR65565

Weighted Weighted Weighted Weighted Weighted

Fork Teaspoon Dessert Spoon Souper Spoon Rocker knife

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

57


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:57

Page 58

Eating and Drinking Assistance

Cutlery

1 1 Amefa Cutlery Within this range of cutlery are a fork, knife and spoon which are curved to help those who have restrictive movement. They are available either left or right handed. There is also a right angled knife which will allows for an easier rocker type cutting action. They are made from stainless steel and the handles are black. Weight PR65668

Amefa Angled Knife

PR65669/L

Amefa Fork - Left

78g 48g

PR65669/R

Amefa Fork - Right

48g

PR65670/L

Amefa Spoon - Left

54g

PR65670/R

Amefa Spoon - Right

54g

2 Knork The Knork is a stylish fork with wide, rounded and bevelled outer tines that will safely cut food like a knife, without a sharp edge to cut the mouth of the user. It slices through food with a rocking motion which is facilitated by a finger platform on both sides of the handle. As it is symmetrical it can be used by both left and right hand users. An optional foam handle is also available. Latex free. PR65654 PR65654/4 PR65654/FH

Single Knork Set Of 4 Knorks Foam Handle PR65654/FH

3 Caring Cutlery The Caring Cutlery range have plastic moulded handles which fit comfortably in your hand. The utensils are stainless steel and easy to clean. Length of handles 127mm (5") Weight PR65671/F

Fork

50g

PR65671/K

Knife

50g

PR65671/S

Spoon

60g

PR65671/TS

Teaspoon

45g

4 Universal Cuff Economical, adjustable holder Cutlery, pens and pencils can be held with the Utensil Holder. Hook & loop closure with a D-ring strap adjustment for palms measuring 180-200mm (7 - 8") in circumference. Easy to put on and take off. Pocket measures 76mm (3") long and is sewn closed on one end. Made of comfortable cotton. Machine wash, gentle cycle. PR65058

5 Coloured Foam Tubing Bright colour assortment is ideal for visually impaired and paediatric use. Use Coloured Foam Tubing to build up cutlery and other hard-tograsp handles. This closed-cell, slip resistant foam is available in three different diameters shown in the chart below. All tubing is sold in packs of 6 - 300mm (12") long tubes. Colour

Outside Diameter

Hole Size

PR65007

Tan

1" (2.5cm)

Âź" (6.4mm)

PR65008

Red

11/8" (2.9cm)

3/8"

PR65009

Blue

11/8" (2.9cm)

ž" (19mm)

PR65069

Assorted

Assorted

Assorted

58

(9.5mm)

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

Cutlery

17/1/13

14:57

Page 59

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Comfort Grip Cutlery Nonslip grips rotate for better control These utensils are ideal for anyone with a poor, weak grip, allowing maximum control with minimum effort, giving independence at mealtimes. Each utensil is lightweight, 85grams (3oz) each, with a sturdy, non-slip, 7/8" (22mm) diameter grip handle which rotates to accommodate most eating difficulties. The ridges on the handle help to position the fingers for a more secure grip. The blade of the Comfort Knife has been specially designed to be useful, both as a regular dinner knife and as a rocker knife. It has a curved cutting edge making it a suitable cutting knife for a one-handed person. Not only suitable for use in rehabilitation centres, but also attractive enough to use in the home. Latex free. Each utensil can be purchased separately. PR65631 PR65632 PR65633 PR65634 PR65635 PR65636 PR65637 PR65638 PR65639 PR65640

Straight Fork Straight Knife Straight Teaspoon Straight Dessert Spoon Left-Handed Fork Left-Handed Teaspoon Left-Handed Dessert Spoon Right-Handed Dessert Spoon Right-Handed Teaspoon Right-Handed Fork

2 Soft Handled Cutlery These soft handled utensils have large grips made of closed cell foam which will not absorb moisture. Lightweight, and ideal for people with arthritis or tender hands and finger joints. The foam grip slides off easily for cleaning. PR65641

Soft Handled Knife

PR65642

Soft Handled Fork

PR65643

Soft Handled Teaspoon

3 Care Spoons Small spoons protect teeth. Durable, lightweight spoons provide exceptional protection for teeth and gums during feeding. Small bowls helps control food intake. Spoons measure 150mm (6") long and 13mm (½") in diameter. The small spoon has a 25mm (1") bowl and the large spoon has a 32mm (1Ÿ") bowl. PR65010 Small (10) PR65011 Large (10)

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

59


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:57

Page 60

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Inner Lip Plate Encourage independent eating. Special lip design prevents spills by letting food be pushed to the side of the plate, then scooped up with a fork or spoon. Ideal for one-handed dining. Both plates have a depth of 13mm (½") and a diameter of 230mm (9"). The Inner Lip Plate is institutional dishwasher safe and may be microwaved or autoclaved. This plate is household dishwasher safe and should not be microwaved. PR65017

2 Scooper Bowl Rolled edge helps children eat without spills. Prevent spills and overflow with the scooper bowl. Children will love the unique shape. Rubber - ring base prevents sliding. Bowl has a 130mm (5") diameter. Unbreakable. PR65004 PR65004/R Red

3 Scoop Dish - Red Plastic dish with broad rim and raised side on one half of the dish which makes it easier to place food on a fork or spoon. Colour red. Diameter 30cm PR65658/R Red

4 Clear Food Guard Attractive enough for any table. The inconspicuous design for the Clear Food Guard makes it ideal for home use or when dining out in a restaurant. Clear polycarbonate plastic is strong and functional, yet attractive. A perfect tool for persons who need a little extra assistance when eating. A snug fit means that the Clear Food Guard stays on the plate securely when food is scooped up against it so that no food slips off the plate. Tapered ends prevent the food guard from interfering with utensils. The Food Guard can be attached quickly even by clients with the use of just one hand. The grooved edge simply slides onto the plate, forming a gapless fit. Fits plates ranging from 210 to 254mm (8½" to 10") in diameter. Designed to nest together, taking up less storage space. PR65029 Individual

5 Food Guard This flexible food guard can be fitted to ordinary plates to assist with one handed eating. Three clips attach it to the rim of the plate and create a high inward sloping face to help with food collection and prevent spillage. Microwave safe. Colour White only. Plate size 190 to 254mm (7½ to 10") external diameter. Weight 45g. PR65071

60

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Plates and Guards


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

Plates and Guards

14:57

Page 61

Eating and Drinking Assistance Gripware™ Nonslip Gripware™ is economical, durable and dishwasher safe. Gripware™ is a unique range of dishes that feature round, nonslip feet. The feet have a textured rubber surface that grips tabletops and helps prevent plates from sliding. Gripware™ dishes are ideal for people who have the use of only one hand and for those with limited flexibility.

1 Gripware™ High Sided Dish GripWare™ High-Sided Dish makes independent eating easier. Made of melamine it is 20cm (7¾") in diameter and has sides that measure (3.2cm) 1¼" high. The Cutout Edge on the dish has a sloping side that tapers to 13mm (½") high, making entry of utensils easier. Made of melamine, do not microwave. PR65657

2 GripWare™ Round Scoop Dish The low front and high back are ideal for persons with limited motor co-ordination or the use of only one hand. Dish measures 200mm (8") in diameter. The plastic dish is microwave safe and can be gas autoclaved. PR65006

3 Gripware™ Scoop Plate Rim with grooved lip to help hold the utensil. Dish measures 230mm (9") in diameter. The base has non-slip rubber feet that hold the dish in place. Made of melamine, do not microwave. PR65627

4 Gripware™ Partitioned Scoop Plate Compartments help to keep food separate and provide more surfaces for scooping. Dish measures 220mm (8¾") in diameter with 19mm (¾") high dividers. Two 118ml (4fl.oz.) compartments and one 237ml (8fl.oz.) compartment. Institutional dishwasher safe. The Scoop dish is made of melamine, do not microwave. PR65601

5 Stay Warm Feeding Dish Keep food warm for longer using this convenient dish. A chamber under the plate is easily filled with warm water, keeping food warm for longer. The dish also has a non slip ring which keeps the dish in place, reducing the risk of spillage. Do not fill the plate with boiling water. Microwave safe. Measures 22cm (8½") in diameter. PR65110-N

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

61


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:57

Page 62

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Two Handled China Cup and Saucer This attractively designed cup and saucer is made from lightweight bone china. The cup has two handles, to assist those with shaky or frail hands. The pattern style and colour may vary. PR65050

2 DIGNITY by Wade DIGNITY by Wade is specifically designed to help people suffering with both physical and mental disabilities enabling them to maintain their independence and dignity for longer, and at the same time improving levels of nutrition and hydration. Designed with Dementia and Alzheimer sufferers in mind, suitable for the elderly and anyone who experiences difficulty handling ordinary crockery. Dignity is made from vitrified earthenware with added Alumina for extra strength and are dishwasher, microwave and freezer proof and are available in White, Yellow and Green. White Dignity - 2 Handled Mug

Green

Yellow

PR65540W PR65540G PR65540Y

Dignity - 2 Handled Feeder PR65541W PR65541G PR65541Y Cup Dignity - 2 Handled Feeder PR65542W PR65542G PR65542Y Cup with pierced spout Dignity - Plate 23cm PR65543W PR65543G PR65543Y Dignity - Soup/Cereal Bowl PR65545W PR65545G PR65545Y Dignity - 1 Handled Mug

PR65546W PR65546G PR65546Y

3 Egg Suction Cup This egg cup has a suction disc to keep the egg cup in place which makes it ideal for one handed users or for keeping the cup steady. PR65659

62

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Crockery


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

Straws

17/1/13

14:57

Page 63

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Uniflow Straws Uniflow straws have a valve in the base which keeps the liquid in the straw between sips. They help to reduce air intake when drinking through a straw and are ideal for those who find it difficult to maintain suction on the straw. Uniflow straws can't be used with fizzy drinks or thick liquids. The presence of the valve in the straw base slightly reduces the liquid flow rate compared with standard straws of this diameter. Uniflow straws are extra long at 28cm and can be extended to be 33cm long thanks to a large flexible section. Care Instructions - Uniflow straws are disposible and shouldn't be shared between users. Sold in packs of 15 - mulitple colours PR65077

2 Pat Saunders One-Way Straws Reduce air intake with these straws. Liquid will not flow back down these straws after the user removes lips. The one-way valve eliminates sucking air from an empty straw. Ideal for persons with Parkinson's disease. Attach to glasses and mugs with the included clips. Each pack includes one 250mm (10") and one 170mm (7") straw. PR65059

3 Flexi Straw Flexi straws are soft, tough silicone straws that are flexible along their entire length. They are ideal for anyone who bites or chews on the straw as they don't tear easily. They are also softer than a normal straw and won't hurt the inside of the mouth if accidently pushed, while some users prefer the more tactile feedback of the silicone. Flexi straws are 33cm long but can be trimmed using sharp scissors. They can be washed and reused. Care Instructions - Wash in mild soapy water, rinse and leave to dry. Can be placed in a net and dishwashed. Do not expose to temperatures above 200 degrees celsius. Sold in packs of 3 - strawholder not included PR65080

Pack of 3

4 Strawberi Strawberi is a small, smart, award winning straw holder that holds a straw securely against the side of a glass or cup. It even works on the top of a bottle. Strawberi ends the straw chase with style! Choose from a selection of 5 different colours which all hold standard straws up to 6mm in diameter. Strawberi is reusable. PR65076

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

63


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:57

Page 64

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Hydrant A simple, yet revolutionary, way to offer easy access to fluid at all times to hospital patients, care home residents, those bed bound and under the care of social services or relatives and wheelchair users. Ideal to clip on wheelchairs, bikes, beds, rucksacks, belts etc. PR65222

The Hydrant 1 litre

PR65222/CC

Clothing Clip

PR65222/H

Replacement Hose

2 Medi Hydra Pak Proper hydration is crucial for the health and the recovery of patients in hospitals, nursing, assisted living, rehabilitation, hospice and home healthcare facilities. The Medi Hydra Pack is the first solution of its kind to provide patients and caregivers an easy and efficient hydration solution, allowing precise and accurate fluid measurements, and ultimately improved patient care. We all know properly hydrating a patient is vital to their normal recovery and continuous health. Current methods are cumbersome, often immeasurable and time-consuming. Patients must wait until a caregiver is available to receive fluids, when fluid is available, cups are often out of reach or patients are unable to easily drink from them and spills are frequent. Most of all, intake is estimation at best in any healthcare setting. These problems introduce unnecessary risk to a patient's wellbeing. As a result, the easy and effective Medi Hydra Pack provides patients, caregivers and healthcare providers with an accessible, measurable, clean and portable hydration solution. PR65223/5 Medi Hydra Pack - 5 pack PR65223/10 Medi Hydra Pack - 10 pack

64

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Hydration


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

Cups and Beakers

14:57

Page 65

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Handycup The rim of the HANDYCUP is angled so that a person can drink without tipping their head back to drain the glass. It can be tipped beyond the point where a normal cup would hit the bridge of your nose. The cup is transparent so that the level of the contents is always visible. The cup has large handles so that the person can fit their hand inside for better grip or can hold handles. The large base helps to prevent tipping. Designed for people with a poor grip, limited neck movement, a bed patient, or a person in a wheelchair with a head-rest. Microwave safe. Holds 200ml. Includes lid. PR65646

Clear

PR65646/B

Blue

PR65646/G

Green

PR65646/O

Red

2 Clear Mug with Handle A tough, clear plastic mug, with large, open handle to grip round or under without making a fist. This mug is supplied with two lids, one for anti-spill and one with a drinking spout. It is of a simple design, stackable and easy to clean. The mug is dishwasher safe however the lids are not, but can be used in the microwave. Capacity 300ml. PR65100

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

65


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:57

Page 66

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Insulated Mug - With Lid

Cups and Beakers 2 Insulated Mug - Without Lid

Keep drinks at the right temperature. The Insulated Mug With Lid helps keep liquids hot or cold longer. Large handle makes grasping easier and the sealing lid helps prevent spilling. Straw hole directs the flow of liquid. Made of durable polypropylene. Holds 340ml (12fl.oz.). Microwave safe.

A quality insulated mug at a great value. This polypropylene mug keeps liquids hot or cold as necessary. Holds 237ml (8fl.oz.). Microwave safe. PR65031

PR65030

3 Feeding Cup Prevent dribbles and spills with this Feeding Cup that has a built in flow control mechanism. The mouthpiece hole will accommodate a drinking straw. The soft rubber button positioned on the cup始s lid allows control of liquid flow and intake. Cup holds 237ml (8fl.oz). Made of sturdy polyethylene plastic. Autoclavable. PR65043

4 Feeding Cup These feeding cups are accompanied with 2 spouted lids per cup. One spout is wide and the other is narrow. There are two types of cups to choose from, one with wings (handles) or one without. Each pack contains 1 cup and 2 lids. Cup holds 200ml (7fl.oz). PR65033

Feeding cup (includes 2 lids)

PR65032

Feeding cup with wings (includes 2 lids)

PR65033/LIDS Replacement lids x 4 (2 x narrow and 2 x wide spout lids)

66

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

Cups and Beakers

14:58

Page 67

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Novo Cup Perfect for people who want to drink without having to be helped. The Novo Cup allows you to drink comfortably while lying down. Your are in complete control of the rate of flow and donʼt need to be propped up by pillows or helped by carers. Ideal for those with restricted movement of the head and neck. • Spill-proof when tipped over, so fewer changes of bed linen. • Takes both hot and cold liquids • Transparent so contents are visible • Measurement markings • Holds 250ml of liquid • Microwave and autoclave safe PR65075

2 Nosey Cup The rim of the Nosey Cup is angled so that a person can drink without tipping their head back to drain the glass. It can be tipped beyond the point where a normal cup would hit the bridge of your nose. The glass is transparent so that the level of the contents is always visible. The bottom of the bowl is rounded to assist draining the contents and to make washing easy. The short stem and tapered cup make the glass easy to grasp. The large base helps to prevent tipping. Designed for people with a poor grip, limited neck movement, a bed patient, or a person in a wheelchair with a headrest. Capacity 260m (8oz). Microwave safe. PR65644

3 Click Cup This plastic feeding cup has a spouted lid which if required can be clicked to create an angle when drinking. Lids available separately with either 4mm or 8mm spout hole. PR65665

Cup Only – 200ml

PR65665/L4

Lid Only – 4mm Spout Hole

PR65665/L8

Lid Only – 8mm Spout Hole

4 Drinking Cup with Long Spout Lid This clear plastic drinking cup comes with 2 lids with a long spout. Holds 200ml. PR65666

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

67


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:58

Page 68

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 SucupCare SucupCare allows users, of any age or ability, to eat semi-solid or partly liquidised foods cleanly, easily and independently. It is the perfect solution for those who experience difficulty eating using traditional methods. The vacuum-assisted cup is used by either lightly pressing, or sucking, on the straw. SucupCare offers the choice of when and where to eat and also allows the user to relax and eat at their own pace. The special large diameter straws can be disposed of after each use or, if the SucupCare is for personal use only, can be washed in warm water and sterilised in a proprietary solution. The cup only is dishwasher safe. The many advantages include: • Promotes independence and dignity- allows the user full control • Clean – delivers food directly into the mouth • Hygienic and easy to use – very little effort required • Time-saving – enabling Carers to meet other needs • Cost-effective – uses home-prepared or ready-made food- the vacuum feature ensures that no food is wasted PR65674

Cup and Straws (20)

PR65674/S

Box of Straws (20)

2 Nose Cut-Out Beaker Unique design enables drinking without tilting the head. The Nose Cut-Out Beaker is ideal for people who choke easily or cannot tilt their heads back due to neck injuries. Useful for children who have cerebral palsy. The cut-out fits around the nose when drinking. The 73mm (21/8") wide opening allows the therapist to observe the liquid going into the clients mouth. Available in a blue or clear model. The blue model is made of unbreakable plastic. The clear model is made of polypropylene plastic. Holds 237ml (8fl.oz.). Microwave safe. PR65051

Blue (Pack Of 2)

PR65067

Clear (Pack Of 2)

3 Flexi Cut Cup Drink without neck extension. Unlike other cut cups, the Flexi Cut Cup can be squeezed gently to change the shape of the cup lid. Made of flexible plastic with a cutout design. Sold in packs of 2 PR65055

Pink 30ml (1fl.oz.)

PR65053

Blue 60ml (2fl.oz.)

4 Kennedy Cup Designed specifically for rehabilitation use. This lightweight, easy-to-grip Spill Proof Kennedy Cup has a sturdy, screw-on lid. This cup will not spill and can be used in either a reclined or seated position. Liquid level is visible and can be monitored easily. Holds up to 207ml (7fl.oz.). Autoclavable. Straw not included PR65025

68

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Cups and Beakers


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

Cups and Beakers

14:58

Page 69

Eating and Drinking Assistance 1 Thumbs Up Cup Ideal for people with arthritic hands Two thumb rests make this a uniquely designed cup ideal for the arthritic hand. Insulated, moulded plastic keeps liquids hot or cold longer, while keeping the outside of the cup comfortable to the touch. Includes lid. Holds 325ml (11fl.oz). Weighs 118ml (4oz). Microwave safe. PR65070

2 Sure Grip Cup This stackable, polycarbonate mug features deep grooves allowing a comfortable grip in the hand and is anti-slip. It is suitable for all age groups, hot and cold liquids and the virtually spill-proof, patented valve in the lid prevents spillage. Only a small drop escapes before the vacuum seals off the main flow. The Sure Grip Mug has a spout, angled to facilitate easy use. Another feature of this cup is the inclusion of a 100ml and 200ml measure guide on the outside, this comes in useful when volumes of liquid need to be recorded. Microwave and dishwasher safe, available in three colours. The optional lid changes colour if the contents are in excess of 50째C. in temperature. The optional handle is available. A useful straw clip is also available which eliminates the need to hold the straw when drinking. PR65571 PR65572 PR65573 PR65580 PR65581 PR65582

Clear Blue Pink Temperature Regulated Lid Handle Straw Clip

3 Two Handled Mug Monitor liquid levels with this see-through mug. Use this clear plastic mug with or without the included lid. The spout in the lid directs the flow of liquid. The two large handles provide for an easy grasp and the wide base helps prevent accidental tipping. Holds 10 fl. oz. (295ml). Microwave safe. PR65616

4 Two Handled Mug Each mug has two handles to assist control, and is supplied with two lids, one for anti-spill and one with a drinking spout. The mug is dishwasher safe, but not the lid. Colours may vary. Capacity 250ml (9fl.oz). Weight 110g. Seperate lids not available. PR65123

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

69


5 EAT & DRINK:12 EATING & DRINKING

17/1/13

14:58

Page 70

Eating and Drinking Assistance

Cups Holders

1 Duo DUO is an innovative ergonomic handle that attaches to everyday mugs, glasses and bottles, increasing grip and stability when drinking. It is a great alternative to 2 handled mugs or beakers, allowing everyone to use the same mugs as family and friends ideal for using in cafes and restaurants. DUO始s wraparound style protects hands and fingers from hot mug surfaces, whilst its unique clip on design makes it easy to attach and detach without fuss. Can hold cups/mugs of a diameter from 70-90mm. Wash in warm water. PR65673

2 Two Handled Cup Holder This cup holder has two hands to provide a steady grip. PR65667

Eating and Drinking Assistance 3 Dinner Bibs These bibs measure 460mm (18") wide x 890mm (35") long, with a poly/cotton front and a waterproof backing. The neck of these bibs open and close with snap buttons. Tartan style but colours may vary. Machine washable. PR65645

4 Disposable Bibs Quickly and easily protects the clothing of both patients and professionals. In any healthcare facility and even at home, keeping clothes protected from medications and food stains can be difficult. These disposable bibs are instantly absorbent, waterproof and leakproof. They are easy to attached by simply peeling the strip and adhere it to clothes. White in colour. Size of bib: 330 x 460mm (13 x 18") PR65664

1 Pack Of 50 Bibs

PR65664/12

12 Packs Of 50 Bibs

70

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Bibs


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 71

Household and Kitchen

Anti-Slip Products

72

Kitchenware

74

Plug Aids

79

Turners and Openers

80

Security

83

Grab Bars and Rails

84

Perching Stools

86

Medication Storage

88

Scissors

90

Reachers

92

Miscellaneous

93

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 72

Household and Kitchen

Anti-Slip Products

Anti-Slip Products Our range of anti slip products can be built into a system that can be used to maintain independent living for people with impairments to the strength of their grip or limits to mobility. These anti slip products are actually totally unique in this market. The reason for this is the material they are manufactured from, 100% silicone rubber. Silicone rubber is totally non toxic and safe to use anywhere. Most of our anti slip and grip enhancing living aids are available in different colours and sizes to suit you, and most are washable, so have excellent durability. • Provides firm grip and hold • Non-toxic and chemically inert • Autoclave safe to 250º • Fully washable and long lasting

1 Anti-Slip Bottle Opener

2 Anti-Slip Jar Opener

Supplied Individually

Supplied Individually

PR61650/R Red

PR61651/R Red

PR61650/B Blue

PR61651/B Blue

PR61650/Y Yellow

PR61651/Y Yellow

3 Anti-Slip Coasters Supplied in a pack of 4 PR61652/R 9cm x 9cm - Red PR61652/B 9cm x 9cm - Blue PR61652/Y 9cm x 9cm - Yellow PR61653/R 14cm diameter - Red PR61653/B 14cm diameter - Blue PR61653/Y 14cm diameter - Yellow PR61654/R 19cm diameter - Red PR61654/B 19cm diameter - Blue PR61654/Y 19cm diameter - Yellow

4 Anti-Slip Roll Supplied Individually PR61660/B Roll 1m x 20cm - Blue PR61660/R Roll 1m x 20cm - Red PR61661/B Roll 1m x 30cm - Blue PR61661/R Roll 1m x 30cm - Red PR61662/B Roll 2m x 20cm - Blue PR61662/R Roll 2m x 20cm - Red PR61663/B Roll 2m x 40cm - Blue PR61663/R Roll 2m x 40cm - Red PR61664/B Roll 9m x 20cm - Blue PR61664/R Roll 9m x 20cm - Red PR61665/B Roll 9m x 40cm - Blue PR61665/R Roll 9m x 40cm - Red

72

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 73

Household and Kitchen

Anti-Slip Products

1 Anti-Slip Rectangular Table Mats Supplied Individually PR61655/R 25cm x 18cm - Red PR61655/B 25cm x 18cm - Blue PR61655/Y 25cm x 18cm - Yellow PR61656/R 35cm x 25cm - Red PR61656/B 35cm x 25cm - Blue PR61656/Y 35cm x 25cm - Yellow PR61657/R 45cm x 38cm - Red PR61657/B 45cm x 38cm - Blue PR61657/Y 45cm x 38cm - Yellow

2 Anti-Slip Extreme

3 Anti-Slip Floor Mats

Supplied Individually

Supplied Individually

PR61659/C 20cm x 20cm - Clear

PR61658/R 60cm x 45cm - Red

PR61659/G 20cm x 20cm - Green

PR61658/B 60cm x 45cm - Blue PR61658/Y 60cm x 45cm - Yellow

4 Anti-Slip Strip These strips are self-adhesive. Supplied Individually PR61666/B Strip 1m x 2cm - Blue

5 Anti-Slip Fabric Supplied Individually PR61667/W Roll 50cm x 182cm - White PR61667/BK Roll 50cm x 182cm - Black PR61667/BE Roll 50cm x 182cm - Beige

6 Anti-Slip Retail Solutions PR61669/R Bottle Opener Display Unit - Red PR61669/B Bottle Opener Display Unit - Blue PR61669/Y Bottle Opener Display Unit - Yellow PR61670/R Jar Opener Display Unit - Red PR61670/B Jar Opener Display Unit - Blue PR61670/Y Jar Opener Display Unit - Yellow PR61671/R Coaster 14cm diameter Display Unit - Red PR61671/B Coaster 14cm diameter Display Unit - Blue PR61671/Y Coaster 14cm diameter Display Unit - Yellow All units contain 25 items

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

73


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 74

Household and Kitchen 1 Good Grips “Y” Peeler Good Grips handle ensures a secure hold, even when wet. The Good Grips Y Peeler blade swivels and requires minimal range of motion of the wrist or elbow with its horizontal blade. This peeler has a stainless steel blade and tapered, oversized hole for hanging. PR63020

2 Good Grips Swivel Peeler Good Grips Swivel Peeler cuts easily and requires minimal wrist movement. The Good Grips Swivel Peeler has a stainless steel blade and tapered, oversized hole for hanging. Its Good Grips handle ensures a secure hold, even when wet. PR63021

3 Good Grips® Chopper Make easy work of chopping onions, nuts and more with the Good Grips® Chopper. Just press the soft knob and the blades rotate for even chopping. An internal soft bumper absorbs shock to increase comfort and reduce sound. Chop ingredients in the enclosed cup with its soft, non-slip base, or remove the base and chop directly on a cutting board. A tab rotates within the cup to prevent food from accumulating on the side walls. The entire blade cartridge can be removed from the chopper by simply unscrewing it, so clean up is a breeze. The blade is symmetrical for ease of reassembly. Includes a spoon for scooping so there's no need to leave your hands smelling like onions or garlic. PR63035

4 Good Grips® Angled Measuring Jugs The Good Grips® Angled Measuring Jugs have revolutionised liquid measuring due to their patented angled surface which lets you read measurement markings by looking straight down into the jug, so you don't have to bend and read the side of the jug. The jugs also have a soft grip handle, and easy pouring lip. Available in 3 sizes. PR63037/60

250ml

PR63037/500

500ml

PR63037/1000

1 litre

5 Coolhand A hot plate needs a cool hand! • Avoid burnt fingers the easy way • Plate gripped and released as simply as using your hand • Uses the power of leverage so that the entire hand takes the weight • Ideal for those with arthritis and limited hand dexterity • Light, strong and durable • Easy to clean with no dirt traps PR60067

74

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Kitchenware


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 75

Household and Kitchen

Kitchenware 1 Right Angled Handle Kitchen Utensils This range of Easy-Grip Kitchen Utensils have comfortable, contoured handles with a non-slip “soft-feel” finish, giving a firm grip in either hand. The handle is angled at 90° to maintain the hand and wrist in a natural, stress-free position. This entire range of utensils is lightweight and all metal parts are made from stainless steel. All items within the range are dishwasher safe. Carving Fork with Right Angled Handle

Bread Knife with Right Angled Handle

Grater with Right Angled Handle

Forked Knife with Right Angled Handle

Cheese Slicer with Right Angled Handle

Carving Knife with Right Angled Handle

Spatula with Right Angled Handle

Magnetic Rack

PR63012 Carving Fork With Right Angled Handle Overall Length 195 mm PR63013 Grater With Right Angled Handle PR63014 Cheese Slicer With Right Angled Handle PR63015 Spatula With Right Angled Handle PR63016 Bread Knife With Right Angled Handle PR63017 Forked Knife With Right Angled Handle Overall Length 210 mm PR63018 Carving Knife With Right Angled Handle Overall Length 240 mm PR63019 Magnetic Rack Wall mounted magnetic storage rack, holds utensils easily. Screws and fixing supplied. Overall Length 335mm.

2 Pan Holder Pots stay in place for one-handed stirring. Stirring with one hand is easy with the Pan holder. Place the panhandle in the slot of the steel-wire frame. Attach to the stove top with the suction cup feet. Accommodates different sizes of pots and pans. Epoxy coating to prevent scratches on ranges and cookware. PR60012

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

75


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 76

Household and Kitchen

Kitchenware

1 Kettle Tipper This tipper allows the safe and steady pouring of hot liquids without lifting any weight. It is suitable for most types of teapot or electric kettle and comes with a Velcro strap for added security. Made completely from plastic it is lightweight and corrosion resistant. Suitable for use with cordless kettles. Length 205mm (8"). Width 275mm (11"). Height 200mm (8"). Weight 500g. When using the tipper with a cordless kettle (especially a jug kettle) for extra safety, it is recommended that the tipper stabiliser base is used. PR60011

2 Tipper Stabiliser Base Stabiliser base for kettle/teapot/jug tipper. Can be used in conjunction with Kettle Tipper (PR60011). PR60011/BASE

3 Jug Kettle Tipper Designed specifically for the use with jug kettles, this sturdy wire tipper makes it safe and easy to pour water. Hold your kettle securely in a cradle and pivots gently to pour with the need to lift. Not suitable for cordless kettles. PR60072

4 Swedish Cutting Board Vice holds food for one-handed cutting. This adaptable cutting board can be used to slice and grate food or hold mixing and salad bowls. Designed for one-handed use, with stainless steel food spikes and a vice to hold objects. The vice can be used to hold jars while opening lids. Rubber suction feet secure the board to surfaces. The white plastic board measures 300 x 280mm (12 x 11"). Weighs 3lbs. (1.3kg). Clean dish with soap and water. PR60004

5 Waterproof Cutting Board Aluminium food spikes hold food for safe cutting. Cut and prepare food on the polyethylene waterproof cutting board. Aluminium food spikes hold food while cutting. Durable board has rounded edges and is easy to clean. Four rubber suction feet anchor the board securely to the surface. Two polyethylene food guards prevent food from sliding off the board. The small board measures 190mm (7½") square, and the large board measures 280mm (11") square. Weighs 1Ÿ lbs. (.57kg).

6 Spreadboard Bread holder is ideal for one-handed use. Spread condiments easier with this easy-to-clean plastic holder. Non-slip feet and a downward curved lip keep the Spreadboard securely in place. Size: 22 x 23cm With 1cm Ridge PR60003

PR60001 Small PR60002 Large

76

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 77

Household and Kitchen

Kitchenware 1 Cloth Press

This Cloth Press enables weaker hands to squeeze the water from wet cloths. It is easy to use and should be used directly in your sink. PR60094

2 Plastic Multi Opener Use this multipurpose device to easily open aluminium can tabs, twist off resealable and pressure sealed bottle caps. PR60039

3 Push on Pegs These little pegs are simply pushed into position without the need to squeeze them. They can be used on washing lines as well as a temporary seal for packet foods. They are ideal for people with limited finger movement. 12 Pegs per pack PR60089

4 Clothes Peg The clothes peg is made for people with weak hands, instead of pressing the peg together with two fingers you only press it down on the clothes line. 20 Pegs per pack PR60096

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

77


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 78

Household and Kitchen 1 One Handed Box Set The One Hand Box is perfect for anyone with weak hands. The boxes are easy to open with no twisting or turning. To open, simply press on the little spot on the rim of the lid with one finger or the flat of your hand. To reseal the box, simply press the middle of the lid. Set includes 3 boxes: 0,75 L - 1,35 L - 2,00 L. PR60095

2 Cooking Baskets By using this lightweight cooking basket the contents of the pan can be removed easily and safely without also having to lift the entire weight of the pan itself. This will reduce the need for strenuous effort and minimising the risk of accidents. The pan itself can then be left to safely cool down for removal later when the risks of burning or scalding to the user have disappeared. Two cooking baskets are included: diameters are 6" and 8" PR60010

3 Teatool Don't make mess – make tea! Tea Tool is a simple solution that also helps those who find it difficult to squeeze the tea bag. Pop a tea bag in the cage, place it in your cup and pour the hot water in; give it a stir and press the plunger to squeeze the bag, releasing all the flavour and excess water. Then, pull the plunger to drop the bag in the bin. No drips on worktops, no burnt fingers, and no mess! PR60092

4 Sandwich Board One-hand operated sandwich board with a rounded edge that keeps your slice of bread in place. The brushed aluminium design is stylish and modern; both beautiful to look at and extremely functional. Has non slip pads on the underside. PR60093/S

Small 13 x 13cm

PR60093/L

Large 16 x 16cm

5 Food Workstation This Food Work Station is designed to give independence, convenience and assistance with day to day kitchen tasks. It is ideal for those who have difficulty in gripping or only have one hand available. The clamp can grip all sorts of food, bowls, jars or bottles and is easy to operate. The stainless steel spikes hold bread, fruit or vegetables. The grater and slicing box can be mounted on the board. High corner guards prevent bread from slipping when being buttered. There are four suction cups to prevent the work station from slipping. Size: 50 x 30 x 3.5cm PR60091

78

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Kitchenware


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:03

Page 79

Household and Kitchen

Plug Aids 1 Plug Tugs

This Plug-Tug makes removing fiddly plugs less of a hassle. They are easy to attach and use. They help you identify confusing wires and plugs as it includes a range of stickers, labels and a marker pen. Single pack contains 10 Plug Tugs PR60076

Single Pack

2 Pulg Not all plugs are in a convenient place. Some won't pull out smoothly or easily. The PULG™ solves this problem. This incredibly simple yet ingenious device allows you to remove plugs effortlessly. Even removing plugs from extension leads becomes a one handed finger and thumb operation. No more standing on the extension lead or wiggling the plug until it eventually comes out. Once you have fitted your appliances with PULGS™ you will wonder how you ever lived without them. Supplied with 2 per pack. PR60097

3 Automatic LED Night Light A night light for any room. New LED technology lasts for over 30000 hours with low power consumption. Light sensor control switches on/off automatically. • Turns on at dusk and off at dawn-automatically • Emits bright and warm light • Modern design • Economical and long life LED technology which generates almost no heat • For use in the bedroom or any other room where background light is needed. • Fits into normal UK 3 pin square plug socket • 230v-240v/. 5w • Measures 6 x 10 x 2cm (When plugged in) • Two LED Lights in One Pack PR70071

4 Safe-T-Light An all-in-one power failure and night light with a detachable torch, for home or office use. This multi-functional plug-in light provides low-level lighting during the night, ideal for halls, landings and bedrooms to assist in preventing accidents. Features an emergency light that remains lit for over 8 hours during a mains power failure. The rechargeable light can be removed from the base and used as a torch when moving around in the dark. Plugs directly into a 13amp BS power socket, allowing the user to use other electrical equipment from the same socket. Height 180mm (7-1/5") Width 65mm (25½") Depth 50mm (2") Weight 450g PR60074

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

79


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

Household and Kitchen

15:03

Page 80

Turners and Openers

1 Good Grips Jar Opener Comfortable, built-up handle helps open stubborn lids easily. The patented Good Grips handle on this jar opener provides a flexible, non-slip grip when removing twist-off lids from jars and bottles. Two metal grip strips allow for easy removal of lids ranging from 13 to 95mm (½ to 3¾") in diameter. PR63023

2 EZ Squeeze One Handed Can Opener The Chef'n EZ Squeeze One Handed Can Opener features a patented racheting mechanism which enables you to open cans with one hand. Simply place on the top of a can, squeeze the handle until it locks on then squeeze the handles together repeatedly and it will move around the can. Magnetic tip lifts the lid as you open. PR60075

3 One Handed Tin Opener A powerful yet simple tin opener designed to be safely used in one hand. Ideal for the elderly or disabled. • One hand operation • Magnetic holder for lid of tin • Ergonomically shaped handle • Simple to use with auto on and off • Mains operated for extra power and economy • Removable blade • Measures 22 x 8.5 x 10cm PR60069

4 Derby Tap Turners Fits crosshead and crystal taps, making them easier to turn. Hard Wearing - Easily fitted and providing outstanding grip with no tools required. Modern Design - An innovative design to make the operation of taps easier. These are durable and multifunctional devices to help users with weak hand strength to operate taps. The design makes the operation of taps easier. The handle has a rubber moulding to give a firm and controllable grip. The Derby Tap Turner is made of plastic, and is therefore rust proof and always warm to the touch. The Derby Tap Turners have colour coded handles to clearly identify hot and cold taps. The Derby Tap Turner is an economical alternative to replacing taps. They are easily and quickly fixed to most crosshead and crystal taps without the use of any tools. An internal rubber coating ensures an effective grip with smooth operation and with protection for the tap. The Derby Tap Turners are sold in packs of two, one cold (blue handle) and one hot (red handle). The width capacity for the tap turner is 60mm diameter. PR45564

5 Easiturn Tap Turner These aesthetically designed tap turners fit easily onto crosshead style taps and act as convenient levers making turning the tap on and off much easier. Made of high quality plastic, the tap turners are supplied in pairs with one red and one blue turner. The turners also feature a Braille symbol “C” and “H”, making them useful for those with a visual impairment. PR45565

80

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 81

Household and Kitchen

Turners and Openers 1 Cheekey

The Cheekey provides excellent leverage and increased grip for keys. A clever little device that makes holding and turning a key much easier and also doubles as a ring pull aid, for all the cans that have made life difficult for people with Arthritis and dexterity problems. Fits 99% of keys tested and carries more than two keys. Also assists unattached keys. PR60047

2 Key Turner III Curved handle fits comfortably in the hand and allows for easy turning. The heavy-duty plastic handle of the Key Turner III provides extra leverage for easy turning. Ideal for persons with arthritis or a weak grip. Holds three keys. Fold the keys into the handle when not in use. The Key Turner III measures 120mm (4戮") long, 22mm ( 7/8") wide, with a 100mm (41/8") circumference. PR60026

3 Turn Key Screw cap cartons can be difficult to open especially for children or elderly people who often lack the strength in their fingers. The Turn Key Screw cap opener solves the problem. Besides opening the carton始s screw cap, Turn Key has an extra function. The small plastic lid underneath the screw cap that has to be removed by pulling a ring is easily removed using the small hook on the side of the opener. PR60053

4 Tube Master Tube master squeezes out the last remains of the tubes in a simple way that leaves nothing inside the tube. The tube is easily mounted through the slide of the Tube Master, and by pulling gently towards the lid the tube is emptied out. The Tube Master is made of high density ABS plastic in an elegant design. Tube Master has no sharp edges or points, no removable parts, and is extremely durable. PR60054

5 Can Pop Most of us have difficulties when trying to open a beverage can. If one manages to get the finger under the ring at all, the result is often a broken nail. With the patented can pop you can easily open your can. The opener is simply placed under the ring of the can, and with a gentle lift the can is opened. The Can Pop is designed so that the opener fits around the ring, avoiding the opener slipping to the side when fitted. The handle itself works according to the principle of the lever and therefore opens cans easily. The Can Pop is made of high density plastic in an elegant design. The Can Pop has no removable parts and is extremely durable. PR60059

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

81


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 82

Household and Kitchen

Turners and Openers

1 Spill-Not Jar Holder Holds jars and prevents spills. Persons with limited grip or the use of only one hand can easily open jars from 25 to 100mm (1 to 4") in diameter. Four rubber feet keep the holder securely in place. Can also be screwed to a work surface or inside drawer. PR60006

2 Jar Pop Key Patented and design awarded jar opener that fits all traditional preserving jars. The Jar Pop Key is placed against the lid of the jar, and with a slight lift, the vacuum is released, and the lid can now be easily unscrewed. The Jar Pop Key is made out of high density plastic in an elegant design. Jar Pop Key has no sharp edges or points, no removable parts, and is extremely durable. PR60035

3 Maxi Jar Key The World's Easiest Jar Opener - For Tall Lids! Patented and design awarded jar opener that fits preserving jars with tall lids. Fits lids with a height of 15 - 20 mm. The JarKey is placed against the lid of the jar, and with a slight lift, the vacuum is released, and the lid can now easily be unscrewed. Size: 14 x 5 x 3.5cm Net weight: 37g Colours: White PR60035/MAX

4 Can Key / J-Popper Practical and patented opener for all cans with a ring pull opening device. No more broken nails and sore fingers from opening cans. Leave your kitchen without stains of food. Place the tip of the Can Key / J-Popper under the ring and pull the handle. In that way the lid is removed safely and without trouble. At the same time and due to the controlled pulling you can avoid the contents of the can spilling out. The Can Key / J-Popper is made from high density plastic in an elegant design. It has no removable parts, and is extremely durable. PR60037

6 Multi Grip

5 Cap Gripper The patented Cap Gripper fits all kinds of screw lids. Apply the rubber belt around the lid and tighten it with the thumb wheel. Then turn sharply, and you can unscrew the lid. Easy to use. Thumb wheel allows one handed adjustment. Patented ergonomic design. PR60052

Practical and patented opener for various bottles with safety caps, like cleaning liquids and pill bottles (Keep out of reach of children!) Also ideal for opening soft drink bottles with plastic screw lids. The Multi Grip is a practical and efficient helper, especially for the elderly people that lack strength in their hands. Place the Multi Grip over the safety cap and with a joint pressure and turning movement, the cap is easily unscrewed. Thanks to the “wings� on the Multi Grip the opening of the safety cap is now easy. PR60036

82

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 83

Household and Kitchen

Security

1 C500 Key Safe - Police Approved The C500 KeySafe™ provides a secure way to store keys for convenient, guaranteed access. It has been designed following extensive consultation with users. The security of the C500 is the highest level ever awarded to a key safe in the UK, achieving LPS1175 level 1 accreditation, equal to a front door of the same standard. As a result of this security rating, the product has achieved Police approval through the Secured by Design initiative. The C500 KeySafe™ is made of heavy gauge stainless steel and a thick zinc-alloy shell. It has a double wall construction. A stainless plate around the buttons adds additional security and is scratch and fingerprint resistant. The heavy duty locking mechanism uses a long-travel bolt, making it extremely pry-resistant. A clutch mechanism prevents the handle from being forced open. If the C500 is locked and the handle is turned with force, the handle slips and turns easily without opening. Just turn the handle back to the closed position until it clicks to re-latch the handle. PR60088

2 KeySafe™

B

Ever been caught outside your home without a key to get in? The GE KeySafe™ could be the solution as it attaches to any wall or flat surface with 4 dynabolts (provided). The Permanent GE KeySafe ™ holds 4-5 Yale keys or 1-2 Chubb keys. The S7 Big Box KeySafe™ accommodates access cards and a multitude of keys, including bigger keys such as car keys. The GE KeySafe™ is supplied with a black neoprene cover which just simply lips over, hiding it from view and protecting it from the elements.

Weight

B

A

PR60084

A PR60085

B

Permanent GE KeySafe™

900g.

S7 Big Box GE KeySafe™

1,700g.

External Size 4½" (H) x 2¼" (W) x 2" (D). 4¾" (H) x 3½" (W) x 2½" (D).

Internal Size 2¾" (H) x 1½" (W) x 1¼" (D) 3¾" (H) x 2¼" (W) x 1¾" (D)

A

3 Lock Aid This simple device is a helpful aid to unlock and open doors with Yale locks. The Lock Aid will help people with poor eye sight or doorways with low light to locate the key slot easily. Once the key has been located into the lock the key can be turned normally using the key, or by gripping the Lock Aid and turning. PR60087

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

83


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 84

Household and Kitchen

Grab Bars and Rails

1 Moulded Fluted Grab Rails This cost effective range of plastic grab rails have circular fixing plates supplied with a covering disc. The disc (A) is clipped over the attachment screws, creating a fully insulated handle or rail. The range consists of four rails, which are useful for the bathroom, corridors and stairways. The rails are fluted to provide better grip for wet hands. Diameter of tubes 1½" Distance from wall 21/3" Disc diameter 33/5" Length

Weight

PR45712W

305mm (12") Rail

295g

PR45716W

406mm (16") Rail

395g

PR45718W

460mm (18") Rail

440g

PR45724W

610mm (24") Rail

595g A

2 Plastic Coated Steel Grab Bars These white plastic coated rails offer quality and durability. Manufactured in 1in (2.5cm) diameter steel tube and stand 3.5in (9cm) off the wall. They have a circular fixing plate with 3 fixing points per plate. No screws are provided with rails. PR60270 Length 305mm (12") PR60271 Length 450mm (18") PR60272 Length 610mm (24") PR60273 Length 915mm (36")

3 Steel Grab Rails Plastic coated grab rails available in three lengths. Manufactured from 2.5cm (1") tube. Two fixing holes with flat fixing plates. PR45560 460mm (18") PR45561 610mm (24") PR45562 685mm (27")

4 Newel Rail White Plastic coated steel rail, turns 90 degrees around a newel post avoiding the need to let go. There is a left and right handed version. Length 673mm (26½"). PR60260 Left Angle PR60261 Right Angle

Rail shown is the right angled version

84

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

Grab Bars and Rails

17/1/13

15:04

Page 85

Household and Kitchen 1 Ashby Angled Grab Bar A grab bar which can assist the user in rising or lowering. Particularly useful in toilet assists. The angled design can be used to support the forearm to give leverage and support and the profiled design gives a pleasant non slip grip. White ABS plastic. Length 330mm (13") Depth from wall 50mm (2") PR45218

2 Prima Outdoor Rail The Prima Outdoor Rail has been designed to be used out doors mainly to help in doorways. The bar has good grip and is coloured in black. Length is 450mm (18"). PR60287

3 Security Pole and Curve Grab Bar The Security Pole & Curve Grab Bar makes standing from a couch, bed, or toilet… Easy. And because itʼs tension mounted, it can easily be placed anywhere in the home without any screws or bolts. The Curve Grab Bar has 4-Handgrips that make it easy to climb to a standing position – and because it rotates 360 degrees – you can move out of the way when not in use. And like all our products, it blends in with your home to increase your independence - without intruding on the comforting feeling of your home. Assembly: Installs in minutes with 4 bolts and alan wrench (included). PR46710 Max user weight

21 st

136 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

85


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 86

Household and Kitchen

Perching Stools

1 Prima Modular Perching Stool The Prima Modular Perching Stool has been designed to be attractive and practical, having applications throughout the home. It has been designed with an angled seat so that these tasks can be completed easily and comfortably with less strain. Modular design makes this stool versatile and minimises storage space. This stool has been designed with height adjusting legs and cranked legs allowing the foot to have full contact with the floor. The comfortable plastic seat cleans with ease. The Prima Modular Perching Stool system includes a pair of arms and a plastic back rest, giving the option of a basic perching stool, a stool with arms or one with arms and back. This product can be designed to suit your needs and give the Prima Modular Perching Stool the versatility to be used throughout the home.

Overall Height Overall Width With Arms Seat Height Seat Width Seat Depth Carrying Weight Stool Carrying Weight Chair Footprint: 420 x 470 x 480 x 530mm

810 to 930mm (32" to 36½") 540mm (21") 510 to 640mm (20" to 25") 350mm (13½") 310mm (12") 3.4kg (7½ lbs) 4.8kg (10½ lbs) (16½" x 18½" x 19" x 21")

PR60263 Max user weight

20 st

127 kg

2 4 in 1 Perching Stool

1

2

3

4

This versatile perching stool can be used as 4 different types: 1. Seat only 2. Seat and arms 3. Seat, back and arms 4. Seat and back The frame is a powder coated steel and the seat is padded. The product is flat packed and only requires minor assembly.

Seat height adjustable Footprint (at lowest height) Footprint (at max height) Width between arms

550-700mm (21½-27½") 420 x 530mm (16½ x 21") 430 x 600mm (17 x 23½") 508mm (20")

PR60266 Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

3 Footstool A sturdy, steady footstool with rubber mat surface and chrome plated steel frame. This stool makes access to the bath easier. Also available with a handrail. PR60222H Code

Base Of Legs

Height

PR60222

305 x 406mm (12" x16")

228mm (9")

PR60222H

305 x 406mm (12" x16")

228mm (9")

Hand rail height

810mm (32")

Max user weight

86

19 st

120 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

PR60222


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 87

Household and Kitchen

Perching Stools

1 Perching Stools These perching stools are manufactured from plastic coated steel tubing and fitted with a fully sealed cushioned seat. Its design is such that the seat is angled to enable the user to rise with ease. The stools are all height adjustable from 540-690mm (21¼-27¼") and come in five versions as follows:

PR60253

PR60254

Front Height Minimum

500mm (20")

Back Height Minimum

550mm (22½")

Front Height Maximum

620mm (24½")

Back Height Maximum

670mm (27")

Width

400mm (16")

Width Between Arms

503mm (19¾")

PR60253 PR60254 PR60255 PR60256

PR60255

PR60256

Max user weight

Standard Perching Stool Perching Stool With Arms Perching Stool With Arms And Backrest Perching Stool With Arms And Padded Backrest

20 st

127 kg

2 Perching Stools with PU Seat This range of perching stool are fitted with a PU ergonomically designed seat (and back/arm rest where applicable). The seats are robust, non slip in water environment, fire retardant, hygienic and suitable for cleaning in industrial and commercial washing machines. The seats, arms and backs contain hygienilac which makes them resistant to MRSA and other microbiological containments. They are all height adjustable from 540-690mm (21¼-27¼")

PR60254/PU

PR60255/PU

PR60253/PU

PU Seat Only

PR60254/PU

PU Seat And Arms

PR60255/PU

PU Seat, Arms And Back

PR60256/PU

PU Seat, Arms And Pu Back

PR60262/PU

PU Seat, Pu Arms And Pu Back

PR60253/PU

PR60256/PU

PR60262/PU

Max user weight

25 st

165 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

87


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:04

Page 88

Household and Kitchen 1 Pill Crusher/2 Crushes uncoated pills into powder by a screw action. Ideal when mixing the medication with a drink or food. Useful for children or those with difficulty swallowing. PR61437

2 Pill Splitter Eliminate the mess and inaccuracies of dividing medication. Easily cuts pills without the risk of cutting the hand. Compact design is convenient for travelling. Safe for coated and uncoated tablets up to 13mm in diameter. Storage compartment holds unused portions. PR61500

3 7 Day Extra Large Pill Box A large dispenser to enable a selection of pills to be added to each daily compartment. The large letters and compartments are helpful for users with poor eyesight or dexterity. Each day has a flip top lid. Overall length 230mm. Width 45mm. Depth 27mm. PR61430

4 7 Day Mini Pill Box The large 7 day pill box has 7 compartments, one per day for daily medication with a flip top lid. The lids are marked with letters and Braille. Colours may vary. Overall length 130mm. Width 35mm. Depth 24mm. PR61432

5 Weekly Multi Dose Pill Box Suitable for up to four times daily medication for one week or for four weeks once daily. The box has the weekdays and morning, noon, evening and night printed and in Braille. Medication record label included. Colour may vary. PR61431

88

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Medication


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:05

Page 89

Household and Kitchen

Medication

1 Pill Daily Dose A wallet containing seven individual transparent one-day strips, marked with the day and dose time. A pouch is supplied to carry a strip. PR61438

2 7 Day Maxi An easy to use seven day dispenser, suitable for carrying a whole weekʼs medication. Colours may vary. PR61436

3 Pill Dispenser Bag Contains four zipped compartments marked morning, noon, evening and bedtime. It is easily opened and is foldable for convenience and portability. Size open: 42 x 12.5cm, size closed: 12.5 x 8.5 x 2cm. PR61444

4 Pill Box Reminder Donʼt forget to take your pills. This great little timer is pocket size or can be worn around your neck and pre set to sound when you are due to take your medication. • Pocket size pill box with neck cord • Audible alarm and flashing light indicate when medication is due • Real time display • Count down timer up to 19 hours • Count up timer to 19 minutes 59 seconds • Uses 1 x 1.5v Button cell battery (Included) PR61433

5 Audio/Vibration Alarm Pill Box A complete medication planner with five pill compartments and five unique vibration and/or audible reminder alarms. Ideal for privacy or those with limited sight or hearing. • • • • •

Easy to set and use Five pill storage areas Five alarm reminders with vibration or audible options Measures 8cm x 8cm x 3.2cm Uses 1x AAA battery (not included) and 1 x button cell battery (included)

PR61425

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

89


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:05

Page 90

Household and Kitchen 1 Self Opening Scissors All purpose scissors are easy to use. Squeeze then relax the hand as the handles spring open for the next cut. Scissors are operated with the whole hand, not just the fingers, making them ideal for persons with thumb injuries or decreased hand strength. Precision ground stainless steel blades measure 89mm (3½") long. Total length is 222mm (8¾"). Can be used with left or right hand. PR63011

2 Long Handled Toenail Scissors The moulded finger and thumb grip on these Toenail scissors allow easier gripping and greater leverage. The extended shank gives extra reach for those who have difficulty bending, and the long loop handle allows strength and control of the whole hand being used. The slightly serrated stainless steel blades stop the nail from slipping whilst being cut. This strong angled blade provides a good cutting position and can cut through even the toughest nails. Measures 210mm (8¼") long . PR63006

3 Mini Easy Grip Craft Scissors These Mini Easy Grip Scissors fit easily and comfortably into the hand, with a looped handle for easy cutting. These scissors are ideal for needlework, crafts or for use when cutting in more intricate areas. The self-opening handle is ideal for persons with arthritis or thumb injuries and can be used with right or left hand. Supplied with blade guard. PR63003

4 Loop Scissors Gently squeeze the loop scissors for easy cutting. The textured Polypropylene handles are contoured to fit comfortably in the hand. Self opening handle is ideal for persons with arthritis or thumb injuries. The detachable spring band may be reversed as needed to restore spring tension. The 2¼" stainless steel blades are available with round tips or pointed tips. Total length is 152mm (6"). Use with right or left hand. PR63008

Rounded End 45mm

PR63009

Pointed End 45mm

PR63010

Pointed End 75mm

5 Easi Grip Tweezers Very lightweight tweezers, easy to use with a self opening action. Stainless Steel with comfortable contoured handle. PR63004

90

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Scissors


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:05

Page 91

Household and Kitchen

Scissors

1 Dual Control Training Scissors Developed, under consultation with Occupational Therapists, to assist the people who: • Have poor visuo motor co-ordination • Lacks the strength to complete a cutting action • Have a tremor and cannot place the scissors at a given starting point • Have poor background/ foreground differentiation Ideal for learning the opening /closing action of scissor skills • Colour coded handles easily identify whether for right hand (blue), or for left hand (green) PR63053/R

Right Handed

PR63053/L

Left Handed

2 Mounted Table Top Scissors Designed for use by children and adults with very limited strength and control, or for use one-handed. The brightly coloured green plastic base provides stability whilst keeping the product lightweight. Large “T” shaped handle to assist grip and leverage • • • • • •

Brightly coloured base aids visual differentiation Stainless steel blades with guaranteed secure fixing to handles Discreet spring to automatically reopen the scissors Rubber feet prevent scissors slipping on surface Replacement scissor part available by special order Lightweight

PR63052

3 Push Down Table Top Scissors These scissors are easy to use simply requiring a pushing down action on the “T” shaped handle. The spring will automatically reopen the scissors once the pressure is released. Ideal for children or adults either with poor strength or who are unable to use scissors with conventional loops. The scissors can be used in two ways: By maintaining the paper in fixed position it can be cut by “scooting” the scissors along the table; alternatively you can keep the scissors still (placing it on an anti-slip mat may assist with stability) and moving the paper towards the scissors. Blade guard supplied for safety. Ultra lightweight PR63050

4 Long Loop Self Opening Scissors Designed with an extended loop to give increased strength and control over the cutting action. Additionally a spring has been fitted which will automatically reopen the scissors. Place the index finger outside the loop to provide guidance and control. The middle, ring and little fingers are inserted through the loop to provide the strength for the cutting action. The spring will force the blades back to an open position after the grip has been eased. • • • •

Stainless steel blades with guaranteed secure fixing to handles Extended loop allows strength and control of all fingers to be used Comfortable grip given by wide finger contact area Colour coded handles easily identify whether for right hand (blue), or for left hand (green) • Blade guard supplied for safety PR63051/R

Right Handed

PR63051/L

Left Handed

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

91


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:05

Page 92

Household and Kitchen 1 Standard Reacher This reacher with the pistol style grip is easy to operate, this light weight reacher has a magnet on the tip which enables you to pick up metallic objects. Lightweight reacher available in two sizes. Length

Weight

PR60208 Short 673mm (26.5") 168g PR60209 Long 825mm (32.5") 190g

2 Hand Grip Reacher A lightweight, but strong reacher that helps to pick up dropped items. The moulded handle is comfortable and operated by all four fingers making it easy to user for people with weaker hands. The rubber lined jaw provides a secure grip when picking up dropped items. The jaw also has a hook which can help with dressing. PR60204/32 Length 813mm (32")

3 Rotating Reacher This reacher with the rotating clamp is ideal for individual tasks, just rotate the clamp to suit the job in hand. Easy to operate with the pistol style grip, also the reacher only weighs 260g so its very light to use, length 787mm (31"). PR60214

Rotating

PR60214/F Folding

4 Rainbow Reacher Pick up small items securely with minimal finger flexion. This reacher offers the security of suction cups for a strong hold on objects. It features a lightweight shaft and an easy-to-close hand grip. Fits comfortably even in childrens' hands and requires minimal finger flexion. The jaws open to 110mm (4½") wide for one of the largest grasps of any reacher on the market.

Length

Weight

PR60032

530mm (21")

119g (4oz)

PR60033

790mm (31")

142g (5oz)

5 Folding Reacher This folding reacher conveniently folds down from 673 to 343mm (26½ to 13½"). It also has a magnet on the tip to pick up metallic objects. PR60205

92

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Reachers


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:05

Page 93

Household and Kitchen

Miscellaneous 1 Blister Pen Having a hard time getting the pills out of blister packs?

The innovative Blister Pen is a simple and effective tool that can be used to get tablets out of blister packs without strength or pressure. The Blister Pen looks like a thick ballpoint pen. But the ink cartridge has been replaced by a thin needle which easily cuts through the blister pack foil. It is very simple to use: Hold the pen in a writing grip, click out the needle, and cut around the pill, following the edge where the plastic and metal foil of the blister pack meet. Then simply turn round the blister pack, and the pill will fall out by itself. PR61445

3 Table-Top Finger Nail Clipper

2 Hold On

The Table Top Finger Nail Clipper is mounted on a plastic base with non-slip feet. The large finger pad provides comfort and good leverage. The stainless steel clipper has a curved edge.

The patented Hold On is a handy holder for plastic bags etc; Fits into every pocket, purse or bag and is therefore easy to take anywhere. The Hold On is easily mounted on every kind of plastic bag and by using the Hold On one avoids sore fingers and red marks on your hands from carrying heavy plastic bags. Hold On is made of plastic and has no sharp edges or removable parts. Dishwasher proof. Pack of 2

PR63005

PR60055

4 Digital Two Channel T.E.N.S. Machine A fully approved and certificated T.E.N.S. machine for pain relief, body toning and massage. (Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation) • • • • • • • •

5 Wooden Compact Trolley The trolley walker can assist those who need help carrying meals or other objects. Manufactured from selected hardwoods, the trolley is hygienic and easily cleaned. The melamine shelves are heat resistant and the four legs are fitted with 50mm (2") rolling castors and a push bar set at 900mm (37") for easy walking and support. Size: 900 x 400 x 400mm (35.5 x 15.5 x 15½")

Easy to use with 12 pre-set programs 2 channel user defined programs for individual needs 4 re-useable treatment pads included Last measurement memory Auto power off lock for safety In use timer with memory Measures 63 x 145 x 20mm Uses 4 x AAA Batteries (Not included)

PR61434

T.E.N.S. Machine

PR61434/LEAD

Replacement Lead and Plug

PR61434/PADS

Pads For T.E.N.S. Machine

6 Long Handled Dustpan and Brush The long handle means you donʼt have to bend down which really takes the backache out of cleaning. Colours may vary. Size: 865 x 240 x 190mm (34" x 9" x 7") PR60064

PR60251

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

93


6 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN 2b3:11 HOUSEHOLD & KITCHEN

17/1/13

15:05

Page 94

www.able2.eu

94

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Commodes

96

Miscellaneous

99

Toilet Surrounds and Rails 100 Raised Toilet Seats

102

Bio Bidet

104

Patient Hygiene/Care

105

Urinals

106

Continence Aids

107

Mattress Protection

108

Bed and Chair Protection 110 Personal Continence Care 112

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Commodes

1 Basketweave Commode Chair A traditional Lloyd Loom wooden framed chair, hand crafted from beech wood, with an attractive white and gold weave. The chair features a removable padded seat which conceals a plastic commode pan and lid with carrying handle. The high chair sides give added stability to the user and also aid the person when rising. Seat

Overall

Height

470mm (18½")

775mm (30½")

Width

440mm (17")

600mm (23½")

Depth

440mm (17")

500mm (19½")

Footprint: 600 x 500mm (23½" x 19½") Weight: 7.2kg PR50504 PR50504/PL Max user weight

25 st

Spare Potty 160 kg

Basketweave

2 Luxury Commode Chair This attractive, height adjustable, luxury commode chair has a comfortable, waterproof covering. It has a metal frame and two strong armrests which will offer support to users. The lid on this chair can be easily taken out to offer extra space and comfort when in use. When not in use the lid can be placed back on for a more pleasing appearance. These chairs will look stylish in the bedroom or living room, available in three attractive colours.

Seat

Overall

Height

460-460mm (18"-25½")

810-910mm (32"-30")

Width

510mm (20")

600mm (23½")

Depth

400mm (15½")

540mm (21")

Footprint: 600 x 540mm (23½" x 21") Weight: 10kg PR50545

Blue

PR50546/T

Terracotta

PR50547

Green

PR50544

Potty with Lid and Handle

Max user weight

21.5 st

Blue

136 kg

Terracotta

Green

The CareBag® range of hygenic absorbent bags are the unique combination of an easy-to-close hermetic bag with a GelMax® super-absorbent pad inside. Upon contact with fluids and materials, the active principles present in the pad will quickly solidify the contents.

3 CareBag® Commode Liner Designed and recommended to avoid commode soiling the Commode Liner should be placed over any commode bucket/potty. Once used, the liner can then be hermetically sealed and disposed of in regular wastes (as for diapers). This makes cleaning commodes a much easier process. PR52200/2

1 pack x 2 bags

PR52200/20

1 pack x 20 bags

96

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Commodes 1 Royal Commode

A stylish polished solid wood frame with luxury cover which can avoid any embarrassment to the user or visitor. The washable vinyl seat cushion hides a hygienic sealed plastic tray with integral potty for comfort in use.

Blue

Seat

Overall

Height

482mm (19")

890mm (35")

Width

460mm (18")

530mm (21")

Depth

455mm (17")

590mm (23")

Footprint: 530 x 590mm (21" x 23") Weight: 16.3kg PR50538 PR50538/BEE/PK PR50538/ASH/BL PR50538/ASH/GR PR50539/POT Green

Max user weight

25 st

Seat/back colour

Frame

Brown Dusty Pink Blue Green Spare Potty

Ash Beech Ash Ash

160 kg

2 Royale Flushing Commode The Royal Flushing Commode's innovative design combines the benefits of the stylish and popular Royale Commode with the convenience of a hygienic, flushing toilet. The flushing toilet is completely hassle free and due to its large reservoir can be used many times before it needs emptying, making this commode ideal for carers and families. Brown padded cover.

Seat Height

460mm (18")

Width

455mm (18")

Footprint 580 x 480mm (22¾" x 19") Weight: 25kg PR50538/F Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Deluxe Commode Compact commode with strong wooden frame and luxury coloured cover. Padded seat and backrest provides excellent comfort and support. Discreet potty and contemporary design avoids any embarrassment to the user. Ideal for the living room or bedroom. Seat

Overall

Height

500mm (19½")

800mm (31½")

Width

370mm (14½")

550mm (21½")

Depth

510mm (20")

510mm (20")

Footprint: 550 x 510 x 550 x 510mm (21½" x 20" x 21½" x 20") Weight: 9.4kg PR50539 PR50539/NV PR50539/SP PR50539/FB PR50539/POT

Brown Navy Sapphire Flower Basket Spare Potty

Max user weight

160 kg

25 st

Commode Fabric Colour Options Brown

Dusty Pink

Flower Basket Green

Navy Blue

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

Oatmeal

Sapphire

97


Toileting

Commodes

1 Compact Commode Chair This Compact Commode chair is available in two options. The plastic commode pan is easy to remove and is covered with a detachable padded vinyl seat. Fixed Height Seat

Overall

Height

480mm (19")

780mm (31")

Width

500mm (19½")

560mm (22")

Depth

410mm (16")

500mm (19½")

Footprint: 560 x 500mm (22" x 19½") Weight: 7kg Adjustable Height Seat

Overall

Height

460-610mm (18"-24")

760-910mm (30"-36")

Width

500mm (19½")

560mm (22")

Depth

410mm (16")

500mm (19½")

Footprint: 560 x 500mm (22" x 19½") Weight: 7kg PR50570 PR50571

Max user weight

Fixed Height Adjustable Height

25 st

160 kg

2 Ashby Commode Stool Compact but strong commode with metal legs and all plastic seating area. Ideal alongside the bed. Legs are height adjustable. The stool is oatmeal in colour. Seat

Overall

Height

450 x 575mm (17½" x 22½") 675 x 780mm (26½" x 30½")

Width

460mm (18")

500mm (19½")

Depth

400mm (15½")

480mm (19")

Footprint: 500 x 480mm (19½" x 19") Weight: 5.5kg PR50537 Max user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Voyager Folding Commode Ideal for use in the home as well as when travelling, the versatile Voyager Commode combines comfort with convenience. The fully height adjustable aluminium frame is both lightweight and strong. The contoured seat offers additional comfort whilst in use. The voyager can be used as an over toilet frame, a commode and a shower chair. An optional vinyl carry bag is also available. Seat

Overall

Height

450-473mm (17¾-22½")

N/A

Width

425mm (16¾")

520mm (20½")

Depth

410mm (16")

530mm (20¾")

Footprint: (At max height): 520 x 530mm (20½" x 20¾") Weight: 7kg PR50536 PR50536/BAG Max user weight

98

19.75 st

Commode Bag 125 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Miscellaneous 1 Travel John

This discreet, portable and disposable urinal is ideal for situations when toilet facilities are limited. The Travel John will hold up to 800ml (28 fl.oz), and turns the liquid into gel. Suitable for men, women and children. 3 per pack Size: 14 x 12 x 5cm PR52160

2 Easywipe

Easywipe Compact Easywipe

This totally new and innovative design overcomes the drawbacks of any existing devices and ensures personal hygiene for those who find reaching difficult. The design of the Buckingham Easywipe has been thoroughly researched and the resultant ergonomic shape helps anyone with limited dexterity. The patented shape and mechanism of the Buckingham Easywipe grips the toilet tissue firmly and releases it cleanly. The Buckingham Easywipe removes the need to touch the paper after using. The Buckingham Easywipe has been designed to be both simple to use and easy to keep clean with no dirt traps. Clean with disposable cloth in mild soapy water. • Rounded, soft and smooth design. • Longer than any existing device. • Ensures easy reach. • Works equally well with toilet tissue or wet wipe. • Light strong and durable. • Supplied in attractive retail packaging. • Latex Free. Length 380mm (15") PR50562

Easywipe

PR50562/F

Compact Easywipe (Folded length in case 220mm (8¾")

3 Quad Inspection Mirror The two handles on the 12" (30cm) long shaft make this mirror easy to bend or twist to the desired position. The oval mirror measures 100 x 150mm (4x 6") and is break resistant. Handle measures 140mm (5½") long and has an adjustable-length hand loop and an additional finger loop on the shaft. PR50555

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

99


Toileting

Toilet Surrounds and Aids

1 Toilet Surround An adjustable height white plastic coated steel toilet frame with comfortable blow moulded armrests and non slip rubber tips. Overall Height

650-800mm (25½"-31½")

Width

530mm (21")

Depth

460mm (18")

Footprint: 530 x 460mm (21" x 18") Weight: 2.5kg Max user weight

PR50300 Free Standing

25 st

160 kg

2 Cosby Toilet Aid The Cosby Toilet Aid has been designed to give maximum comfort to those having difficulty with toileting. It has a vertical splash guard to minimise soiling and a large seating area with recess channel to minimise spillages. The hygienic one piece moulded seat can be clipped on and off the frame for easy cleaning. Seat

Overall

Height

420-570mm (16½"-22")

590-740mm (23"-29")

Width

390mm (15")

610mm (24")

Depth

410mm (16")

510-570mm (20"-22")

Footprint: 550 x 500mm (21½ x 19½") Weight: 4.6kg PR50500 Max user weight

26 st

165 kg

3 Fold Away Grab Rails Epoxy coated tubular steel rails in trombone shape. The base plate has four mounting points to secure it to the wall. These rails should be fitted by a competent person to a wall capable of supporting the weight of the rail and the load imposed on it by the user. Can be mounted singular or in pairs to provide support all around the toilet. Wall bracket measures 127 x 300mm (5 x 12"). PR50070

100

Fold Away Grab Rail Length 760mm (30")

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Toilet Surrounds and Rails 1 FoldEASY Toilet Frame

The FoldEasy Toilet Frame folds conveniently when not in use and is height adjustable. The user should stand on the footplate when positioned on the floor which will hold the frame steady when using the handles to raise and lower onto the toilet seat. The arm rests are soft and easy to grip. An optional carry bag is available. Height

620-740mm (24½-29")

Width

510mm (20")

Depth

530mm (21")

Weight 3kg PR50303 PR50303/BAG Carry Bag Max user weight

20 st

127 kg

2 Prima Multi Frame

Toilet surround with arm caps

The new Prima Multi Frame is a robust and versatile frame which can be used as a toilet surround, toilet frame or shower seat. It can be supplied with the option of white arms and can be fixed to the floor when required. The Prima Frame is designed to give support on three sides for extra stability. • Height adjustable with the option of floor fixing brackets. • Slip reducing ferrules • Supplied flat packed and easy to assemble without the need for tools • Can be supplied with a toilet seat and used as a toilet seat frame. The toilet seat clips onto the frame • With a simple clip on seat the frame becomes an easy to use shower seat. This moulded plastic seat is shaped for comfort • Arm rests can be attached and should be ordered seperately. Toilet Surround Arm Height

660-830mm (26½-32½")

Width

510-610mm (20-24")

Depth

460mm (18")

Weight: 6.1kg Over Toilet Seat and Shower Seat Arm Height

660-830mm (26½-32½")

Width

510mm (20")

Seat Height

460-610mm (18-24")

Seat Depth

460mm (18")

Weight: 4.1kg

Toilet seat with arm caps

Shower seat with arm caps

PR50304

Prima Multi Frame Only

PR50304/TS

Clip on Toilet Seat

PR50304/SS

Clip on Shower Seat

PR50304/FF

Floor Fixing Brackets

PR50304/ARMS

Arm Rests - White

Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

101


Toileting

Raised Toilet Seats

1 Prima Raised Toilet Seat The Prima Raised Toilet Seats are lightweight, easy to clean and can be autoclaved. Has a gently contoured surface for extra comfort that fixes securely with two side adjusters and a lip on the front for better positioning. Large aperture at the front allows for personal cleansing and the rear aperture gives clearance for the coccyx as well as allowing for rear personal hygiene. Available with or without a lid. Lid can also be used as a bathroom seat. Size: 380 x 390 x 50/100mm (15 x 15½ x 2/4") Single Pack Multi Pack

Size

Weight

PR50912

PR50912/8 (8 Per Box)

50mm (2")

700g

PR50903

PR50903/8 (8 Per Box)

50mm (2") With Lid

700g

PR50914

PR50914/5 (5 Per Box)

100mm (4")

800g

PR50905

PR50905/5 (5 Per Box)

100mm (4") With Lid 800g

Max user weight

30 st

PR50903

PR50905

PR50912

PR50914

190 kg

2 Nobi Toilet Seat Range This modern toilet seat comes in three versions, with all three having integral weight bearing arms and a fitted lid. The Nobi Toilet Seat Range attaches securely onto the toilet with the use of stainless steel brackets supplied and the existing holes in the porcelain. The brackets adjust to most toilet designs. Max Width 620mm (24½"). PR50920/CL

Nobi Toilet Seat – Classic The Classic toilet seat provides a modern look seat with arms and lid. Weight: 2.75kg.

PR50920/RTS

Nobi Toilet Seat – Lift The Lift toilet seat provides a modern look 100mm (4") raised seat with arms and lid. Weight: 4.2kg.

PR50920/FML

Nobi Toilet Seat – Family The Family toilet seat provides a modern look seat with arms, a removable ring and a lid. Weight: 3.1kg.

PR50920/CL

Max user weight

19.5 st

125 kg

PR50920/FML

102

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

PR50920/RTS


Toileting

Raised Toilet Seats 1 Rehosoft Raised Toilet Seat

This toilet raising block made from polyurethane, injected foam and sanitised PVC, is hygienic and protects against bacteria. It raises the seat of the toilet by 111mm (4陆") and weighs 2 kgs with a weight tolerance of 120kg (19 stone). This raised toilet seat is safe and fits snugly and securely on to the majority of toilet bowls without tools or clamps. It is ideal for people who have trouble sitting down and getting up from a standard toilet, and the softness of the seat allows them to stay sitting comfortably for longer periods. This raised toilet seat can be cleaned easily with soapy water or a household cleaner and can be sprayed with disinfectant if necessary. Dimensions: 410 x 380 x 163mm (16" x 15" x 6陆") PR50001

Max user weight

19 st

120 kg

2 Padded Toilet Seat with Rim and Vinyl Cover Padded foam toilet seat with washable vinyl cover. The plastic rim on the bottom of the seat helps secure position. Can be cleaned easily with soapy water or disinfectant. PR50648

3 Padded Toilet Seat with Straps Padded foam toilet seat with washable vinyl white cover, secures with hook and loop straps on underside, provides an ergonomic way of adding comfort to commode and toilet seats. Can be cleaned easily with soapy water or disinfectant.

(2")

PR50646

50mm (2") In Height

PR50647

100mm (4") In Height

(4")

4 Ashby Wide-Access Toilet Seat For people who have difficulty with personal cleansing the WideAccess seat offers the widest cut-away始s, both front and rear. Cleaning access problems are greatly reduced by this specially designed seat. The seat is securely attached to most WC始s without tools, by four adjustable fixing brackets. The Wide Access is a one piece comfortable contoured moulding, without joints or seams for maximum hygiene. The seat height is 100mm (4"). It has permanent built in anti-bacterial action. Weight: 22kg PR50620

Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

103


Toileting

Raised Toilet Seats

1 Big John The Big John toilet seat has the largest and most comfortable luxuriously contoured sitting surface and the largest opening than any other toilet seat. It is not just for big and tall or plus size users, it is also ideal for people who are larger framed or just want a more comfortable seat. • Ultra wide sitting surface giving 480mm (19") wide sitting surface. • Big John is 2" higher than a regular toilet seat. • The Big John comes with a strong toilet lid that can be used as a seat. • Engineered to fit to any WC bowl. Weight: 3.5kg. PR50621

Max user weight

60 st

380 kg

Toileting

Bio Bidet

2

Bio Bidet Luxury heated toilet seat with warm water spray and blow dryer for the ultimate in cleanliness and comfort. Easily replaces most standard toilet seats. Features: • Remote Control - Convenient panel to control and operate the various functions • Heated Seat - Room Temp ~ 40°C • Power Saving - Two economy options • Hydraulic Seat - Gentle closing of seat and lid • Seat Sensor - Signals that the seat is occupied to commence cleaning operation • Built in Filter - Protection against limescale build up • 3 in 1 Nozzle - Patented nozzle for 3 cleansing programs • Feminine Wash - Soft aerated water spray for feminine cleansing • Posterior Wash - Soft yet powerful aerated water spray for thorough cleansing • Turbo Wash - Whirly mass of soft water spray to stimulate bowel movement • Pulsating Massage - Pulsating and soothing flow of soft water • Oscillation - Oscillating movement of washing nozzle for thorough cleansing • Self Cleaning - Automatic self cleaning of washing nozzle before and after use • Air Drying - Powerful warm air-drying operation • Self Diagnosis - System warns user of any malfunctions • Quick Release - Quick release mechanism to detach seat from toilet PR50100

Max user weight

104

21 st

133 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Patient Hygiene/Care 1 Oasis® Cinco™

Oasis® Cinco™ is a pre-moistened, soft cleansing wipe specifically designed for gentle cleansing after an incontinent episode. Dermatologically approved, Oasis® Cinco™ provides 5-in-1 action, offering an effective way to cleanse and protect the skin. • • • • •

Cleansing Moisturising Deodorising Anti-microbial Barrier protection

PR52129 1 pack of 25 wipes

2 Neutral Detergent Wipes The Neutral Detergent Wipes are 100% biodegradable and contain a neutral detergent which is ideal for all cleaning situations where harmful chemicals need to be avoided. They are also very good for hand cleaning and have components which are frequently found in personal care wipes. They are widely used in the Health sector for cleaning mattress covers and beds as well as in Theatre and areas where harmful chemicals need to be avoided. The wipes are strong, soft and made of 100% viscose. PR52136 1 pack of 25 wipes

3 Bath in Bed in Wipes These Bath in Bed wipes are a pack of eight disposable pre-moistened cleansing wipes that clean, moisturise and condition the skin, eliminating the need for soap and water. Each cloth is pre-moistened with a gentle, no-rinse, pH balanced cleanser, leaving the skin feeling clean, soft and refreshed. Carrying out a conventional bed bath is time consuming for the carer, and uncomfortable for the patient. It is also more expensive due to costs of using soaps, flannels, towels and lotions. Bath in Bed is both quick and inexpensive, and by far the preferred option for the patient. Using one pack per person reduces cross-contamination by eliminating the need for reusable accessories such as soap, flannels and towels which can store bacteria. Bath in Bed is ideal for cleansing when washing facilities are not easily available. They are widely used for camping, boating, fishing, outings, sports and numerous other activities. PR52134 1 pack of 8 wipes

4 Incontinence Wipes The pre-moistened wipes will gently cleanse, moisturise, deodorise and treat the skin, leaving it feeling soft, fresh and smooth. Cleanse - mild surfactants will remove soiling without the drying effects of soap and water. Moisturise - urine and faeces can damage the skin, causing discomfort. These Incontinence Wipes contain a moisturiser that will leave the skin feeling fresh and smooth. Deodorise - These Incontinence Wipes will help neutralise odours on the skin to leave it feeling revitalised and fresh. Barrier Protection - a moisture barrier protects the skin from unwanted moisture, protecting the skin from irritation and discomfort. Infection control - These Incontinence Wipes with antibacterial properties will remove micro organisms which can cause infection and odours. The wipes have been tested and proven to be effective against MRSA, E-Coli, P.aeruginosa, Salmonella and Enterococcus. PR52135 1 pack of 25 wipes

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

105


Toileting

Urinals

1 Male Urinal with Lid Urinal holds 1 litre (32 oz), the bottle is translucent with a blue lid. Can be emptied easily and is perfect for bedside use. Not autoclavable. PR50558

2 Male Urinal A clear polypropylene bottle with a handle and snap-on lid. Calibrated for output recording and the bottle is autoclavable. A low spill adaptor is also available. Capacity 1 litre. PR50563

Male Urinal

PR50563/NRV Non Return Valve for Male Urinal

3 Male and Female Urinals Urinals with a snap on lid and calibrated for output recording. Capacity 1 litre. PR50564

Male Urinal

PR50565

Female Urinal Male urinal

Female urinal

4 Female Urinal This female urinal is made from polypropylene. It can be used in an upright or lying position. Capacity: 1 litre PR50567

5 Female Urine Bottle This urinal is made from clear plastic, with its cleverly designed spout this makes the user feel comfortable. Easy to dispose of fluids. Will hold up to 500ml of fluid. PR50560

6 Female Urinal A white plastic female Urinal, ideal for bed or wheelchair use. Made from Polypropylene with a capacity of 1 litre. PR50004

106

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Continence Aids 1 P-Guard

The P-Guard prevents embarrassing and unhygienic accidents, which sometimes happen when gentlemen have to sit to use the toilet. Fixes with self-adhesive pads to any porcelain WC or with screws to any raised toilet seat. Easily detachable. Easy to clean. Safe soft flexible cup. Jointed links allow variable positioning. From a seated position, the cup deflects urine down into the WC. The flap prevents spillage under the toilet seat. PR50341

2 Urinal Holder A coated wire holder to keep urinals close to hand, making them quick and easy to use when needed. For use with PR50564 and PR50565. PR50566

3 Oak Leaf Bed Pan Polypropylene bed pan with handle for ease of use. Can be autoclaved or chemically cleaned. Dimensions: 430 x 320 x 120mm (17 x 12 x 5") PR50008

4 Bidet Bowl The ideal solution to personal cleansing. The bidet bowl fits inside the toilet bowl converting a standard toilet to a bidet. Please note this product is not suitable for use with raised toilet seats. PR50006

5 Fracture Pan This polypropylene fracture pan is ideal for use by people who are immobile due to broken limbs or hip replacements and is easy to position. Can be autoclaved or chemically cleaned. Dimensions: 430 x 290 x 120mm (17 x 11 x 5") PR50007 PR50007/WL With Lid

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

107


Toileting

Code PR52170 PR52171 PR52171/A PR52172 PR52173 PR52174 PR52178 PR52175 108

Mattress Protection

Description Bunk Single Single Adjustable Double King Super King Underpad Draw Sheet Pillow Protector (2 per pack)

Size 75 x 190cm 90 x 190cm 90 x 200cm 135 x 190cm 150 x 200cm 180 x 200cm 120 x 120cm 50 x 57cm

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Mattress Protection

Exclusively Supplied by

AllerZip® Zipped Mattress Protector

Product Code PR52182 PR52183 PR52184 PR52185 PR52186 PR52187 PR52188

Bed bug and dust mite infestations are serious problems that can irritate a variety of health concerns including asthma, eczema and allergies. An AllerZip® mattress protector provides an effective barrier to infestation. Because treatments cannot reach the core of an already infected mattress, they usually need to be disposed of but no longer. AllerZip® protects your mattress investment, and most importantly, your health. This protector is also waterproof and will protect your mattress from any liquid spills.

Description Small Single mattress protector Single mattress protector Small Double mattress protector Double mattress protector King mattress protector Super King mattress protector Pillow Protector 2 per Blister Pack

Size 75 x 190cm 90 x 190cm 120 x 190cm 135 x 190cm 150 x 200cm 180 x 200cm 50 x 75cm

Skirt 18cm 18cm 25cm 25cm 25cm 25cm

2 Protect-A-Bed Tender Touch

O

ENSIT IV R S E

F

Tender Touch featuring Tencel has been designed especially for sensitive skin and is the ultimate luxury sleep experience – smoother and more absorbent than cotton, stronger than polyester and as soft as silk. Tencel works by drawing moisture away from the surface of the skin into the inside of the fibre and then releasing it back into the atmosphere. This creates a clean, cool, hygienic and fresh sleep surface which is particularly suited for use with memory foam. L

SK IN

IDEA

S

EN

I

N

1

SITIVE SK

PR52260 PR52261 PR52262 PR52263 PR52264

PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch

-

Single Double King Super King Pillow Protector

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

109


Toileting

Bed and Chair Protection

1 Kylie® Washable Chair Pads The original Kylie™ Washable Chair Pad. Designed to offer protection against incontinence for use on household chairs and wheelchairs whilst keeping the user dry and comfortable. The waterproof backing is integrated with the absorbent pad and is latex free and anti-static treated. Size: 50 x 50cm with 750ml absorbency. Salmon pink colour. PR52220

2 Washable Bed Pads These washable bed pads are warm, comfortable and highly absorbent to keep the sleeper dry, reduce bedding changes and help prevent soreness and infection. They are quilted with highly absorbent fibres for faster dispersal of liquid. These bed pads are supplied with a seperate waterproof drawsheet for fast drying. Code

Description

Size

Absorbency

PR52000

Premium

(32½ x 27")

2 Litres

PR52001

Premium

(34½ x 32")

3 Litres

PR52104

Community Bed Pad

(32½ x 26½")

2 Litres

PR52107

Quick Dry Bed Pad

(32½ x 27")

2 Litres

PR52108

Quick Dry Bed Pad

(34½ x 32")

3 Litres

Level

3 Kylie® Washable Bed Pads The original Kylie™ Washable Bed Pad. Designed to offer protection against incontinence for mattresses or other furniture whilst keeping the user dry and comfortable. The waterproof backing is integrated with the absorbent pad and is latex free and anti-static treated. Fabric wings tuck underneath mattress to help secure pad into place. Available in three sizes. Salmon pink colour. Size

Absorbency

PR52221/2

91 x 70cm

2 litres

PR52221/3

91 x 91cm

3 litres

PR52221/4

127 x 70 cm

4 litres

4 Waterproof Bedding Excellent value, durable waterproof bedding protection. Easy to care for, simply wash or wipe down with disinfectant solution. The fabric contains a bacteriostat/fungistat to prevent the growth of germs. It is flame retardant for added safety. PR52161

Mattress Protector – Single Bed (914 x 1905 x 228mm)

PR52162

Mattress Protector – Double Bed (1905 x 1371 x 228mm)

PR52163

Duvet Protector – Single (2032 x 1371mm)

PR52164

Pillow Case Protector (736 x 480mm)

110

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Bed and Chair Protection 1 Vida Washable Bed Pads

Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. Our lightweight machine washable and reusable bed pad contains five layers of material that quickly absorbs and locks liquid inside. The top layer keeps the user dry and the lower layer is waterproof to protect the furniture. Available with or without tucks, in two different sizes, and with 2 absorbencies. Machine washable. PR52251

70 x 90cm

Midi 2 litre

PR52251/T

70 x 90cm with tucks

Midi 2 litre

PR52252

70 x 90cm

Maxi 3 litre

PR52252/T

70 x 90cm with tucks

Maxi 3 litre

PR52253/T

90 x 90cm with tucks

Midi 2 litre

PR52254/T

90 x 90cm with tucks

Maxi 3 litre

2 Vida Washable Chair Pads Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. This lightweight machine washable and reusable chair pad contains five layers of material that quickly absorbs and locks liquid inside. The top layer keeps the user dry and the lower layer is waterproof to protect the furniture. Measures 50 x 60cm and absorbs 1 litre. Four colours available. PR52250/PK PR52250/WN PR52250/BL PR52250/BR

Pink Wine Blue Brown

3 Washable Seat Pads Protect your favourite chair, car seat or wheelchair with a choice of 1 litre absorbent pads. They have a waterproof backing and are available in a choice of patterns. Size PR52100

Pink

PR52101

Blue

PR52102

Tartan

PR52103

Floral

PR52109

Wine

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

111


Toileting

Personal Continence Care

1 Kylie® Washable Underwear

2 Kanga® Pouch Pants

Kylie™ washable underwear looks and feels like normal underwear, offering maximum protection, absorbency and reliability in the most discreet way. The integral liner of the Kylie™ Male brief is complete with leakguard protection that prevents leakage and assures the wearer of a secure and confident fit. Kylie™ Male briefs are a classic style Y-front and the Kylie™ Lady has been styled as normal underwear. Kylie™ briefs are reusable and washable and they are highly absorbent, 350ml (approx) capacity. Available in white and made from 100% cotton

Kanga™ Pouch Pants are a range of underwear that accommodates removable (washable or disposable) pads that can be easily adjusted or replaced as required. Provides a fuller fit for additional comfort and user confidence. The stay-dry layer next to the skin is breathable and enhances user comfort. The special waterproof material used integrally in the pouch is rustle-free to avoid unnecessary embarrassment or discomfort. Made from 100% cotton. Male and Lady styles available in white.

Kylie™ Male

Kanga™ Male Pouch Pants

Kanga™ Lady Size Pouch Pants

Inches Cm

PR52222/S

PR52223/S

Small

30-35"

75-90cm

PR52222/M

PR52223/M

Medium

36-41"

91-105cm

PR52222/L

PR52223/L

Large

42-47"

106-121cm

PR52222/XL

PR52223/XL

X Large

48-53"

122-137cm

PR52222/XXL

PR52223/XXL

XX Large 54-60"

138-152cm

Kylie™ Lady

Size

Inches Cm

PR52224/S

PR52225/S

Small

30-35"

75-90cm

PR52224/M

PR52225/M

Medium

36-41"

91-105cm

PR52224/L

PR52225/L

Large

42-47"

106-121cm

PR52224/XL

PR52225/XL

X Large

48-53"

122-137cm

PR52224/XXL

PR52225/XXL

XX Large 54-60"

138-152cm

3 One Way Briefs One Way briefs have a high cotton content for superior comfort and ʻanti run backʼ elastics for effectiveness time and time again. The briefs contain a washable pad which is attached to the garment at the top and bottom. Some of these briefs dry three times faster than conventional continence care briefs. A breathable waterproof backing sheet keeps the wearers skin dry and ventilated and additional pads can be inserted into the briefs to ʻdouble the absorbencyʼ – useful at night time to avoid any chance of leakage. Guaranteed for 200 washes Waist Size Guide Male and Female Small Medium Large X Large XX Large 76 x 89cm 91 x 104cm 107 x 119cm 121 x 135cm 137 x 150cm (48" x 53") (54" x 59") (30" x 35") (36" x 41") (42" x 47") Code

Gender

Size

Absorbency

PR52120/S

Female

Small

150ml

PR52120/M

Female

Medium

150ml

PR52120/L

Female

Large

150ml

PR52120/XL

Female

Extra Large

150ml

PR52120/XXL

Female

Extra Extra Large

150ml

PR52121/S

Female

Small

350ml

PR52121/M

Female

Medium

350ml

PR52121/L

Female

Large

350ml

PR52121/XL

Female

Extra Large

350ml

PR52121/XXL

Female

Extra Extra Large

350ml

PR52123/S

Male

Small

200ml

PR52123/M

Male

Medium

200ml

PR52123/L

Male

Large

200ml

PR52123/XL

Male

Extra Large

200ml

PR52123/XXL

Male

Extra Extra Large

200ml

PR52124/S

Male

Small

350ml

PR52124/M

Male

Medium

350ml

PR52124/L

Male

Large

350ml

PR52124/XL

Male

Extra Large

350ml

PR52124/XXL

Male

Extra Extra Large

350ml

112

Level

Level of Incontinence Total Absorbency measured in millilitres according to ISO11948-1 Standard test methodology Stress/Light

Moderate

Heavy

Severe

Very Severe

4 Female Briefs These briefs are for use with disposable pads. They secure pads comfortably but look and feel like conventional underwear. PR52127/S

Small

PR52127/M

Medium

PR52127/L

Large

PR52127/XL

X Large

PR52127/XXL

XX Large

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Personal Continence Care 1 Vida Waterproof PVC Pants

Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. Our plastic waterproof pull on pants are soft and comfortable. They include a pouch pocket to insert a disposable or washable pad if required. They are machine washable. Sold in single units.

PR52179/S

Vida Waterproof PVC Pants - S

32-36" 81-91cm

PR52179/M

Vida Waterproof PVC Pants - M

38-42" 96-107cm

PR52179/L

Vida Waterproof PVC Pants - L

44-48" 112-122cm

PR52179/XL Vida Waterproof PVC Pants - XL

50-54" 127-137cm

PR52179/XXL Vida Waterproof PVC Pants - XXL 56-58" 141-148cm

3 Vida Washable Pouch Pants

2 Vida Washable Pants Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. Our Washable Pants are Ideal for light urinary incontinence as they provide comfort and protection for continence care. The stay dry lining next to the skin keeps wearer dry. Available in mens and ladies styles, the pants can absorb approximately 300mls.

Vida is the Able2 brand for incontinence products. Our Pouch Pants are comfortable and durable and allow the use of either a disposable or washable pad. The stay dry lining next to the skin keeps wearer dry. Men and ladies styles are available. Disposable and washable insert pads are available separately.

Vida Male Vida Lady Size Washable Pants Washable Pants

Inches Cm

Vida Male Pouch Pants

Vida Lady Size Pouch Pants

Inches Cm

PR52229/S

PR52230/S

Small

30-35"

75-90cm

PR52227/S

PR52228/S

Small

30-35"

75-90cm

PR52229/M

PR52230/M

Medium

36-41"

91-105cm

PR52227/M

PR52228/M

Medium

36-41"

91-105cm

PR52228/L

Large

42-47"

106-121cm

PR52229/L

PR52230/L

Large

42-47"

106-121cm

PR52227/L

PR52229/XL

PR52230/XL

X Large

48-53"

122-137cm

PR52227/XL

PR52228/XL

X Large

48-53"

122-137cm

PR52229/XXL

PR52230/XXL

XX Large 54-59"

138-150cm

PR52227/XXL

PR52228/XXL

XX Large

54-59"

138-150cm

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

113


Toileting

Personal Continence Care

1 One Way Pouch Pant System The One Way Pouch Pant System consists of pants and separate pads. The system is an efficient method of protecting the user from leakages - with the added advantage of very easy pad changes. The pants have a discreet integral pouch system which will hold either disposable or re-usable absorbent pad. The pants have a ʻstay dryʼ layer next to the body and a waterproof outer layer to protect clothing. Code PR52122/S PR52122/M PR52122/L PR52122/XL PR52122/XXL PR52125/S PR52125/M PR52125/L PR52125/XL PR52125/XXL

Gender Female Female Female Female Female Male Male Male Male Male

Size Small Medium Large Extra Large Extra Extra Large Small Medium Large Extra Large Extra Extra Large

2 Stretch Pants - Long leg length Stretch Pants are comfortable and soft and ensure a secure and tight fitting for all types of incontinence pads. These Stretch Pants are made from stretchable, breathable fabric they are lightweight and discreet. Sold in packs of 5. PR52165/S

Small 50-80cm (19-31½")

PR52165/M

Medium 80-120cm (31½"-47")

PR52165/L

Large 110-150cm (43-59")

PR52165/XL

Extra Large 130-170cm (51-67")

PR52165/XXL

Extra Extra Large 140-180cm (55-70")

3 Stretch Pants - Short leg length Stretch Pants are comfortable and soft and ensure a secure and tight fitting for all types of incontinence pads. These Stretch Pants are made from stretchable, breathable fabric they are lightweight and discreet Sold in packs of 5. PR52166/S

Small 50-80cm (19"-31½")

PR52166/M

Medium 80-120cm (31½-47")

PR52166/L

Large 110-150cm (43-59")

PR52166/XL

Extra Large 130-170cm (51-67")

PR52166/XXL

Extra Extra Large 140-180cm (55-70")

4 Pull Up Pants Ultra convenient, these pull up pants help retain independence and dignity for users. With high absorbency levels, these disposable pants are highly elasticated and are comfortably shaped for both men and women. Code

Desc

Quantity

Absorbency

PR52190

Medium

8 pack of 14 pads

1260ml

PR52190/1

Medium

1 pack of 14 pads

1260ml

PR52191

Large

8 pack of 14 pads

1630ml

PR52191/1

Large

1 pack of 14 pads

1630ml

PR52192

X Large

8 pack of 14 pads

1360ml

PR52192/1

X Large

1 pack of 14 pads

1360ml

114

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Toileting

Personal Continence Care 1 Vida Insert Pads

These pads are especially designed to fit male or female washable pouch pants (Vida or Kanga). They will absorb up to 300ml. PR52231

3 per pack

2 Disposable Insert Pads Convenient and easy to use, these soft and comfortable disposal pads are highly absorbent and completely biodegradable. Where increased absorbency is required, two pads can be used at the same time. For use with One Way Pouch Pant System. Absorbs 700ml. PR52140

8 Packs Of 30 Pads

PR52140/1 1 Pack Of 30 Pads

3 Reusable High Loss Pads For light to medium urinary incontinence. Absorbs up to 350mls. These pads are specially designed for One Way Male and Female Pouch Pants. They contain a mix of highly absorbent fibres in a washable pad and can be used to double the absorbency of the female and male Pouch Pants. Supplied as a pack of 3. PR52126

3 per pack

4 Kanga® Inserts Pads The Kanga™ Insert disposable incontinence pads are designed to be used with the Kanga™ Pouch pants. The Incontinence pad is inserted in to the pouch inside the pants and is held firmly in place. Once full, the pad is removed and replaced with a fresh one. The Incontinence pads can be used 2 at a time to provide double absorbency. They are highly absorbent and are completely biodegradable. Two pack sizes available Midi (490ml absorbency), pack of 28 pads; Maxi (600ml absorbency) pack of 30 pads. Pack

Absorbency

PR52226/MIDI

Midi

1 x 28 pads

490ml

PR52226/MAXI

Maxi

1 x 30 pads

600ml

5 Classic Lil Pads Classic Lil pads are used to deal with slight incontinence. They have a waterproof backing and a super absorbent polymer making the pads less bulky and more absorbent. They are held secure by a self adhesive backing strip and worn in conventional underwear or stretch pants. Code

Quantity

Absorbency

PR52193

Mini

12 pack x 28 pads

PR52193/1

Mini

1 pack x 28 pads

525ml

PR52194

Extra 8 pack x 28 pads

722ml

PR52194/1

Extra 1 pack x 28 pads

722ml

PR52195

Maxi 8 pack x 30 pads

1250ml

PR52195/1

Maxi 1 pack x 30 pads

1250ml

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

Level

525ml

115


Toileting

Personal Continence Care

1 Supreme Light Pads For slight to minor incontinence, these anatomically shaped pads are comfortable, discreet and secured in normal underwear or with stretch pants. They have a secure waterproof backing and a super absorbent polymer making the pads less bulky and more absorbent. Code PR52196

Quantity Extra

6 pack x 28 pads

PR52196/1 Extra

1 pack x 28 pads

PR52197

Absorbency Level 600ml 600ml

Midi Extra 10 pack x 28 pads

PR52197/1 Midi Extra 1 pack x 28 pads PR52198

Maxi

PR52198/1 Maxi

830ml 830ml

10 pack x 28 pads

1030ml

1 pack x 28 pads

1030ml

2 Shaped Pads For Medium to Heavy incontinence, these premium pads are widely used by healthcare professionals, including the NHS. The anatomic shape ensures comfort and standing cuffs prevent leakage. A 驶Quickcore始 draws urine into the pad and an extra odour locking super absorbent polymer locks it in place. They should be worn with stretch pants. Code

Desc.

Quantity

PR52147

Day

5 Packs of 28 Pads 1562ml

Absorbency

PR52147/1 Day

1 Pack of 28 Pads

PR52148

5 Packs of 28 Pads 1828ml

Day Extra

1562ml

PR52148/1 Day Extra

1 Pack of 28 Pads

PR25149

5 Packs of 28 Pads 2353ml

Night

1828ml

PR52149/1 Night

1 Pack of 28 Pads

PR52150

3 Packs of 28 Pads 2454ml

Night Extra

PR52150/1 Night Extra

Level

2353ml

1 Pack of 28 Pads

2454ml

3 All-In-One Briefs For heavy incontinence, designed with a 驶quickcore始 to draw urine into the pad and an extra odour locking super absorbent polymer to lock it in place. Standing cuffs minimize leakage and a gathered soft back and re-sealable tapes ensure comfort. Code

Desc.

Quantity

PR52151

Medium

6 Packs of 15 Pads 2628ml

Absorbency

PR52151/1 Medium

1 Pack of 15 Pads

PR52152

6 Packs of 15 Pads 3122ml

Large

PR52152/1 Large

Level

2628ml

1 Pack of 15 Pads

3122ml

4 All-In-One Immobile Briefs These All-In-One briefs have been specially developed for the person who spends extended time in bed. They have outstanding absorbency and are specially shaped to give optimum performance. Widely used by healthcare professionals. Code

Size

PR52153

Medium 4 Pack of 15 Pads

2912ml

PR52153/1 Medium 1 Pack of 15 Pads

2912ml

PR52154

Large

PR52154/1 Large PR52155

Pack Size

Absorbency Level

4 Packs of 15 Pads 2492ml 1 Pack of 15 Pads

2492ml

X Large 4 Packs of 15 Pads 3579ml

PR52155/1 X Large 1 Pack of 15 Pads

3579ml

5 Disposable Bed Pads Used under the person as a precaution to absorb any accidental leakages and so protect the bed linen by keeping it dry. They are comfortable and consist of soft, high absorbency fluff pulp which is sandwiched between tissue and a plastic back. Code

Size

Pack Size

PR52156

Small (40 x 60cm)

8 Packs of 35 Pads 700ml

PR52156/1 Small (40 x 60cm) PR52157

1 Pack of 35 Pads

Large (60 x 90cm)

PR52158/1 Large (60 x 90cm)

116

Level

700ml

Medium (60 x 60cm) 6 Packs of 35 Pads 950ml

PR52157/1 Medium (60 x 60cm) 1 Pack of 35 Pads PR52158

Absorbency

950ml

4 Packs of 35 Pads 1430ml 1 Pack of 35 Pads

1430ml

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Bath Mats, Steps and Safety 118 Cast and Bandage Protectors 119 Shower Stools

120

Shower Chairs/Seats

122

Bath Boards/Seats

124

Grab Rails

126

Bathing Accessories

128

Bath Lifts

132

Personal Bathing Accessories 133

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Bath Mats, Steps and Safety

1 Ashby Step Two This bath step alows safe and easy bath access by reducing the danger of falling in the bathroom. Use one side up for a 101mm (4") step and the other way up for a 152mm (6") step. Textured areas reduce risk of slipping with a large standing area for both feet. Size: 520 x 330 x 150mm (20 x 13 x 6") PR46291 Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Prima Bath Step Attractive mint coloured pads provide a better grip for the user when wet. The step has soft feet underneath, reducing the risk of slippage. Modular design with no tools required. Co-ordinates with the rest of the Prima range. The Prima Bath Step can be linked to create a multiple step or platform arrangement This attractive bath step has been designed to make getting in and out of the bath easier. The Prima Bath Step has a unique modular system which can be used as an individual step or it can be linked together to create multiple steps. Additional packs of raisers can be purchased separately, helping to adapt the step to the individuals needs. Step Size: Step Top Height: Raiser Height: Maximum Recommended Height: PR46292 PR46292/R

445mm (17.5") x 350mm (14") 50mm (2") 2 x 25mm (1") 300mm (12") (Variable Height)

Will give a maximum step height of 4" Additional 25mm (1") riser

3 Bath Step This aluminium bath step is ideal to assist getting in and out of the bath. It is height adjustable and comes complete with non-slip feet. Footprint Size: 410x230mm Height Adjustable: 205-260mm Weight: 1.3kg PR46293 Max user weight

19 st

120 kg

4 Rubbergrip Bath Mats These Rubbergrip Bath Mats have a ribbed surface and suction cups for added slip resistance. The mats are self draining and fully machine washable. The mats are available in white only and in three sizes. PR45047 PR45051 PR45057 Max user weight

30 st

Long Square Extra Long

340 x 740mm 530 x 530mm 370 x 900mm

190 kg

5 Safety Treads Our safety treads help to prevent slipping in a bath or shower. They are self adhesive, easy to apply and available as strips (30 x 200ml each) or as discs. PR61668/S

Safety Strips – 30 strips per pack

PR61668/D

Safety Discs – 72 discs per pack

118

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Cast and Bandage Protectors

1 Pro Seal Cast and Bandage Protectors Code

Size

Length

PR45080

Adult Long Leg

1016mm (40")

PR45081

Adult Short Leg

590mm (23")

PR45083

Adult Long Arm

990mm (39")

PR45084

Adult Short Arm

560mm (22")

PR45086

Adult/Child Foot/Ankle

254mm (10")

PR45087

Adult/Child Hand

305mm (12")

PR45088

Child Short Arm

460mm (18")

PR45089

Child Long Arm

560mm (22")

PR45090

Child Short Leg

460mm (18")

PR45091

Child Long Leg

790mm (31")

• Will protect whilst bathing or showering • For use over casts, dressings or bandages • Adult and childrenʼs sizes • Reusable and intended for single patient use • Guaranteed for 3 months use • Not suitable for use with open or undressed wounds or when swimming • Latex free

ADULT SHORT ARM

ADULT LONG ARM

ADULT HAND

ADULT LONG LEG

ADULT FOOT / ANKLE

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

ADULT SHORT LEG

119


Bathing

Shower Stools

1 Folding Shower Stool This shower stool has a shaped seat that is designed to fit the body more comfortably. The raised edges of the seat have handles to give the user extra confidence and stability. With an aluminium frame and a moulded plastic seat, this stool is both lightweight and corrosion resistant. Folds easily for transportation and storage. Perforated for drainage. Seat Height

368-406mm (14½"-16")

Width

480mm (19")

Depth

300mm (12") Max user weight

Footprint: 480 x 300mm (19" x 12") PR46034

16 st

2 The Swift The Swift, a shower stool that can be adapted to suit different needs. We believe that the Swift can help people live a more free independent existence, as having a shower independently and in comfort is a luxury that everybody wants. Easy to assemble, no tools necessary so the Swift can be used straight away. With its unique design the ferrules provide perfect grip on wet or dry floors and anti-slip pattern on the seat and backrest offers stability and reassurance to users. Telescopic oval legs, ensures the height can be easily adjusted. Lightweight and packed flat for storage and transporting. Available in three different styles.

Swift shower stool with armrests

Swift shower stool

Material: Polypropylene, aluminium

Overall Height

Swift Stool PR45020

Swift Stool With Armrests PR45021

Swift Chair PR45022

420-570mm (17"-22½")

620-770mm (24½"-30")

800-590mm (31½"-37½")

Overall Width

540mm (21")

560mm (22")

560mm (22")

Overall Depth

500mm (20")

500mm (20")

500mm (20")

Seat Height

420-570mm (17"-22½")

420-570mm (17"-22½")

420-570mm (17"-22½")

Seat Width

540mm (21")

540mm (21")

540mm (21")

Seat Depth

410mm (16")

Width Between Armrests Weight PR45020 PR45021 PR45022

410mm (16")

410mm (16")

N/A

450mm (17¾")

450mm (17¾")

3.1kg (6lbs 3oz)

3.9kg (6lbs 8oz)

4.7kg (10lbs 5oz)

Swift Shower Stool Swift Showerstool With Armrests Swift Shower Chair

PR45023 Swift Armrests Only (Pair) PR45024 Swift Backrest Only Max user weight

20.25

st

130 kg

Swift shower chair

3 Edge Edge is a height-adjustable, comfortable triangular shower stool that fits perfectly in a corner. Thereby it takes up very little space in the shower. To vary the seat position, the stool can be turned so that a corner faces forward. The seat can also be set with a slight forward angle. The versatility of Edge makes it the perfect shower stool. The seat design ensures a stable, safe and comfortable position. The stool is height-adjustable and it is also possible to set the height with a slight tilt, to facilitate standing up. The legs of Edge are slightly angled outward to increase stability. Edge stands firmly on all three legs thanks to its built-in flexibility. Also the soft ferrules will always grip the floor. The light weight Edge is easy to move around in the bathroom. The design also facilitates cleaning. Edge comes flat-packed and is easy to assemble without the need for any tools. Furthermore, Edge is stackable. Carrying Weight: 2.6kg (5.7 lbs) Seat

Overall

Height

420-570mm (16½"-22½")

420-570mm (16½"-22½")

Width

450mm (17½")

520mm (20½")

Depth

390mm (15")

390mm (15")

PR45096

120

Max user weight

20 st

130 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

100 kg


Bathing

Shower Stools 1 Shower Stool - Dino Type

A robust shower stool manufactured from plastic coated steel tubing and fitted with a plastic clip on seat. It has built in side handles which offer stability and additional support to the user. Height adjustable and fitted with non-slip ferrules. The plastic seat is perforated for drainage and is easily removable for cleaning.

Height

Seat 457-610mm (18-24")

Overall n/a

Width

380mm (15")

432mm (17")

Depth

330mm (13")

355mm (14")

Weight: 3kg Footprint: 430 x 460mm (17" x 18") PR46010

Max user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Shower Stool This Shower Stool has a moulded plastic seat with a sturdy but lightweight frame. The adjustable aluminium legs are finished with rubber ferrules to prevent movement of the stool. Available in two height sizes; standard and tall. Standard Stool

Tall Stool

Height

406-508mm (16"-20")

508-619mm (20-24")

Diameter

330mm (13")

330mm (13")

Weight: 1.5kg Footprint: 330 x 330mm (13" x 13") PR46032

Standard Stool

PR46032/TALL Tall Stool

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

3 Contour Shower Stool This contoured shower stool is robust and light weight. The comfortable seat is perforated for easy drainage and has handles on either side to aid stability when sitting or standing. The stools are made from lightweight aluminium and there are two versions available, one with a back rest and one without. Overall Size Seat

490x280mm (19¼x11")

Backrest

420x170mm (16½x6¾")

Seat Height

385-535mm (15-21")

PR46043 without backrest PR46043/B with backrest

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

4 Corner Shower Stool Our corner shower stool fits neatly into the corner of a shower cubicle. Made from steel the stool is robust, sturdy and comes complete with non-slip feet. The seat is padded for comfort. Overall Size Footprint

450x450x450mm (17¾x17¾x17¾")

Seat Height

500-650mm (19¾-25½")

PR46044

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

Max user weight

18 st

114 kg

121


Bathing

Shower Chairs/Seats

1 The Clean The Clean shower and hygiene chair is for environments where infection-control is of prime importance. It features a unique single steel tube design which does not rust. The plastic parts on the Clean are strong, light, smooth and easy clean, hence the name. (Its leather like surface creates good friction when wet or dry.) The Clean offers a soft seat and back attachment which will make your shower more comfortable and relaxed. Sideways transfers are not a problem as the whole arm can be attached and detached easily from the chair. It has ergonomically-shape ended armrests, comfortable to hold on to and offer good grip to the users. The wheels are made of solid plastic, with easy to push down brakes for security. The footplate, which is fitted as standard will protect your feet from the wheels. The foot plate can easily be pushed under the seat when not required. It can also be removed and can be adjusted in 3 positions. The Clean offers stability and comfort to users and you will not be disappointed with this product.

PR45025/4

PR45025/4/HA

Accessories PR50060 Pan And Lid With Handle PR50061 Pan Holders PR45026 Clean Soft Seat PR45062 Clean Soft Back PR45063 Safety Strap, Divided

Height Width Depth

Height Adjustable PR45025/4/HA Seat 490mm (19½") 480mm (19") 430mm (17")

Max user weight

Standard With 4 Brake Castors PR45025/4 Seat Overall 475-600mm(18½"-23½") 975-1100mm(38"-43") 480mm (19") 520mm (20½") 435mm (17") 580mm (23")

Overall 990mm (39") 520mm (20½") 580mm (23")

Self Propelled PR45025/SP Seat 550mm (21½") 480mm (19") 430mm (17")

2 Mobile Shower Chair The Mobile Shower Chair is manufactured from plastic coated steel tubing and fitted with a comfortable white plastic seat with small drainage holes for release of excess water. Fitted with four inch castors and two rear brakes.

PR46011 Fixed height Seat

Overall

Height

455mm (18")

N/A

Width

455mm (18")

495mm (19½")

Depth

394mm (15½")

500mm (20")

PR46012 Adjustable height Seat

Overall

Height

460-585mm (18"-23")

N/A

Width

455mm (18")

495mm (19½")

Depth

394mm (15½")

500mm (20")

Weight: 8.4kg Max user weight

122

22 st

140 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

20.25

st

130 kg

Overall 1050mm (41") 690mm (27") 730mm (29")


Bathing

Shower Chairs/Seats

1 Adjustable Height Gap Front Shower Stool This adjustable height gap front shower stool is made from plastic coated steel tubing. The plastic seat has a front cut away for ease of personal cleansing. The stool is height adjustable with non slip ferrules on the feet. Seat 450-600mm (18"-24") 420mm (16½") 350mm (14")

Height Width Depth

Footprint: 460 x 370mm (18¼" x 14½") Weight: 3.6kg PR46017

Max user weight

18 st

115 kg

2 Adjustable Height Shower Chair This adjustable height shower chair has a convenient handle moulded into the plastic back rest to aid carrying. Made from plastic coated steel tubing, the ergonomic seat has a front cut away for ease of personal cleansing. Seat Height

450-600mm (18"-24")

Width

400mm (16")

Depth

350mm (15")

Footprint: 480 x 610mm (19" x 24") Weight: 4.4kg PR46028

Nylon Back Max user weight

18 st

115 kg

3 Small Fold Down Shower Seat This comfortable shower seat is fitted to the wall and can be folded up when not in use. It has two height adjustable legs at the front to provide extra support and stability. These legs are fitted with non slip feet and are adjusted with pin clips. The seat is padded and is mounted on to a plastic coated steel frame. Seat Height

465-565mm (18"-22")

Width

280mm (11")

Depth

350mm (14")

Weight: 5kg PR45600

Padded Seat

Max user weight

16 st

102 kg

4 Stationary Shower Chair The Stationary Shower Chair is manufactured from plastic coated steel tubing and fitted with a comfortable white plastic seat with small drainage holes. Has four non-slip rubber tips on the legs for extra friction and safety. PR46009 Fixed height Height

Seat 455mm (18")

Overall N/A

Width

455mm (18")

495mm (19½")

Depth

394mm (15½")

500mm (20")

PR46013 Adjustable height

Max user weight

22 st

140 kg

Seat

Overall

Height

460-585mm (18"-23")

N/A

Width

455mm (18")

495mm (19½")

Depth

394mm (15½")

500mm (20")

Weight: 5.3kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

123


Bathing

Bath Boards and Seats

1 Slatted Bath Board This high quality Slatted Bath Board is strong, comfortable and provides easy drainage. Constructed from plastic it is light weight and easy to assemble and fit. Rubber pads are under the bath board to help prevent slipping on the edge of the bath. Seat Width 230mm (9")

Length PR46041/26

660mm (26")

PR46041/27

685mm (27")

PR46041/28

710mm (28")

Max user weight

25 st

159 kg

2 Slatted Bath Seat This high quality Slatted Bath Seat is strong, comfortable and provides easy drainage. There are four suckers on each leg which securely holds the bath seat in place. Seat Size: 460 x 280mm (11 x 18")

Height PR46040/6

152mm (6")

PR46040

203mm (8")

PR46040/12

305mm (12")

Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Atlantis Showerboard A showerboard and bathboard in one unique super safe product. Cut out allows easy access for personal hygiene whilst seated reduces risk of slips and falls • Locates securely at the end of the bath to maximize legroom and space to move around • Can be supported on three sides for extra stability, reducing risk of falling backwards • Designed to drain excess water back into the bath • Lightweight with large handholds – easy to move it around and store • Comfortable, even for extended periods of time • User friendly round edges and gentle curves • Designed to reduce risk of tipping forward however far to the front the user sits Board size 686 x 470mm (27" x 18½") PR46042

Max user weight

124

20 st

127 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Bath Boards and Seats 1 Derby Bath Seat

To help reduce lowering and raising in the bath, the Derby Bath Seat is available in two heights. Finished in lightweight, cream coloured tough plastic with a textured seat to prevent slipping. Leg positions are adjustable to give maximum stability with different bath widths and are fitted with large rubber suckers to give a firm grip. Seat size: 400 x 200mm (16 x 8") Height PR46006

150mm (6")

PR46008

200mm (8")

Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Cosby Bath Seat A generous, specially designed seating area provides an anti slip but comfortable platform for the larger user. This strong but lightweight bath seat has a cut away design at the front to aid personal cleansing. Fixes to the bath with four large suckers. Size: 460 x 295 x 200mm (18 x 12 x 8") PR46408 Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Bath Board With Handle For ease of transfer and added security, this moulded plastic bath board is supplied complete with handle. Providing a comfortable contoured seating area for sitting whilst bathing, it has well spaced holes for drainage. The width adjustable brackets have anti slip rubber pads to give a stable platform and protect the baths surface. Length 675mm (27"). Width 275mm (11"). PR46409

Max user weight

16

st

100 kg

4 Derby Bath Board MKll (with handle) This bathboard is strong and secure, slatted for good water drainage and is made from plastic. It adjusts to fit securely and provides a seat across the bath. The seating area is slip resistant and there is an adjustable handle for added security for the user. Adjustable deep brackets fit inside the bath. Size: 710 x 305 x 70mm (28 x 12 x 3") PR46007 Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

125


Bathing

Grab Rails

1 Moulded Fluted Grab Rails This cost effective range of plastic grab rails have circular fixing plates supplied with a covering disc. The disc (A) is clipped over the attachment screws, creating a fully insulated handle or rail. The range consists of four rails, which are useful for the bathroom, corridors and stairways. The rails are fluted to provide better grip for wet hands. Diameter of tubes 38mm (1½") Distance from wall 59mm (21/3") Disc diameter 90mm (33/5").

Code PR45712W PR45716W PR45718W PR45724W

Length 304mm 406mm 457mm 609mm

(12") (16") (18") (24")

Weight 295g 395g 440g 595g A

2 Prima Grab Bars An innovation in safety grab rail design. The New Prima grab bar is one of the strongest and most attractive grab bars on the market. The bars feature special soft grip mouldings around the bar to reduce the risk of slipping, even with wet soapy hands. The bars are strong one piece moulded plastic with a super reinforced strength of an internal non rust aluminum tube. The ergonomical grip is comfortable and never cold to touch, unlike most metal grab bars. The straight bars can be mounted horizontally, vertically or diagonally. The two specially designed angled grab bars are ideal next to the WC, helping users with weak hand strength to rise from the seat. Reinforced screw mounting points are concealed by colour co-ordinate plastic covers.

Size

Colour: All White

Colour: White/Mint

Straight 300mm (12")

PR60288

PR60280

Straight 400mm (16")

PR60289

PR60281

Straight 450mm (18")

PR60290

PR60282

Straight 600mm (24")

PR60291

PR60283

Angled 330mm (13")

PR60292

PR60284

Angled 400mm (16")

PR60293

PR60285

3 Ashby Angled Grab Bar A grab bar which can assist the user in rising or lowering. Particularly useful in toilet assists. The angled design can be used to support the forearm to give leverage and support and the profiled design gives a pleasant non slip grip. White ABS plastic. Length 330mm (13") Depth from wall 50mm (2") PR45218

4 Steel Grab Rails Plastic coated grab rails available in three lengths. Manufactured from 25mm (1") tube. Two fixing holes with flat fixing plates. PR45560

457mm (18")

PR45561

609mm (24")

PR45562

685mm (27")

126

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Grab Rails 1 Suction Grab Handle

The suction grab handle provides additional security for the user and is easily fixed to any smooth surface. Portable and light. Fixes to glass, baths and tiles over 115mm (4½") square. Diameter: 114mm (4½"). PR45752

2 Stick 'n' Stay Mobility Handle These high quality grab handles have locking suction cups. Just flick the two pressure levers down and the handle is fixed and will not budge. To release it flip-up the leavers to effortlessly remove it. Sticks to any tiled, enamel or fibreglass surface. Special green/red indicator to show adhesion status. Extra safety and peace of mind at an affordable price. Suction pad diameter is 9cm (3½") PR45753/40

40cm long (15¾")

PR45753/50

50cm long (19¾")

3 Bath Tub Grab Bar Bathtub grab bar with hand-holds for added security. Clamp can be adjusted from 76-177mm (3-7"), overall height 495mm (19½") height above the tub 374mm (14¾"). PR45422

4 Bath Tap Rail The rail clamps firmly around the taps and provides a hinged support bar over the bath for assisting with raising and lowering. The cross bar has extended sides to sit on the rims of the bath and the rail can be folded back out of the way when not in use. Plastic end caps are fitted to help protect the bath. Max diameter of taps 76mm (31/8") length from taps 323mm (12¾") Width of cross bar 673mm (26½"). Weight: 1.6 kg. PR45563

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

127


Bathing

Bathing Accessories

1 Foot Cleaner with Pumice Ideal for washing your feet without the need to bend forward. Can be used in a bath or shower by attaching the suction cups. Use the pumice to gently exfoliate and smooth your feet. PR45061

2 Shower Sandal This shower sandal is lined with a multiplicity of flexible protrusions and having suction cups on the underside to secure the sandal to the shower. The sandal is sufficiently large that the foot of the user can be moved about within the sandal against the flexible protrusions to clean and massage the various areas of the foot. PR45095

3 Long Handled Toe Washer This long handled toe washer has an extra long bendable stem with an easy grip built up plastic handle It is ideal for those who struggle to bend down. It is a flat wire frame covered in a white towelling pad for washing between the toes. The long bendable handle makes this clever little product ideal for those who suffer from restricted or painful movement. Length 710mm (28.5"). Two pads are included. PR46049

4 Long Bendable Handled Sheepskin Pad This luxury double thickness sheepskin pad is an ideal aid for those with limited movement. Suitable for washing, powdering or pampering. It has a plastic built up handgrip for an easy and secure grip and is mounted on a long plastic coated wire that can be bent to any angle required ensuring the user can get even the most awkward area with ease. Pad size: 95mm x 125mm (3.75" x 5"). Length: 610mm (24"). PR46050

5 Bathing Brush This bathing brush will help to reach the back and legs more effectively. The soft bristles ensure that skin is cleaned without scratching. The handle is shaped for a comfortable grip. A hanging loop is included so that the brush can be hung up to dry. Length 38cm PR46052

128

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Bathing Accessories 1 Bath and Scrub Sponges

Our most popular sponge is available in three styles. These lightweight sponges feature soft polyfoam attached to a plastic handle. These versatile sponges also can be used for a variety of household tasks. The scrub sponge has a loofah-style surface on one side. Bath sponges are available with round or contoured sponges and the Scrub Sponge is available in the round style only. Handle can be shaped with a heat gun. All three sponges measure 130mm (5") in diameter. Long 560mm (22")

Short 360mm (14")

Round

PR45033

PR45035

Contoured

PR45034

PR45036

Scrub

PR45037

N/A

2 Bath Kit Ideal for washing hard-to-reach areas. Choose from the attached scrub brush or four additional attachments to wash the body easily, without bending or reaching. Use the two small sponges for washing between toes or the two round sponges for washing your back and legs. The attached scrub sponge is ideal for washing the bottoms of feet. The long plastic handle holds the scrub brush and accommodates one screw-on attachment at a time. 558mm (22") handle. PR45038

3 Long Handled Sponge Colourful rectangular sponges, mounted on a lightweight epoxy coated aluminium handle. These long handled sponges have a vinyl hand-grip to reduce slipping from wet hands. They are also great for cleaning the bath without bending over. Colours may vary. Code

Description

Length

PR45055

Long

530mm (21")

PR45056

Extra Long

760mm (30")

4 Body Care Body Washer Non-slip handle for a secure grip while bathing. These long curved handle scrub brushes provide easy bathing for persons with limited range of motion. Closed-celled foam is covered with comfortable nylon mesh for gentle scrubbing. Nonslip rubber handle provides a secure grip even when wet. PR45046 Curved 790mm (31") PR45019 Straight 410mm (16")

5 Body Care Hair Washer Unique brush increases reach. This brush has a 250mm (10") long handle that allows individuals with limited reach to shampoo independently. Rubber knobs gently massage the scalp. Handle is slightly curved and angled for an easier reach. Non-slip rubber handle provides a comfortable grip. PR45043

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

129


Bathing

Bathing Accessories

1 Flannel Strap Our Flannel Strap is ideal for someone with limited flexibility to wash their back or those other difficult to reach areas, such as the soles of the feet. One side is made of soft terry cotton and provides a very comfortable and convenient way to wash. On the reverse side of the strap is a coarser foam material, which can be used to tone and exfoliate. The handles are made from there clear plastic handle, and are easy to grip. The matching hand mitt is also double sided, with a soft terry cotton on one side for those delicate areas and a coarser side for a more invigorating clean. Strap length: 80cm (31.5"), length including handles: 94cm (37"), Width: 10cm (4") PR46051

2 Deluxe Lotion Applicator Apply cream and massage your skin at the same time with this long handled applicator. Simply remove the top of the applicator and fill with your cream or lotion. The rotating balls ensure even distribution and a pleasant massage. Length 45cm (18"). PR45072

3 Lotion Applicator The Lotion Applicator has a washable pad, which normally lasts up to 4-6 weeks. Replacement pads are available and are easy to replace by peeling off the old pad and adding the self adhesive replacement. The Lotion Applicator is ideal for applying lotions, creams, oils or skin medications to your back. Removes necessity for bending when applying to legs or feet. PR45017 Lotion Applicator PR45018 Replacement Pad Pack of 2

4 Deluxe Shampoo Basin Finally, a no-splash solution for washing hair in bed. Properly position the head and shoulders for shampooing with these shampoo basins. The Deluxe Basin has a double-tube design that prevents water from splashing. Includes a 1190mm (47") drain hose. Made of durable vinyl for years of use. The Deluxe basin measures 710 x 610 x 150mm (28 x 24 x 6"). PR45016

5 Economy Suction Brush

6 Suction Denture Brush

Scrub with just one hand. Attach the economy suction brush onto the sink for convenient onehanded scrubbing. A lightweight plastic base holds seven rows of 13mm (½") long stiff nylon bristles. Ideal for cleaning dentures or fingernails. Rubber suction feet secure the brush to most surfaces. Measures 38 x 100mm (1½ x 4").

Clean dentures easily with just one hand. This double-sided brush has two suction feet that securely hold the base in place during use. The large brush has even length bristles, and the small brush has contoured bristles for hard-to-clean areas. Colour may vary.

PR45045

PR45044

130

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Bathing Accessories 1 Derby Tap Turners

Fits crosshead and crystal taps, making them easier to turn. Hard Wearing - Easily fitted and providing outstanding grip with no tools required. Modern Design - An innovative design to make the operation of taps easier. These are durable and multifunctional devices to help users with weak hand strength to operate taps. The design makes the operation of taps easier. The handle has a rubber moulding to give a firm and controllable grip. The Derby Tap Turner is made of plastic, and is therefore rust proof and always warm to the touch. The Derby Tap Turners have colour coded handles to clearly identify hot and cold taps. The Derby Tap Turner is an economical alternative to replacing taps. They are easily and quickly fixed to most crosshead and crystal taps without the use of any tools. An internal rubber coating ensures an effective grip with smooth operation and with protection for the tap. The Derby Tap Turners are sold in packs of two, one cold (blue handle) and one hot (red handle). The width capacity for the tap turner is 60mm diameter. PR45564

2 Easiturn Tap Turner These aesthetically designed tap turners fit easily onto crosshead style taps and act as convenient levers making turning the tap on and off much easier. Made of high quality plastic, the tap turners are supplied in pairs with one red and one blue turner. The turners also feature a Braille symbol “C” and “H”, making them useful for those with a visual impairment. PR45565

3 Floating Bath Thermometer/Clock This little floating marvel will flash if your bath water is too hot! Convertible to Fahrenheit or Celsius, with a big LCD displaying the temperature clearly. There is an auto switch to thermometer or clock function. Uses 4 x button cell batteries (included). PR45058

4 Bath Temperature and Level Alert This professional thermometer can be used in the bathroom where extra care is required. Shows water temperature with high/low alert feature. Water overflow alarm system also included. Uses 2 x AAA size batteries (not included). PR45059

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

131


Bathing

Bathing Accessories

1 Bath Pillow Recommended for those at risk of developing pressure sores this PVC inflatable cushion covered in terry cloth, provides cushioning between the bath and skin. Four suction cups enables the cushion to be used in the bath without fear of slipping. Size: 51x38x5cm (20 x 15 x 2") PR45982

2 Inflatable Bath Cushion This inflatable bath cushion provides more comfort whilst bathing. It has suckers to prevent movement when in place. Size when inflated is approximately 48 x 48cm PR46053

Bathing

Bath Lifts

3 Able2 Bathing Cushion The Able2 Bathing Cushion is simple to use lowering you gently to the bottom of the bath. Once there you can choose whether to leave a small amount of air in the cushion to act as a back support, or release all the air to lie right back and bathe as normal. When you have finished your bath, the Bathing Cushion can be re-inflated to lift you steadily back up level with the top of the bath. This Bathing Cushion is battery powered with no need to have trailing power leads running out of the bathroom. The Bathing Cushion is designed to offer increased stability and comfort. Weighing only 2 kgs (4.4lbs) and featuring a new carry handle, it is supremely portable making it ideal for taking away on visits or on holiday. It can also be set up or removed in seconds and requires no fixtures or adaptations to an existing bathroom. Recharge outside of the bathroom. • The most stable inflatable bathing aid ever • Now even easier to transport • Will not lower you into the bath unless there is sufficient battery power to raise you back out again • Compact and easy to store away • Lightweight • Supportive backrest • Wide seat for comfort and stability • Truly a recliner bathing aid Seat Height (Min/Max):

2cm/40cm (¾"/15¾")

Seat Depth:

44cm (17½")

Seat Width:

58cm (23")

Backrest Width:

54cm (21")

Backrest Depth:

33cm (13")

Airhose Length:

1.8m (6')

Weight Of Bathing Cushion:

2kg (4½lbs)

PR46080

132

Max user weight

23 st

150 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Bathing

Personal Bathing Accessories 1 Shampoo Cap

Our shampoo caps wash, condition and rinse hair in one simple step, leaving the hair smelling fresh, towel dry and ready for styling. Can be warmed in the microwave or used cool. PR45108 1 cap per pack

2 Oasis® Shampoo Cap Wash the hair in one simple step without bowls, shampoo, conditioner and water with the unique Oasis® Shampoo Cap. Simply place the shampoo cap on the head, covering all the hair and massage gently before removing. The conditioning shampoo is released into the hair and absorbed back into the cap leaving the hair towel dry. • No need for water, shampoo and conditioner • Pleasant for the patient and easy to use • Easy to heat up in a microwave PR45110 1 cap per pack

3 Oasis® Bed Bath Wipes and Washmitts Oasis® Bed Bath wipes and washmitts provide an alternative to a soap and water bed bath. The wipes and washmitts offer a practical solution to those with limited mobility who are unable to easily take a bath or shower. The moist cleansing wipes and washmitts are preimpregnated with a combination of skin cleansers, designed to gently remove sweat, dirt, urine and faeces. • • • • •

No need for bowls, water, soap or flannels and towels Improves skin moisturisation by 17% after just one application Helps prevent cross contamination reducing the risk of UTIs Quick and easy to use, saving 15mins per bed bath. Easy to heat up in a microwave

PR45112 Bed Bath Wipes Scented - 8 wipes per pack PR45111 Bed Bath Washmitts Unscented - 8 mitts per pack

4 Aqua® Glove Waterless bathing without soap, rinsing and drying! The aqua® wash glove is made of very resistant non-woven embossed material, very smooth, pre-moistened with no-rinse and protective washing lotions. It is dermatologically tested, hypoallergenic, alcohol-free and without soap. The aqua® glove gives easy to use rinse-free bathing for bedridden or dependent people. It can be used in hospitals, care homes, at home or whilst travelling. The Aqua Glove is ready to use, saves time and is the ideal solution for complete, simple and effective bathing/washing. 12 gloves per pack PR52207

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

133


www.able2.eu

134

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Dressing and Comfort

Dressing Aids

136

Footwear Aids

138

Toe/Foot Protection

141

Comfort Aids

142

Slippers/Booties

143

Hip Protectors

144

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Dressing and Comfort 1 Bra Angel Designed by an Occupational Therapist, to assist women who find it difficult to bring both ends of a brassiere together when dressing. • Simple to use • One size fits all • Light, durable and latex free • Can be used with most brassiere types • Telescopic action adjusts easily for size and shortens it for storage and traveling PR55032

2 Body Care Long Handled Combs And Brushes Brush or comb hair more easily with a longer handle. Ideal for persons with limited arm reach or hand movement. These brushes and combs have extended handles that provide easy access to hard-to-reach places at the back of the head. Firm bristles and contour design provide better contact when brushing or combing. Brush

Length.

PR45041 Short PR45042 Long

300mm (11½") 360mm (14")

Comb

Length

PR45039 Short PR45040 Long

310mm (12") 370mm (14½")

3 Body Care Nail File Holder Rubber handle holds nail file and fits comfortably in the hand. Ideal for people who have limited grasp. The Body Care Nail File Holder has a soft rubber handle that holds the nail file safely and securely. Measures 120mm (41/8") long. PR45030

4 Long Handled Comb And Brush Ergonomically designed personal care products featuring anti-slip handles. Allows you to take care of your own grooming needs. These products are designed to provide maximum reach with minimum effort. The carefully designed handle fits snugly in the hand to stay in place when in use. Easy to clean as they can be fully immersed in water. Non-absorbing, so quick drying. Latex free. PR45014 Long Handled Comb - Length 380mm (15") PR45015 Long Handled Brush - Length 350mm (14")

136

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Dressing Aids


Dressing and Comfort

Dressing Aids

1 Shoehorn And Dressing Aid This handy device combines a dressing stick and a shoehorn. Ideal for people whose reach, dexterity or ability to bend is limited due to arthritis or back/leg injuries. Designed with a push-pull Shook at one end, and a long-handled shoehorn at the opposite end. Hook end can be used to help put on pants, sweaters, socks and other articles of clothing, or to reach clothes hangers on high closet rods. Device is available in two lengths, 610 or 760mm (24 or 30"). Made of durable plastic with a smooth surface and rounded edges. Handle measures 32mm (1¼") in diameter and has a soft, built-up foam that covers its entire length. Length

Weight

PR55013

610mm (24")

147g (5.2 oz.)

PR55014

760mm (30")

184g (6.5 oz.)

2 Dressing Stick Essential for anyone who has difficulty bending and a limited range of movement, or the use of only one arm or hand. A plastic coated combination hook/pusher assists in putting on shirts and jackets, pulling up slacks or skirts, or removing socks. The small hook on the opposite end aids in pulling zippers and shoelace loops. Three versions are available. PR55030/C Collapsible: Length 700mm (27½") Each piece measures 370mm (14½") when stick is collapsed Dressing Stick

PR55030/18 Fixed Length 460mm (18") PR55030/27 Fixed Length 690mm (27")

4 Good Grips® Button Hook

3 Button Hook/Zipper Pull Assists in button and zip fastening. PR55050

5 Ring Zipper

6 Zip Grip

A useful device for people who find it difficult grasping and pulling small zips. Sold in a pack of 3. PR55049

Get a secure, cushioned grip on hard-to-grasp buttons. The soft, cushioned grip of the Good Grips® Button Hook makes the sometimes difficult task of buttoning clothes easy. The built-up handle is made of rubber like material and features flexible ribbing that adapts to any grip. This handle is so unique, it carries a U.S. patent. The length of the handle measures 110mm (4¼"), and the total length measures 160mm (6¼"). Diameter of handle is 38mm (1½"). PR55020

The Zip Grip is ideal for persons who have difficulty grasping and pulling small zipper tabs. Just insert the peg of the Zip Grip through the hole in a standard zipper, fold in half and press to snap shut. Ring diameter measures 25mm (1"). Sold in package of 6. PR55021

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

137


Dressing and Comfort 1 Plastic Shoehorn With Hook Hooked handle offers a comfortable hold for fingers and may be used to pull up socks or aid dressing. Measures 410mm (16¼"). PR55028

2 Good Grips® Shoehorn This shoehorn offers an extended reach and a secure, cushioned grip. The built-up handle is made of a latex free, rubber-like material and features flexible ribbing that adapts to any grip. This handle is so unique, it carries a U.S. Patent. People who have limited mobility and difficulty bending over will appreciate the extra-long design. Available in 3 different lengths. The textured surface prevents the foot from sticking to the shoehorn, helping it slide easily into the shoe. Handle diameter is 38mm (1½"). PR55010 Length 460mm (18") PR55011 Length 610mm (24") PR55012 Length 760mm (30")

3 Long Handled Shoe Horn with Spring This luxury, chromed metal long handled shoe horn is an invaluable aid for those with limited reach or flexibility. The shoehorn blade is mounted on a spring making it far easier to place into the shoe. The handle is covered with padded leather for easier gripping. The long handle gives excellent reach and makes this product ideal for those with limited mobility. Length: 24" (60cm) Weight: 132g PR55051

4 Shoe Remover Remove shoes effortlessly with the Shoe Remover. This product is ideal for persons with a limited range of motion or those who have difficulty bending over. Made of sturdy plastic. Not suitable for clients who have had total hip replacements or restricted hip abduction. Colour may vary. PR55029

138

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Footwear Aids


Dressing and Comfort

Footwear Aids 1 Coilers

Easy-to-use Coilers never need tying. Coilers may be tightened or loosened, but never need tying. They have no pressure points and allow natural movement. Fits up to eight pairs of eyelets. Sold in pairs PR55001 Black PR55002 Brown PR55003 White PR55004 Royal Blue

2 Elastic Shoelaces Turn a lace-up shoe into a slip-on shoe. Ideal for people with limited back mobility, decreased hip flexion or limited hand dexterity. Lace and tie shoes in the normal manner just once. Shoes can be slipped on or off easily without tying and untying. Elastic shoelaces measure 610mm (24") long. Two pairs per pack PR55000 Black PR55022 Brown PR55023 White

3 Deluxe Elastic Shoelaces Durable laces for active wear. Designed for athletic shoes with five, six or seven eyelet sets. Thicker and easier to handle than other elastic shoelaces, these laces are Âź" (6.4mm) wide. Available in two lengths. White only. Two pairs per pack PR55026

686mm (27") Length

PR55027

940mm (37") Length

4 Luxury Stocking Aid This luxury stocking device is particularly usefull for putting on socks or stockings. Strong wire, tong style easy to grip, telescopic handles, and cleverly shaped bendable gutter so socks or stockings can slip over straight on to the foot. This easy and efficient, handy device has a friction aided heel pad. Handle length 381mm (15") PR55318

5 Easy-Pull Sock Aid Foot slides easily on the nylon lining while the sock remains secure. The flexible plastic core of the Easy-Pull Sock Aid allows people with the use of just one hand to shape the trough easily. Large loop handles at the end of the strong, 810cm (32") straps are great for persons with weak grasps. Nylon lining allows foot to slide easily along the trough. Terry cloth outer covering keeps the sock or stocking securely on the sock aid. Slits in the plastic core allows for contour bending around the heel. Compact, lightweight and hand washable. PR55005

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

139


Dressing and Comfort

Footwear Aids

1 Sock-Assist Unique features make this the most extraordinary sock aid on the market. The easy-to-use Sock-Assist lays flat on the floor, accommodates feet and calves of all sizes, has a nonstick surface and pulls the sock up the calf instead of releasing it at the ankle. Its innovative design allows easy donning of socks or knee-high nylons using one or two hands. Also works with elastic compression knee high socks or stockings. It's the unusual-looking features that make this sock aid so effective: • Two side wings keep the sock on the Sock-Assist until it is released on the calf. • Centre tongue helps ease the sock onto the device. • Flexible polypropylene “gives” to accommodate socks. • Flat bottom surface prevents the Sock-Assist from rolling. • Wide foot bed accommodates average to wide feet. • Contoured side walls help hold the sock on the device. • Rear flares prevent the cord from rubbing against the skin. • Textured surface prevent skin from sticking to the sock aid. • Cord handle can be cut or looped to adjust length.

2 Compression Stocking Aid This Compression Stocking Aid is designed to take the struggle out of putting on Compression Stockings. It is made of steel with a smooth plastic coating. Convenient handles greatly assist in pulling the stockings up. Simply stretch the stocking over the column, insert toes and pull up with a continuous motion. Stocking Aids reduce bending and increase independence whilst dressing. The inside column width is 100mm (4"). PR55321

PR55006 With Loop Handle PR55024 With Two Cord Handles

3 Heel Guide Compression Stocking Aid Now the easiest way to put on compression hosiery. Unique indented channel on the inside of the centre cone acts as a heel guide and keeps the foot in perfect position while effortlessly pulling on the compression hose. Extra wide cone is ideal for people with edema or larger feet. Sturdy handles, 432mm (17") high, reduce the need for bending or stretching. Handles also feature 3 grips to accommodate different heights and sizes. Easy to assemble and can be taken apart for travelling. PR55322

4 Tights Aid

5 Sock/Stocking Aid

A one-piece flexible aid for tights, with webbing handles attached. The plastic blade is shaped to hold the tights until they can be pulled up within reach. Very lightweight, and easy to use. Handle can be adjusted if necessary. PR55320

The unique shape of the flexible Sock Aid keeps socks on the aid until the sock is pulled all the way onto the foot. The pliable trough is easy to bend. The soft plastic aid rolls into the sock and creates an opening for the foot. The loop handle measures 910mm (36") long. Requires the use of two hands. PR55319

140

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Dressing and Comfort

Toe/Foot Protection 1 Toe Crests

2 Bunion Protectors

Gel Toe Crests provide Gel comfort for pain caused by hammer, claw, or mallet toes. Fits comfortably between your ball-of-foot and toes, and relieves pressure from the toe area. Sold in pairs PR55039/SM

Small/Medium

These Bunion Protectors are made from unique polymer gel offering superior pain relief. They conform to the toe area giving all day comfort and provide soft gel support designed to protect enlarged joints and bunions. Universal size. Sold in pairs

PR55039/ML

Medium/Large

PR55036

3 Toe Protector Tubes

4 Toe Separators

These Gel Toe Protector Tubes give all-around toe protection. Cushions and protects toes against pressure and friction. One 10cm length that can be cut/trimmed with scissors to fit toes. PR55038/SM

Small/Medium

PR55038/ML

Medium/Large

5 Toe Caps

These polymer gel toe separator pads are used to relieve pressure and keep toes apart. If you have painful corns between toes or simply wish to separate the toes then this shaped pad provides comfortable protection. Sold in pairs PR55037/SM

Small/Medium

PR55037/ML

Medium/Large

6 Toe Spreaders

Gel Toe Caps are so soft and comfortable, just perfect for protecting and cushioning sore toes. Sold in pairs PR55040/SM

Small/Medium

The toe spreaders are extremely comfortable due to the polymer's soft conforming properties. Use them to wedge between an overlapping toe or bunion deformity. Sold in pairs

PR55040/ML

Medium/Large

PR55041/SM

Small/Medium

PR55041/ML

Medium/Large

7 Pedi-cure for Tough Nails A little help for those tougher toe nail and feet tasks. Smoothes and buffs calluses on feet and hands. Shapes and contours toenails and fingernails. 3 snap-on buffers (fine, medium and course). Ergonomically designed contoured handle. 2-Way variable speed control. Uses 3 x AA batteries (not included). PR61424

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

141


Dressing and Comfort

Comfort Aids

1 Bed Socks These protect your feet from the cold but do not apply pressure or restrict circulation. They can be worn in bed or just for lounging. Made from synthetic fleece. Wash by hand. Do not tumble dry. Supplied in pairs PR55033/M

Medium - Size 4-6

PR55033/L

Large - Size 7-11

2 Heel Protectors These protect sore and delicate heels and ankles. There are no raised seams around the heel area. Made from wool fleece. Universal size. Wash by hand. Do not tumble dry. Supplied in pairs PR55034

3 Elbow Protectors These offer protection for your elbows, perfect for those prone to scuffing and sores. Made from wool fleece. Universal size. Wash by hand. Do not tumble dry. Supplied in pairs PR55035

Take A Look At Pages 18 - 21 For The Range Of Wheelchair/Scooter Accessories

142

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Dressing and Comfort

Slippers/Booties

1 Dunlop Slippers These comfortable and stylish slippers have a wide opening for swollen feet, the hook and loop fastening ensures these slippers are easy to put on and take off. These machine washable slippers have non slip hardwearing soles. The slippers are available in a variety of sizes and in male and female versions.

Bluebell Slipper

Betsy Bootie

Albert Bootie

Code PR55150/BL/3 PR55150/BL/4 PR55150/BL/5 PR55150/BL/6 PR55150/BL/7 PR55150/BL/8 PR55150/BU/3 PR55150/BU/4 PR55150/BU/5 PR55150/BU/6 PR55150/BU/7 PR55150/BU/8 PR55151/BL/3 PR55151/BL/4 PR55151/BL/5 PR55151/BL/6 PR55151/BL/7 PR55151/BL/8 PR55151/BU/3 PR55151/BU/4 PR55151/BU/5 PR55151/BU/6 PR55151/BU/7 PR55151/BU/8 PR55152/BL/6 PR55152/BL/7 PR55152/BL/8 PR55152/BL/9 PR55152/BL/10 PR55152/BL/11 PR55152/BL/12 PR55152/BU/6 PR55152/BU/7 PR55152/BU/8 PR55152/BU/9 PR55152/BU/10 PR55152/BU/11 PR55152/BU/12 PR55153/BL/6 PR55153/BL/7 PR55153/BL/8 PR55153/BL/9 PR55153/BL/10 PR55153/BL/11 PR55153/BL/12 PR55153/GR/6 PR55153/GR/7 PR55153/GR/8 PR55153/GR/9 PR55153/GR/10 PR55153/GR/11 PR55153/GR/12

Slipper Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Bluebell Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Betsy Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Albert Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur Arthur

Male/Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Female Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male Male

Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Colour Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Burgundy Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey

Arthur Slipper

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

143


Dressing and Comfort

Hip Protectors

1 The Hipshield Reducing the risk of hip fractures in the elderly, or for post operative care. The Hipshield can help to prevent a fall becoming an injury and is designed to absorb and deflect impact away from the hipbone. The Hipshield itself is discreet and comfortable to wear and inside the protector is a lightweight honeycomb structure that compresses on impact. The Hipshield just slips into a pair of protector pants and is unobtrusive beneath skirts or trousers. Pants are available in two styles, male and female, in six sizes based on waist measurement. Made of 95% cotton, each pair has internal pockets that you simply ʻslipʼ the Hip protector into before putting on the garment. Suitable for day or nightwear the Hipshield is available in ʻsingleʼ or ʻtriple packʼ. The single pack contains one knickers/pants plus two Hip protectors. The triple pack contains three knickers/pants plus two Hip protectors. The perfect solution, one pair to wear, one in the wash and one spare! For sizing see chart below:

Size

Female Waist size

Single pack

Triple pack

Small

660-710mm (26-28")

PR20300

PR20300-3

Medium

710-760mm (28-30")

PR20301

PR20301-3

Large

760-800mm (30-32")

PR20302

PR20302-3

X-Large

810-860mm (32-34")

PR20303

PR20303-3

XX-Large

860-910mm (34-36")

PR20304

PR20304-3

XXX-Large

910-960mm (36-38")

PR20320

PR20320-3

Size

Male Waist size

Single pack

Triple pack

Small

760-810mm (30-32")

PR20305

PR20305-3

Medium

830-890mm (33-35")

PR20306

PR20306-3

Large

910-960mm (36-38")

PR20307

PR20307-3

X-Large

990-1040mm (39-41")

PR20308

PR20308-3

XX-Large

1060-1120mm (42-44")

PR20309

PR20309-3

XXX-Large

1110-1160mm (44-46")

PR20321

PR20321-3

Washing The Hipshield protectors should be hand washed with warm soapy water and be left to dry. This normally takes around 10 minutes. The Undergarments may be washed by hand or in a washing machine at 60-90°. The Hipshield absorbs much of the impact rather than redirecting the force into the muscles which will cause other problems

144

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness

Circulation

146

Reading

148

Writing

150

Games

151

Gardening

152

Telephones/Alarms

154

Health and Wellbeing

155

Miscellaneous

158

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness 1 Circulation Maxx Ultra The Circulation Maxx Ultra can help kick start your circulation, reduce swelling in ankles & feet and soothe tired aching feet. Slimline model can be battery or mains powered and includes four TENS Pads for TENS Therapy . One touch, easy to use remote control. Developed in conjunction with Dr Paul Clayton – former government scientific advisor - the NEW Slimline Ulta thin Circulation Maxx Ultra is now considered to be the most effective electrical stimulator for your legs and feet, it also comes with the added benefit of TENS technology. If you have problems with swollen feet, poor circulation in your legs and ankles then the Circulation Maxx Ultra may be the answer, but thatʼs not all. Shoulders, Back, Arms and legs can now be targeted easily and quickly for the treatment of minor aches and pains with the hypoallergenic pads and leads. Used 3-4 times a week, the Circulation Maxx may really make a big difference to your life. • • • • • • •

NEW Slimline Design 99 Intensity Levels Remote Controlled For Easy Operation Improve Circulation Proven TENs Therapy Clinically Proven TENs Treatment Reduces Pain In the Legs And Feet

Optional Medical Gloves These EMS medical gloves simply plug into the Circulation Maxx external socket. You simply place them on your hands, select the intensity and time and then you start to feel the health benefits straight away. They are also machine washable; perfect for your cold aching hands this winter or hot hands in the summer months. Replacement TENS pads Additional electrode pads for use with the TENS Therapy function of the Circulation Maxx Ultra. Comfortable to wear, hypoallergenic adhesive and durable enough for around thirty uses. Pack of four pads measuring around 40mm by 90mm. These rectangular Electrode pads are ideal for using with the Circulation Maxx Ultra when the original pads lose their adhesive properties. The pads measure 40mm by 90mm and will also be compatible with the majority of TENS and EMS machines on the market. These Electrodes Pads will last between 20 - 30 applications and are designed to be reusable, comfortable, durable, long lasting and hypoallergenic. Conductive Gel For use with the Circulation Maxx Ultra and Pain Doctor. Effect of TENS Therapy pads is boosted or can be used on pads that have lost their adhesive. Convenient 60ml tube. PR61415

Circulation Maxx Ultra

PR61415/G

Medical Gloves

PR61415/PADS

Replacement TENS Pads

PR61419

Conductive Gel

146

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Circulation


Leisure and Wellness

8 COLOURS, COLOU URS, 4 SIZES, URS, SIZES, 1 AMAZIN AMAZING NG PR PRODUCT ODUCT

See Page 156

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

147


Leisure and Wellness 1 Lighted Magnifier

Reading 2 Pocket LED Magnifier

With an impressive 3x magnification, the Lighted Magnifier is the ideal aid for reading small type in books, newspapers and maps. With a larger handle, it is comfortable for longer periods of use and has an illuminating frame that lights up the page as you read. Comes with batteries fitted. PR70080

Ideal for those times when you find yourself not only short of sight but also short of light! Combining a bright LED page light with twin magnification lenses (2x main and 4x inset) this versatile magnifier is small enough to fit into pocket or bag. Can be used with or without the light as required. Comes with batteries fitted. PR70081

3 Hands Free Magnifier

4 Dual Focus Magnifier

Hands-Free Magnifying Lens Great for reading or arts and crafts, this effective 'hands-free' magnifier comes with a braided cord to wear around the neck and rubber feet to support the lens. Lens diameter is 13cm. PR70082

Available in 2 sizes: Small (6.5 cm (2½") lens diameter) and Large (9 cm (3½") lens diameter), these lightweight magnifiers have a rubber coating on the handle and frame making them more comfortable and durable in everyday use. Both sizes come with a standard full size 2x magnification lens and an extra inset high magnification lens for 4x enlargement. PR70083 PR70084

5 Magnifying Sheet

Small Large

6 Full Page Magnifier

Available as a smaller and cheaper alternative to the Full Page Magnifier, this flexible 'fresnel' sheet offers excellent enlargement for books, directories, timetables and maps. Size is 19 x 13cm (7½ x 5") (approx.) and it comes in a protective card sleeve. PR70086

This product is manufactured to a far higher standard than most by using a rigid lens which prevents image warping around the edges of the lens. Allows larger areas to be viewed than traditional magnifiers. Sold in a protective, printed card sleeve. Size (approx.) 28 x 21.5cm (11 x 8½") PR70001

7 Magnifying Bookmark

8 Credit Card Magnifier

Fitting easily into your pocket or bag, this handy slim magnifier is ideal for reading timetables, maps and newspapers. It also cleverly doubles up as a bookmark and a ruler! Protected by a soft plastic sleeve. PR70088

A convenient 'at hand' fresnel lens. This credit card sized magnifier fits comfortably into your wallet or purse until needed - and it's surprising how often that is! Perfect for enlarging small text and maps. Supplied in a protective PVC sleeve. PR70089

148

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness

Reading

1 Hi Vision Reading Lamps Specially designed lamps using near daylight bulbs allows you to read and concentrate for longer, helping to relieve eyestrain and headaches. Also good for hobbies or close work. Helpful for the elderly or anyone with limited vision. Flexible arm adjusts the angle and makes sure that the light always shines at the right height and from the right direction. The bulb is energy efficient and lasts up to 8000 hours. The floor lamp is 138cm high and the table lamp is 45cm high. Both are mains operated with a cable length of 170cm.

PR60278/T

PR60278/F PR60278/T PR60278/B

Floor Lamp Table Lamp Replacement Bulb

2 Gimble Book Holder Whether you like to curl up in bed with a good book and a mug of tea, enjoy reading whilst sitting at the table or prefer a relaxing read outdoors, this great new product is the perfect answer to that 'extra pair of hands' you always seem to need. PR70094

3 Wooden Reading Rest Beautifully crafted from Canadian Alder, this product allows you to assume a more relaxed posture whilst reading at a table or desk it's also great in the kitchen. Size (when flat): 34 x 24 x 2cm PR70095

4 Magnifier on a Stand This large 250x180mm (10x7") 2x magnifier comes with a weighted stand base and a clamping device to attach to a table or desk surface, for hands free use. The extendable arm allows the magnifier to be positioned at different heights and angles. PR70057

5 The Mini Counter Display - POS Counter display that measures 190 x 165mm (7½ x 6½") Contains: 12 x PR70086, 24 x PR70089, 6 x PR70081. PR70091

6 The Maxi Counter Display - POS Counter display that measures 370 x 390mm (14½ x 15½") Contains: 12 x PR70086, 6 x PR70084, 24 x PR70088, 12 x PR70081, 6 x PR70083, 24 x PR70089. PR70092

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

149


Leisure and Wellness 1 Writing Grips

2 Soft Pencil Grips

Helps reduce fatigue caused by writing pressure. Writing Grips are soft, plastic, and bulb shaped grips that slip onto any standard size pen or pencil. Convenient roll-proof design. PR70022

Writing

Pack of 3

Help reduce fatigue caused by writing pressure. These soft writing grips have a non slip surface and are contoured to fit comfortably in the hand. May be used with either a pen or a pencil. Assorted colours. PR70032 PR70033

3 Grab On Pen and Pencil Grips Help reduce fatigue caused by writing pressure. Spongy pads provide a comfortable, nonslip grip when placed onto standard size pens and pencils. Made of soft foam. Assorted colours. PR70030 PR70890

Helps reduce fatigue caused by writing pressure. These nonslip triangular shaped grips are comfortable and fit any standard sized pencil. PR70891

Pack of 3

6 Weighted Pen

Almost no pressure is required to write with the Lite-Touch Pen. The entire pen is built up to provide a comfortable hold. A slight indentation in the thumb area aids in gripping. Its lightweight plastic with a clip top. Cap included. Black ink. Use Parker #30316 ink cartridge for replacement. PR70017

Weights help to stabilise and control writing. The weighted pen is the ideal writing tool for persons who have hand tremors or decreased co-ordination. Easy to grip and use. Blue ink. Includes five 8 to 10 gram weights that can be added or removed as needed. Ink refill sold separately. PR70015 PR70016

7 Wanchiks Writer

Right PR70019 Small PR70021 Large

Weighted Pen Ink Refill

8 Writing-Bird

This Writing utensil holder holds the pen for you! Clients with decreased dexterity will be able to hold the writing finger in the proper position with the Wanchiks Writer. The plastic-covered metal orthosis hugs the palm for a comfortable fit. No thumb pinch is required. Simply bend to make minor adjustments. Can be used with thin ballpoint pens and pencils.

150

4 Pencil Grips

Pack of 24 pcs Pack of 144 pcs

5 Lite-Touch Pen

Left PR70018 PR70020

Pack of 3 Pack of 12

Ideal writing device for persons with limited hand control. The Writing-Bird is a unique writing device for persons with limited hand co-ordination, dexterity or a weak grasp. Ideal for persons with arthritis or neurological disorders. Perfect for individuals without thumb to fingertip pinch. Only slight downward pressure is needed to write. Made of durable, frosted acrylic. May be used with either the right or left hand. Pen is included. PR70003

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness

Games

1 Real Big Playing Cards Easy-to-see giant cards. These extra large playing cards are easy to read and hold. Perfect for people with a weak grasp who have difficulty holding regular cards. Ideal for visually impaired persons. Cards measure 150x100mm (6x4"). PR70008

2 Large Number Playing Cards Extra-large characters for easy viewing. Numbers, Letters and suit characters are enlarged for quick recognition. Standard-size cards are colour-coded by suit. Standard black and red corner markers. Ideal for use by persons with at least 5% of normal vision. PR70004

3 Card Player Holds playing cards in a natural position. This large, fan-shaped card holder is ideal for persons with arthritis or a limited grip. Comfortably holds standard or oversized playing cards. Can be held in the hand or placed on a table. Made of durable plastic. Sold as a pair. PR70005

4 Card Holder Ideal for use by people who have poor grip. It consists of two plastic discs held together by a spring. Simply put the cards in the card holder and turn the disks and the cards will form a perfect fan. Once sorted, the card holder will then grip the cards throughout the game, in suit, run or colour PR70049

5 Deluxe Card Holder This brushed aluminium deluxe card holder is especially suitable for people whose hands are weak. You will be able to manage your cards and have full control without any difficulty. The cards fit securely into the holder, will not tip over and are easy to move. Weight 300g. Size 30 x 5cm. PR70154

6 Plastic Card Holder An affordable solution for holding cards. Persons with diminished finger control will enjoy playing cards with this lightweight plastic holder. Measures 51 x 35 x 250mm (2 x 13/8 x 10"). Card slot tapers from 13 to 3.2mm (½ to 1/8"). PR70007

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

151


Leisure and Wellness

Gardening

Easi-Grip garden tools are designed on ergonomic principles to minimise the effort and discomfort experienced with conventional tools. All metal parts are manufactured from high quality stainless steel; the fork and trowel are polished to a mirror finish to minimise soil adhesion. The angled handle ensures that the hand and wrist are kept in a neutral, stress-free position; it is moulded from a “soft-feel” non-slip waterproof material. An interchangeable plugin arm support may be attached to any tool for those with weak hands or wrists. These tools are supremely comfortable for every age and ability.

1 Easi-Grip Add-On Handles Add-On Handles may be fitted to a wide range of garden tools (and indeed in the home and workshop) giving them a firmer, more positive grip whilst keeping the hand and wrist in a comfortable position. Fitting two Add-On Handles to long shafted tools, such as rakes, hoes, brooms etc., enables work to be carried out in a more upright position, thus preventing back strain and giving a wider field of work without twisting the body. Fit Add-On Handles to your favourite garden tools to convert them into ergonomically correct tools. The handles have two stainless steel clamps which are tightened by finger operated plastic wing nuts. The Arm Support Cuff will plug into the rear of the handle for those with weak hands or wrists. Will fit handles up to 40mm (1½") diameter. Add On Handles (Pair) PR70054

2 Interchangeable Arm Support Cuff This useful aid is designed to assist gardeners who suffer from weak hands or wrists and will plug into any Easi-Grip Tool. The support allows the strength of the forearm to be used. Specially designed to take the strain out of gardening and day to day household duties. This handy arm support slips easily on to the arm for the support needed. PR70053

3 Garden Tools Specially designed to take the strain out of gardening. These tools have a pistol grip handle, which keeps the wrist in its natural position. This allows a firm grip on the tool and elevates strain on the wrist. Manufactured from Stainless Steel with a comfortable brightly coloured plastic moulded handle. Each tool weighs only 8 oz. Tools Available PR70050 PR70051 PR70052

152

Fork Trowel Cultivator

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness

Gardening 1 Long Reach Gardening Tools Designed for gardeners working from a seated position, or those with bending difficulties. Long Reach garden tools provide additional length to assist reaching ground level, or the further reaches of a raised flowerbed. Due to the balance of these tools we strongly recommend that our Arm Support Cuff is always used to improve weight distribution and control. • Stainless steel tool, prevents soil adhesion for easier use and

Long Reach Fork

cleaning • Ergonomic handle allows more work for less effort • Option for Arm Support Cuff (recommended) uses strength of forearm in addition to hand and wrist • Non-slip grip, prevents tool slipping in the hand even in wet conditions • Brightly coloured handle – easy to find in garden or shed • Overall length 80cm (30") gives greater accessibility without need for bending or stretching Long Reach Trowel PR70050/L Long Reach Fork PR70051/L Long Reach Trowel PR70052/L Long Reach Cultivator PR70058/L Long Reach Hoe

Long Reach Cultivator

Long Reach Hoe

PR70053 Interchangeable Arm Support Cuff

2 Garden Kneeler Getting up and down during those garden chores can be quite a strain on both the back and knees, especially in wet weather. Made of robust steel tubing designed around a raised, soft, comfortable kneeling platform of polypropylene foam. It also has arms that are just the right height to assist getting back up without back strain. And for those jobs where you need a little height - just turn the Kneeler over for a comfy seat or handy step. Folds flat in seconds for easy storage. Ideal for gardens, DIY jobs, etc. PR70059

Max user weight

23 st

146 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

153


Leisure and Wellness

Telephones/Alarms

1 Voice Alert A versatile alarm system for fall management with a choice of voice or 4 different alarm tones. Advanced model available to allow connection to an existing Nursecall system. This useful alarm system can be used on a bed, wheelchair or entrance alarm with Voice function. There is a choice of High/Low volume or silence mode with flashing light. You can record your own alert message or instructions in a voice that is familiar to the patient. The Alert activated by the magnetic switch with cord and clip or optional sensor pads via the RJ9 socket. A Tamper Resistant Suspend Mode will stop monitoring temporarily to facilitate patient repositioning without triggering an alarm. A versatile clip and mounting bracket is included. Battery low indicator to ensure uninterrupted patient monitoring. Uses 4 x AA batteries (not included). PR70140 There is a full range of accessories available for use with the Voice Alert are listed below. Sensor Mats can also be used in conjuction with the Voice Alert. They are available in different sizes and can be used on wheelchairs, beds, floors, stairs, toilets to prevent people wandering from rooms. They alert carers when individuals move where there could be a possible danger. PR70140/7

Sensor Mat - Square 24 X 24cm (9½ X 9½") (Ideal For Wheelchairs)

PR70140/8

Extension Lead - 2 Metre

2 Quad Phone Holder

3 Big Button Cordless Phone

This handy accessory requires no grip strength. The flexible handle on the Quad Phone Holder easily adjusts the hand. Ideal for persons with limited grasp and dexterity. Hook and loop closures attach securely to the telephone receiver. PR70025

This cordless DECT phone has backlit big buttons to make it easy for users to see and press the buttons. It is hearing aid compatible, has a speaker phone and the volume can boost to 8dB. Other features include: 3 direct memory keys, phonebook 20 entries (name, number and melody), redial last 5 numbers and alarm clock. Max standby time up to 100 hours and talk time up to 10 hours. PR70153 Black

4 Home Safety Alert A wireless calling alarm system with one main receiver unit and two pendant calling transmitters. Call button and Panic button on each pendant. Helpful support for the elderly, disabled or children. Main unit receives and recognises who is calling and the urgency from different sound and coloured light signals. Caller can choose between a regular call signal or a panic alarm. Main unit can be battery or mains operated for use in any location. Quick reset button on main unit to cancel the call or alarm. Low battery warning signal and each transmitter uses 1 x 23A 12v battery (included). Range: 100ft (30m) PR70145

5 Big Button Telephone Corded phone with large buttons and large screen. • 50 Caller ID • 10 Number memory and 3 picture key • 20 Outgoing calling record • Dialling memory • Visual ringer • Speaker phone function • Handset with volume control • Hearing Aid compatible PR70151

154

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness

Health and Wellbeing

1 Blood Pressure Monitor with WHO indication Keep a check on that vital blood pressure with this clinically validated and tested monitor. Supplied with a professional upper arm auto inflation cuff. Colour coded hypertension indicator using World Heath Organisation (WHO) classification. Unit size 16 x 9.8 x 5 cm. Uses 4 x AA size batteries (included). PR61440

2 Beurer EM41 TENS Therapy Set A two channel '3 in 1' Digital TENS Machine with EMS and Integrated Massager - the Beurer EM41 is the modern, affordable way to combat pain and speed up muscle recovery and muscle rehabilitation in the comfort of your own home. Three advanced functions include: • TENS - Transcutaneous Electronic Nerve Stimulation • EMS - Electronic Muscle Stimulation • Integrated Massage - Electric massage The Beurer EM 41 has two independent channels and uses 4 self adhesive skin electrodes. It has versatile functions that help to increase feeling of general wellbeing, relieve pain, improve fitness, revitalise muscles, combat fatigue and relax. You can select these functions from preset programmes or determine them yourself according to your needs. The electrodes can be attached to different parts of the body as required. The Beurer TENS EMS Massager EM 41 has a total of 50 programmes (20 TENS / 20 EMS / 10 massage), all with individually adjustable intensity levels. 10 of the TENS programmes and 10 of the EMS programmes can be individually adjusted - you can change /personalise the pulse frequency, pulse width and the treatment duration. Features: • 3 in 1: TENS (nerves, pain), EMS (muscle), massage (relaxation) • 4 self-adhesive electrodes (2 separately adjustable channels) • 30 pre-programmed applications (TENS/EMS/massage) • 20 individualized programs (TENS/EMS) • Doctor´s function - for ideal coordination with your personal therapy program • Treatment time adjustable (5 - 90 minutes) PR61403

3 Foot Massager This handy Foot Massager reflexology is easy to operate by a one-touch system. It stimulates the foot reflex zones with massage balls and vibration. The anti-slip strip on the bottom ensures stability. Batteries included. PR61407

4 Beurer MG16 Mini Massager Relax and unwind with this MG16 mini massager from Beurer. With its modern and user-friendly design, the MG16 offers an effective massage by vibrating. It even comes with three interchangeable light-up massage heads. This mini massager is ideal for relieving aches and pains in your neck, arms, legs or back. PR61408

5 Beurer BG40 Glass Diagnostic Scale The BG40 Beurer bathroom scales give much more information than simply body weight. The modern and elegantly designed scales provide essential information on key indicators such as body fat, body water, and muscle mass index. With great precision, the BG40 offers a Sports mode with 5 levels of activity and interpretation of body fat by distribution. Equipped with a large LCD screen, the Beurer BG40 scale will keep you informed of your health. PR61405/S

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

155


Leisure and Wellness 1 Beurer BC58 Wrist Blood Pressure Monitor • Touch Screen • USB interface • Large black display You can measure your blood pressure quickly and easily with the Beurer wrist blood pressure monitor. It has a large easy-to-read black LCD touch screen. The measuring values are saved and display the cycle and average value. In case of cardiac arrhythmia, you would receive a warning. The PC connection enables you to create a detailed archive on the PC, in order to have a comparison over a longer period of time. Features: • Touch Screen Display • Arrhythmia detection (irregular heartbeat indicator) • WHO classification (World Health Organisation) • 2 x 60 memory spaces • PC interface (software and cable available separately) • Average calculation • Large, easy-to-read LCD display • Time and date • For wrist circumference of 14-19.5 cm • Signaling of operating errors • Change battery indicator • Automatic switch off function

Health and Wellbeing 2 Beurer GL50 Blood Glucose Monitoring System The simple measurement marking and the under filling detection are just two of the outstanding features of the 3-in-1 compact device: lancing device, plug-in USB/on-board software and monitor all in one • Easy to use: Illuminated insertion slot, large illuminated display, wide test strips, simple measurement marking for optimised diabetes management: before eating, after eating, general marking • Under filling detection: measurement only possible with sufficient sample of blood • Starter set: Measuring device, 10 lancets, 10 test strips, batteries, case, instructions, brief instructions, blood sugar diary • Code free test strips • Just 0.6 µl blood is sufficient • Plasma calibrated • 480 memory spaces with date and time • Average value calculation for 7, 14, 30 or 90 days for all measurements or marked measurements • Blood sample: fresh whole blood (capillary) • Medical product PR61402 PR61402/S PR61402/N

GL50 Blood Glucose Monitoring System Test Strips for GL50 x 25 Lancet Needles for GL50 x 25

PR61401

3 Beurer EM35 Abdominal Toning Belt This easy to use Beurer Abdominal Toning Belt will provide you with a noticeable difference in a short time. This flexible abdominal belt with Velcro fastener and clever ergonomic will fit waist sizes 30 to a maximum of 55 inches (57 to 140cm). It has 4 electrodes instead of 2, does not need replacement pads and has 5 programs. Features: • Non-wearing contact electrodes made of conductive carbon material • Electrodes with water contact (no contact gel, no replacement) • LCD display with figurative symbols • 5 training programs (22 to 31 min) • Countdown time with remaining time • Training memory function for continuous training control • Safety switch off/ pause function/ automatic switch off/ key lock • Removable control element • Battery changing indicator • Batteries included PR61404

For Cast and Bandage Protection see page 119 156

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Leisure and Wellness

Health and Wellbeing

Lifestrength Edge Power Bands LIFESTRENGTH™ products are worn by people in all walks of life. Some of the benefits from using LIFESTRENGTH™ products may include improvements with: energy, endurance, mental performance, deeper sleep, lower tension and stronger immune system. LIFESTRENGTH™ products emit a high level of “Anions”. Anions are also known as negative ions. Anions are naturally occurring, charged molecules that are constantly circulating in the environment around us. Anions are found abundantly in certain environments like waterfalls, beaches and forests. Anions can be absorbed through our skin or inhaled. LIFESTRENGTH™ has combined 7 specific minerals and gemstones that are charged with negative ions. These minerals are then crushed into a fine powder form, charged to a higher anion (negative ion) level, and infused into the silicone of the wristbands. Through this process, we build our ION HEALTH TECHNOLOGY™ into our wristbands. Ions help to restore your body back to its natural state. The Anions produced by LIFESTRENGTH™ bands provide positive health benefits through three major mechanisms: 1. They neutralize harmful free-radicals by giving up their extra electrons to the high-energy free-radicals helping to stabilize them and prevent them from damaging your cells. 2. They help the blood to absorb more oxygen increasing the flow of oxygen to the brain and muscles which can result in higher alertness, decreased drowsiness, more mental energy, and greater endurance. 3. They increase levels of the mood chemical serotonin, which can help to alleviate stress, boost daytime energy and provide pain relief.

Black/Grey

Pink/Grey

Blue/White

Grey/Mint

PR15501/BG/XS - Extra Small PR15501/BG/S - Small PR15501/BG/M - Medium PR15501/BG/L - Large

PR15501/PG/XS - Extra Small PR15501/PG/S - Small PR15501/PG/M - Medium PR15501/PG/L - Large

PR15501/BW/XS - Extra Small PR15501/BW/S - Small PR15501/BW/M - Medium PR15501/BW/L - Large

PR15501/GM/XS - Extra Small PR15501/GM/S - Small PR15501/GM/M - Medium PR15501/GM/L - Large

Red/Black

White/Grey

Black/Green

Turquiose/White

PR15501/RB/XS - Extra Small PR15501/RB/S - Small PR15501/RB/M - Medium PR15501/RB/L - Large

PR15501/WG/XS - Extra Small PR15501/WG/S - Small PR15501/WG/M - Medium PR15501/WG/L - Large

PR15501/BGR/XS - Extra Small PR15501/BGR/S - Small PR15501/BGR/M - Medium PR15501/BGR/L - Large

PR15501/TW/XS - Extra Small PR15501/TW/S - Small PR15501/TW/M - Medium PR15501/TW/L - Large

Lifestrength Edge Power Bands Retail Solutions

PR15500 Lifestrength Retail Point of Sale Display (30 bands)

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

157


Leisure and Wellness

Miscellaneous

1 Smokers Robot The Smokers Robot enables safe, hands-free smoking. The Smokers Robot allows a cigarette to rest safely in the holder that is attached to an ashtray base. Features a 910mm (36") tube with a mouthpiece. Replacement tubes are available separately. PR70010 Smokers Robot PR70011 Replacement Tube

2 Talking Big Digit Watch

3 Talking Dual Time Alarm Clock

A stylish digital watch with oversized LCD digital display. The clear voice anouncement of time and date assists the visually impaired. Users 1x CR2016 Lithium battery (included) PR70163

Press the large top button and this quartz analogue clock will speak the time. Talking function and clear analogue face assists the visually impaired. Dual time with traditional hands and digital display. Voice announcement of temperature. Alarm and hourly time announcement optional. Uses 2 x AA batteries (not included) PR70073

4 Neck Cushion and Massager This comfortable neck pillow is filled with micro-foam beads. It relaxes the neck area and the vibration ensures a soothing massage. PR61409

5 Automatic Needle Threader This simple, plastic device makes threading needles easy, even with poor eyesight or shaky hands. Different sizes of needles can be threaded at the two ends by following the instructions enclosed in the pack. Two needles are included, although standard needles can be used. PR70056

158

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Pillows

160

Support Belts and Braces 163 Back Supports

164

Seating Wedges

167

Mattresses

168

Mattress Protection

169

Mattress Toppers

170

Bed Care

171

Comfort Cushions

173

Travel and Mobility

174

Patient Positioning

176

Rehabilitation Aids

177

Ring Cushions

178

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Pillows

The UKʼs Top Selling Professional Orthopaedic Pillow Range Contoured For Comfort And Moulded For Support Each pillow is individually moulded to cradle the individualʼs neck and ensure the spine is held in the correct alignment. Rounded and raised neck support relaxes the vertebrae. Contoured to accommodate the userʼs shoulders. Stress relief recess to the underside of each pillow. Ideal for use whether sleeping on your back or side

Designer Pillow

1

FOAM

Award winning comfort. • UKʼs top selling professional orthopaedic pillow • Unique moulded shape together with the pressure relieving properties of memory foam make this the perfect sleeping partner • Fitted inner and zipped outer Harley velour case as standard additional cases available SP14059 SP14003 SP14077 SP14281 SP14080

Designer Standard Designer Plus Designer Lo Line Designer Lo Line Plus Designer Travel Pillow

45x32x13cm 51x36x13cm 45x32x10cm 51x36x10cm 30x32x10cm

Additional Zipped Pillowcases SP14053 SP14127 SP14131 SP14319 SP14136

2

Designer Standard Pillowcase Designer Plus Pillowcase Designer Lo Line Pillowcase Designer Lo Line Plus Pillowcase Designer Travel Pillowcase

Original Pillow Used and recommended by clinicians and healthcare professionals for many years. • Moulded from cold cast polyurethane foam to offer added support • Helped many thousands of people achieve the ultimate nights sleep • Fitted inner and removable polycotton slipover case as standard (except Original Travel) • Original Travel - fitted inner and zipped Harley velour outer case as standard SP14000 SP14006 SP14056 SP14280 SP14079

Original Standard Original Plus Original Lo Line Original Lo Line Plus Original Travel

45x32x13cm 51x36x13cm 45x32x10cm 51x36x10cm 30x32x10cm

Additional Slip Over Pillowcases SP14002 SP14033 SP14135 SP14318 SP14136

Original Standard Pillowcase Original Plus Pillowcase Original Lo Line Pillowcase Original Lo Line Plus Pillowcase Original Travel Pillowcase

Pillow Range Sizing Chart Standard Plus

Lo-Line

Lo-Line Plus

Travel

Ideal for the average frame.

Especially for people with a smaller frame.

For the smaller framed individual who prefers a larger pillow on the bed.

Donʼt leave home without yours. Folds into a neat bag which doubles as a lumbar roll.

45x32x13cm

Ergonomically identical to the standard size just larger on the bed.

(17¾x12½x5")

51x36x13cm (20x14x5")

✓ FOAM

160

45x32x10cm (17¾x12½x4")

51x36x10cm (20x14x4")

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

30x32x10cm (11¾x12½x4")


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Pillows

love your back…

Designer Travel Pillow

1

✓ FOAM

Identical to the Harley Designer Pillows just a little smaller. • This ingenious product is easily transportable and guaranteed to keep those aches and pains at bay whilst away from home

See our full range on our revamped website…

www.spinalproducts.co.uk

• Fitted inner and zipped Harley velour outer cover • Complete with handy travel case which doubles as a lumbar roll • Size: 30x32x10cm (12x12½x4") SP14080 SP14136

2

Designer Travel Pillow Spare Pillowcase

Original Travel Pillow Made to the same ergonomic shape as the Designer Travel Pillow, but moulded from cold cast polyurethane foam for added support. • Fitted inner and zipped Harley velour outer cover • Complete with handy travel case which doubles as a lumbar roll • Size: 30x32x10cm (12x12½x4") SP14079 SP14136

Original Travel Pillow Spare Pillowcase

Designer Comfort Pillow

3

✓ FOAM

The ultimate luxury pillow in terms of comfort. • Traditional pillow shape • Visco elastic memory foam moulds to the individual userʼs shape using temperature and pressure • Supplied with a luxurious, washable, zipped, Harley velour cover • Size: 68x42x10cm (27x16½x4") SP15891 SP15902

Designer Comfort Pillow Spare Pillowcase

ʻSuperSoftʼ Comfort Pillow

4

Exceptionally soft but yet incredibly supportive. • Traditional pillow shape • Quality moulded polyurethane foam pillow, a fantastic alternative to a ʻlatexʼ pillow • Excellent long term properties • Supplied with a luxurious, washable, zipped, Harley velour cover • Size: 68x42x10cm (27x16½x4") SP15892 SP15902

ʻSuperSoftʼ Comfort Pillow Spare Pillowcase

Rest Ease Pillow

5

Designed to encourage a healthier position for the spine. • Anatomically shaped Rest Ease Pillow allows maximum weight distribution and air to circulate freely • Unique design helps to keep the skin cool and comfortable • Fitted polyester case • Size: 54x41x13cm (21x16x5") SP14221

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

161


Back Care and Pressure Relief ʻVʼ Pillow

1

Supremely comfortable and provides excellent shoulder and neck support whilst relaxing either in bed or the chair. • Comfy fibre filling • Slipover polycotton pillowcase available • Size: 85 (span) x 60 (H) cm (33½x23½") SP14222 SP14223

ʻVʼ Pillow ʻVʼ Pillow Pillowcase

Batwing Pillow

2

Supreme comfort and stability. • Specially shaped into three sections to hold you snugly • The lumbar section gently supports your back • Side sections give fantastic lateral support • Use in bed or your favourite chair • Comfy fibre filling • Slipover polycotton pillowcase available • Size: 78 (span) x 70 (H) cm (30¾x27½") SP14213 SP14214

Batwing Pillow Batwing Pillowcase

Wave Pillow

3

Designed to support the neck and ease tension. • Profiled foam allows air to circulate and offers comfort and relief • Fitted polyester case • Size: 54x41x13cm (21x16x5") SP14326

4 Neck-Eze Pillow This is a very handy item for almost everyone. • Inflatable pillow that fits around your neck and cradles your head while relaxing in the bath, riding in a car, lying on the beach or sitting in your easy chair • Great for long plane trips where you must try to sleep in a seated position • Does a good job of supporting a sore neck as well as helping to prevent getting one • Velvet like outside surface PR20089

Wayfarer Travel Pillow

5

No more ʻcrick in the neckʼ when you reach your destination. • Doubles as a lumbar roll for easy transportation • Comfy fibre filling • Size: 30x15cm Dia (12x6") SP14051

162

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Pillows


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Support Belts and Braces Supports and Braces

Our range of supports have been used in clinical practice for many years, providing gentle and flexible support whilst stabilising the hips, pelvis and spine helping you stay safe and banishing pain. All Harley Supports are covered with a 12 month guarantee.

Power Plus Support Belt

1

The Harley Power Plus Support Belt provides compressive support and stability to the mid and lower back. As a heavy duty support belt it is ideal for those heavy jobs or those individuals whose work involves strenuous, manual handling tasks. Supplied with removable protection pad and additional side pulls for even more support. 21cm at the back reducing to 15cm at the front. Code SP24032 SP24046 SP24047 SP24048

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Waist 56-69cm (22-27") 71-84cm (28-33") 86-99cm (34-39") 102-114cm (40-45")

Gentle Forme Support Belt

2

The Harley Gentle Forme Support Belt provides gentle and flexible support and protection, whilst stabilising the hips, pelvis and spine. It始s discreet slimline design provides effective compressive support and features a removable protection pad. Helps with Lumbago and sports injuries. 20cm at the back reducing to 13cm at the front. Code SP24031 SP24043 SP24044 SP24045

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Waist 56-69cm (22-27") 71-84cm (28-33") 86-99cm (34-39") 102-114cm (40-45")

Universal Support Belt

3

The Harley Universal Support Belt is ideal for central and lower back pain. It is designed to help stabilise the hips and pelvis through compression, but without restriction of movement. It is suitable for people with a manual occupation or who enjoy an active life. The detachable side pulls provide additional support. Assists with Lumbago and sports injuries. 16cm wide. Code SP24106 SP24114 SP24117 SP24120

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Waist 56-69cm (22-27") 71-84cm (28-33") 86-99cm (34-39") 102-114cm (40-45")

Sacroiliac Support Belt

4

The Harley Sacroiliac Belt is ideal for most hip and low back pain, pelvis instability and sacroiliac syndrome. This support helps stabilise the sacrum, whilst adding pelvic support and re-establishing the joints natural movements. The side pulls provide additional support. Code SP24249 SP24273 SP24274 SP24275

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Hip (7" below waist) 76-86cm (30-34") 89-102cm (35-40") 104-117cm (41-46") 120-132cm (47-52")

Correcting Shoulder Support

5

Sitting at a computer, driving, reading, working in the same position repeatedly, are just a few of the reasons why we develop bad posture. Using the Harley Correcting Shoulder Support is a great way to help retrain or correct your posture. It adds more support whilst protecting the body from further injury. Corrects round shoulders. Front fastening for easy use. Code SP24108 SP24156 SP24157 SP24158

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Chest (measure under bust) 76-86cm (30-34") 89-102cm (35-40") 104-117cm (41-46") 120-132cm (47-52")

ALL SUPPORTS FITTED WITH TOUCH CLOSE FASTENINGS AND ARE MANUFACTURED USING ELASTIC

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

163


Back Care and Pressure Relief ✓

Designer Back Support

1

Back Supports

FOAM

Gently sculptured to hold the lumbar spine in the correct position.

2

• Shaped sides offer gentle lateral support and optimum comfort

1

• Individually moulded from visco elastic memory foam • Offers gentle support as it conforms to your shape • Unrivalled comfort and stability • Size: 40x38cm (16x15") SP24078

Original Back Support

2

Moulded to the same ergonomic shape as the Designer Back Support. • Cold cast polyurethane foam makes this ideal for those who prefer a firmer support • Size: 40x38cm (16x15") SP24005

Designer Spine Support

3

✓ FOAM

Perfect on an upright type seating appliance. • A base of polyurethane foam bonded to a topping of pressure relieving visco elastic memory foam • Provides maximum comfort as it adjusts to the natural curve of the spine • Size: 38x41cm (15x16") SP24024

Designer Winged Support

4

✓ FOAM

Visco elastic memory foam to the face provides ultimate comfort and pressure relief. • Improved integrated lateral support and stability • Incredibly comfortable • Ideal in an office chair or one with a flat back • Size: 32x15cm (12½x6") SP24292

Winged Support

5

Integrated lateral support. • Medium density polyurethane foam, encourages a stable, balanced seating support • Ideal in an office chair or one with a flat back • Size: 32x15cm (12½x6") SP24011

✓ FOAM

164

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

All supports are supplied and fitted with a removable, zipped, luxury velour cover and have an elasticated, buckled fixing strap.

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Back Supports

Lumbar Rolls A Lumbar Roll for every seat. • ʻDʼ type rolls are ideal on a flat backed seat, perhaps a car or office chair

4

1

• Circular rolls are more suited to a padded or lounge type seat • Ideal for use in the home, office or car

2

• Easily portable - take yours with you wherever you go • Size: All rolls 28cm (11") long

1 2 3 4

3

ʻDʼ Roll - 5"

SP24007

ʻDʼ Roll - 4"

SP24016

Circular - 5"

SP24008

Circular - 4"

SP24001

Designer Super ʻDʼ Roll

5

✓ FOAM

Memory foam allows movement and variation ensuring even greater comfort and relief. • Supremely comfortable • Ideal on any ʼflat backʼ chair • Size: 30x13x6cm (12x5x2¼") SP24082

Designer Car/Low Back Support

6 7

✓ FOAM

Super slim moulded product giving gentle lumbar support. • Ideal in the car or in an office chair

6

• Moulded visco elastic foam for comfort and relief • Size: 30x21cm (12x8¼") SP24081

Original Car/Low Back Support

7

Moulded to the same ergonomic shape as the Designer Car/Low Back Support. • Cold cast polyurethane foam makes this ideal for those who prefer a firmer support • Size: 30 x 21cm (12x8¼") SP24018

All lumbar rolls and back supports are supplied and fitted with a removable, zipped, luxury velour cover and have an elasticated, buckled fixing strap.

Back Soother Cushion

8

Literally wraps round and supports the back. • Cosy fibre filling ensures comfort and support • Ideal in the home or office • Also fantastic in a wheelchair or on a scooter • Faux sheepskin and tartan cover as standard • Size: 51x27cm (20x10½") SP44085

✓ FOAM

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

165


Back Care and Pressure Relief 1 Heated Back and Seat Massager Sooth away aches and pains with this heated seat cover. • Five massage motors (pulse, tapping, rolling, auto and kneading) relieve weary muscles • Hand held remote controller with 4 levels of intensity • Penetrating heat to lumbar area • Timer function (15, 30, 60 minutes) • Mains operated from adapter supplied and 12v car adapter included. PR61443

Head and Back Support

2

A fantastic dual purpose product • Gentle and effective support for your neck or back • Ideal in a variety of seating situations • A special counter balanced strap enables the support to be adjusted to the required height of use • Made from quality polyurethane foam, contoured to relieve those aches and pains to the neck and back • Removable, zipped, velour cover - other options available • Size: 30x18cm (12x7") SP94074

Thoracic Back Support With Laterals

3

This versatile product assists in the prevention of incorrect spinal alignment stabilising the trunk to maintain a mid-line position. • Simple to adjust lateral supports using multi-way touch close fastening • Integral rigid plate with soft polyurethane foam topping • Fits most chairs and wheelchairs • Easily fitted using two elasticated buckled straps • Removable, multi-stretch, waterproof cover • Size: 43x43cm (17x17") Lateral Supports 20cm (8") Customised Sizes Available On Request SP24352

166

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Back Supports


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Seating Wedges Seating Wedge Range Choice and compatibility - weʼll help find the right one for you. Sitting for long periods of time on an unsuitable chair will almost inevitably result in low back pain due to poor postural alignment. Our Harley Wedges will provide a pelvic tilt ensuring the hips are higher than the knees and taking the strain away from the low back. All Wedges are fitted with a removable, zipped, luxury velour cover and have an optional coccyx cut out. All wedges available with a buckled fixing strap if required.

Designer Coccyx Wedge

1

✓ FOAM

Designer Wedge

2 2

✓ FOAM

An ideal 8º angle ensures the natural ʻSʼ shape of the spine is maintained. • A base of high resilient foam bonded to a topping of visco elastic memory foam

1

• Even weight distribution • Supremely comfortable • Available with optional coccyx cut out and/or fixing strap • Size: 36x36x8cm (14x14x3") SP24083 SP24023 SP24083/S SP24023/S

Designer Designer Designer Designer

Wedge Coccyx Wedge Wedge with Strap Coccyx Wedge with Strap

11º Wedge

3

Tilts the pelvis to the optimum 11° keeping the spine in its natural position. • Significantly decreases pain in the lower back and legs • Available with optional coccyx cut out and/or fixing strap • Size: 36x36x10cm (14x14x4") SP24015 SP24050 SP24015/S SP24050/S

4

11º 11º 11º 11º

Wedge Coccyx Wedge Wedge with Strap Coccyx Wedge with Strap

Slimline Wedge/Car Seat Leveller Ideal in the car where headroom is at a premium. • Fantastic when the need is felt for just a little added support to ease muscle tension in the lumbar region • Available with optional coccyx cut out and/or fixing strap • Size: 36x36x5cm (14x14x2")

SP24010 SP24052 SP24010/S SP24052/S

Slimline Slimline Slimline Slimline

Wedge Coccyx Wedge Wedge with Strap Coccyx Wedge with Strap

COCCYX RELIEF CUT OUT Each wedge can be supplied with the coccyx relief cut out for comfort where sensitive areas need to be isolated from the corrected seating posture.

✓ FOAM

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

167


Back Care and Pressure Relief Designer Pressure Relieving Mattress

1

Mattresses

✓ FOAM

Made from a full 7cm of visco elastic memory foam, first developed by NASA for space missions, fused to an 8cm base of high grade polyurethane foam. This superior mattress is edged with firm foam which offers greater security and makes for easier nursing. • • • •

Temperature reactive visco elastic memory foam Recognises shape and pressure and adjusts accordingly Suitable for both standard and profiling beds Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Suitable for patients up to high risk* Quilted Cover SP34040 SP34041 SP34042 SP34335

Dartex Cover SP34040/DAR SP34041/DAR SP34042/DAR SP34335/DAR

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Designer Memory Foam Mattress

2

Complete comfort, relaxation and pressure relief

HIGH

RISK

✓ FOAM

• Temperature reactive visco elastic memory foam • Suitable for both profiling and standard beds • Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Suitable for patients up to high risk* Quilted Cover SP34381 SP34382 SP34383 SP34384

Dartex Cover SP34381/DAR SP34382/DAR SP34383/DAR SP34384/DAR

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Designer Visco-Tex Mattress

3

HIGH

RISK

A base of 8cm high density polyurethane foam fused with a FOAM 7cm topping of geometrically profiled nodular visco elastic memory foam creates the pefect mattress to combat the problems associated with bed care and pressure relief • Nodular upper surface of temperature reactive memory foam allows the userʼs skin to remain cool as the air is allowed to circulate • Designed to alleviate pain and reduce the risk of damage to endangered areas of the body • Suitable for both profiling and standard beds • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • Suitable for patients up to high risk* Quilted Cover SP35897 SP35898 SP35899 SP35900

Dartex Cover SP35897/DAR SP35898/DAR SP35899/DAR SP35900/DAR

Single Double King Super King

HIGH

RISK

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Pressure-Tex Mattress

4

100% polyurethane foam geometrically shaped into a unique nodular design allows each section to operate independently allowing maximum weight distribution. • Nodular construction ensures excellent recovery and optimum comfort • Suitable for both profiling and standard beds • Air circulates freely keeping skin cool and free from pressure areas • Supplied with a zipped, quilted polyester or Dartex, multi-stretch waterproof / VP cover • All mattresses are 15cm (6") deep • Suitable for patients in medium / high risk catagories* Quilted Cover SP34109 SP34110 SP34111 SP34341

Dartex Cover SP34109/DAR SP34110/DAR SP34111/DAR SP34341/DAR

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

MEDIUM

RISK

Customised sizes possible for all Mattresses

✓ FOAM

168

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Mattress Protection

1 Premium Mattress Protector

2 Zipped Mattress Protector

Every mattress needs a Protect-A-Bed Mattress Protector. Every night the human body loses at least a pint of body fluids through the skin pores and mouth, as well as millions of skin flakes. Unprotected mattresses create the perfect breeding ground for bacteria and dust mites ( a major cause of asthma, eczema and rhinitis). Dust mite barrier and allergy protection Absorbent, air vapour porous and waterproof Repels liquids like urine and sweat Terry cotton surface Cool and comfortable to sleep on

Description Bunk Single Single Adjustable Double King Super King Underpad Draw Sheet Pillow Protector (2 per pack)

Size 75 x 190cm 90 x 190cm 90 x 200cm 135 x 190cm 150 x 200cm 180 x 200cm 120 x 120cm 50 x 57cm

• Bed bug and dust mite infestations are serious problems that can irritate a variety of health concerns including asthma, eczema and allergies • Because treatments cannot reach the core of an already infected mattress, they usually need to be disposed of - but no longer! • AllerZip® protects your mattress investment, and most importantly, your health • This protector is also waterproof and will protect your mattress from any liquid spills • Encases your mattress completely • Available in different sizes Product Code PR52182 PR52183 PR52184 PR52185 PR52186 PR52187 PR52188

Description

Size

Skirt

Small Single mattress protector Single mattress protector Small Double mattress protector Double mattress protector King mattress protector Super King mattress protector Pillow Protector 2 per Blister Pack

75 x 190cm 90 x 190cm 120 x 190cm 135 x 190cm 150 x 200cm 180 x 200cm 50 x 75cm

18cm 18cm 25cm 25cm 25cm 25cm

3 PABTender Touch

O

R

SENSIT

IV

E

F

Tender Touch featuring Tencel has been designed especially for sensitive skin and is the ultimate luxury sleep experience – smoother and more absorbent than cotton, stronger than polyester and as soft as silk.

SK

L

IN

S

EN

I

N

Code PR52170 PR52171 PR52171/A PR52172 PR52173 PR52174 PR52178 PR52175

IDEA

• • • • •

An AllerZip® mattress protector provides an effective barrier to infestation.

SITIVE SK

Tencel works by drawing moisture away from the surface of the skin into the inside of the fibre and then releasing it back into the atmosphere. This creates a clean, cool, hygienic and fresh sleep surface which is particularly suited for use with memory foam. PR52260 PR52261 PR52262 PR52263 PR52264

PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch PAB Tender Touch

-

Single Double King Super King Pillow Protector

4 Waterproof Bedding Excellent value, durable waterproof bedding protection. • Easy to care for, simply wash or wipe down with disinfectant solution • Fabric contains a bacteriostat/fungistat to prevent the growth of germs • Flame retardant for added safety PR52161 PR52162 PR52163 PR52164

Mattress Protector Mattress Protector Duvet Protector Pillowcase Protector

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

Single 914x1905x228mm Double 1905x1371x228mm Single 2032x1371mm Pillow 736x480mm

169


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Mattress Toppers

Mattress Toppers for Comfort and Pressure Relief Mattress Toppers are designed to be used on top of an existing mattress. Support for the body is essential if sleep is to give complete relaxation. There must be no pressure points or distortion otherwise tension and strains prevent restful sleep during the night. This results in a poor start to the day ahead, a problem all too familiar for those who have a ʻfirm and uncomfortableʼ bed.

Memory Foam Mattress Topper

1

• Designed to be used on top of an existing mattress

✓ FOAM

• Aches, pains and joint stiffness alleviated • Moulds to the individualʼs body providing even pressure distribution • 100% top quality, high grade, visco elastic memory foam HIGH

RISK

• All memory foam toppers are 4cm deep • Available with a zipped, Harley velour cover or foam only • Dartex, multi stretch waterproof/VP cover available • Suitable for patients in medium / high risk catagories*

Dartex Cover SP34355/DAR SP34356/DAR SP34357/DAR SP34358/DAR

Fleece Cover Foam Only Size SP34355/COV SP34355 Single 91x190 cm SP34356/COV SP34356 Double 137x190 cm SP34357/COV SP34357 King 152x198 cm SP34358/COV SP34358 Super King 183x198 cm

Pressure-Tex Mattress Topper

2

• An ideal ʻtopperʼ if the bed is too hard and general fatigue and back pain are a problem • Nodular construction and high grade UPV foam ensure excellent recovery and optimum comfort • Air circulates freely keeping skin cool and free from pressure areas • Available with a zipped, Harley velour cover as standard • Dartex, multi stretch waterproof/VP cover also available • All Pressure-Tex toppers are 6cm deep • Suitable for patients in low / medium risk categories*

Fleece Cover Dartex Cover SP34061 SP34061/DAR SP34062 SP34062/DAR SP34075 SP34075/DAR SP34339 SP34339/DAR

Single Double King Super King

MEDIUM

RISK

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

Ripple Mattress Topper

3

• Nodular foam encourages comfort and support • Unique foam construction allows air to circulate • Lays on top of an existing mattress • Available with a zipped, Harley velour cover or foam only • All Ripple toppers are 4cm deep • Customised sizes available on request • Suitable for patients in low risk catagory* Fleece Cover SP34474/COV SP34475/COV SP34476/COV SP34713/COV

Foam Only SP34474 SP34475 SP34476 SP34713

Single Double King Super King

Size 91x190 cm 137x190 cm 152x198 cm 183x198 cm

LOW

RISK

Customised sizes possible for all Mattresses Toppers *With appropriate medical and nursing care

✓ FOAM

170

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Bed Care

Bed Relaxer*

1

Support and comfort whilst sitting or sleeping in bed. • Can be used in two ways either upright to allow easy reading • For those who find it uncomfortable to sleep lying flat, perhaps due to hiatus hernia or respiratory conditions - just turn it around and place under a normal pillow • Washable polyester Harley velour cover • Size: 46x56x19>3cm (18x22x7½>1¼") SP14027 SP14099 SP14027/P SP14027/B SP14099/P SP14099/B

*Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

Bed Relaxer (White) Spare Cover (White) Bed Relaxer (Pink) Bed Relaxer (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

Leg Raiser*

2

Made to an ergonomically beneficial angle. • Designed to support the back of the knee and heel whilst allowing the calf to relax • Takes pressure from the lower back and stimulates circulation • Back pain is relieved and symptoms of oedema, varicose veins and fatigue are greatly eased • Washable polyester Harley velour cover • Size: 46x63x17x12cm (18x25x6¾x4¾")

*Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

SP14028 SP14125 SP14028/P SP14028/B SP14125/P SP14125/B

Leg Raiser (White) Spare Cover (White) Leg Raiser (Pink) Leg Raiser (Blue Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

Mattress Tilter*

3

A really versatile simple product. • Placed under an existing mattress to give a 5" tilt • Place at the foot of the bed to relieve symptoms of oedema, varicose veins, low back pain and general fatigue • Use at the head of the bed to alleviate hiatus hernia and respiratory difficulties • Washable polyester Harley velour cover • Size: 46x63x13 >2cm (18x25x5>1") SP14030 SP14098 SP14030/P SP14030/B SP14098/P SP14098/B

Mattress Tilter (White) Spare Cover (White) Mattress Tilter (Pink) Mattress Tilter (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

*Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

Neck Roll

4

Convert a traditional pillow into an ʻorthopaedic pillowʼ quickly and economically. Simply place the roll inside the pillowcase to support the neck allowing the head to rest on the pillow. Encourages a relaxed and natural alignment of the spine. Supplied with removable, washable, Harley velour cover. Available in two densities; standard and firm. Size: 51cm (L) x 9cm (Dia) (20 x 3.5") SP16088

Standard

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

171


Back Care and Pressure Relief

love your back…

Knee Supports A must for those with hip problems. • Over stretched muscles, ligaments and tendons often mean aches and pains during the night and in the morning • Takes pressure away from the low back and hips allowing the spine to assume its natural ʻSʼ shape

Designer Knee Support*

1

Bed Care

See our full range on our revamped website…

www.spinalproducts.co.uk

✓ FOAM

Visco Elastic Memory foam is used for gentle support. • Touch-close fastening • Washable polyester Harley velour cover • Size: 26x26cm (10¼x10¼") SP14250 SP14126 SP14250/P SP14250/B SP14126/P SP14126/B

Designer Knee Support (White) Spare Cover (White) Designer Knee Support (Pink) Designer Knee Support (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

Original Knee Support*

2

Made from polyurethane foam for maximum control. • Touch-close fastening • Washable polyester Harley velour cover • Size: 26x26cm (10¼x10¼") SP14029 SP14126 SP14029/P SP14029/B SP14126/P SP14126/B

* Choice of cover - supplied in white/cream unless otherwise requested.

Original Knee Support (White) Spare Cover (White) Original Knee Support (Pink) Original Knee Support (Blue) Spare Cover (Pink) Spare Cover (Blue)

3 Bed Fleece • • • •

100% Pure New Wool (Washable) Absorbs perspiration preventing damage to the skin Allows the skin to breath more effectively Gentle touch that prevents friction burns

PR20139 PR20140

Double Bed Single Bed

152x68.5cm (60x27") 76x68.5cm (30x27")

4 Bed Socks • These protect your feet from the cold but do not apply pressure or restrict circulation • They can be worn in bed or just for lounging • Made from synthetic fleece • Supplied in pairs. • Wash by hand. Do not tumble dry PR55033/M PR55033/L

172

Medium (Size 4-6) Large (Size 7-11)

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Comfort Cushions

2-Way Sculptured Support Cushion

1

Two different user ways to give maximum choice. • Nodular foam on one side or if you prefer a flat cushion, just flip it over for the 2-way option • Designed to give cushioned comfort to the whole seating area • Special cut out allows the tail bone to virtually ʻfloat in mid airʼ ensuring ultimate comfort and relief • Tartan cover (as standard) - other options available • Size: Seat 40x36x5cm (16x14x2") Back 40x36x5cm (16x14x2") SP44175

2 Neck Cushion and Massager This comfortable neck pillow is filled with micro-foam beads. It relaxes the neck area and the vibration ensures a soothing massage. PR61409

Comfort Ease Cushion

3

This attractive cushion is ideal for a variety of situations as it is lightweight, comfortable and easily transportable. • Durable, medium density polyurethane foam • Discreet tail bone cut out for optimum comfort • Carry handle and comfy topping with water repellent fabric base makes this ideal for outings • Tartan cover (as standard) - other options available • Size: 43x43x5cm (17x17x2") SP44346

De-Luxe Full Chair Insert

4

Superbly shaped for support and elegant in use. • • • • •

Handy pockets - ideal for remote control, newspapers etc Covers seat, back and arm rests Shaped foam offers optimum comfort Faux suede cover (as standard) - other options available Size: Seat 43x43cm (17x17") Back 43x56cm (17x22") Arms 25x64cm (10x25")

SP44354

Brown Cover

SP44354/BLA

Black Cover

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

173


Back Care and Pressure Relief 1 Handy Bar

Travel and Mobility 2 Swivel Cushion

The user can get in and out of their vehicle easily and comfortably with this strong simple device. The Handy Bar, with its soft grip, non-slip handle for extra comfort and super strong forged steel shaft, creates a safe, solid support handle where it is needed. The Handy Bar fits the majority of vehicles with the “U” shaped striker. The Handy Bar also incorporates a Seat Belt Cutter and Glass Breaker to help leave a vehicle quickly and easily in the event of an accident The Handybar® inserts into the U-shaped striker plate on your vehicle door frame. The U-shaped striker plate is one of the strongest parts of the vehicle and is designed to keep your vehicle door closed in the event of a side-impact collision. There is a striker on each of the vehicleʼs door pillars allowing the Handybar® to be used on both driver and passenger side-doors. • Security • Independence • Mobility • Confidence • Injury Prevention • Emergency Escape • Universal Fit • Convenient Size and Weight • Non Slip Handle • Patented, Engineered Design

• A soft, padded, flexible turning disc ideal for use on car seats, chairs and beds • This transfer seat allows a smooth swivel transfer without painful jarring or twisting. Max user weight

18 st

120 kg

PR41021

PR40013 Max user weight

25 st

158 kg

3 Travel John

4 Lap Desk

• This discreet, portable and disposable urinal is ideal for situations when toilet facilities are limited

Ideal for meetings, when travelling or in the home, our lightweight professional Lap Desk is your perfect portable partner.

• Suitable for men, women and children.

• The cushioned base readily moulds to your lap, creating a stable workstation, whilst the wipe clean leatherette top provides a hard and durable working surface • Ideal for use with laptop computer • Carry handle for easy transportation • Size: 40x39cm (16x15¾")

• 3 per pack

SP94248

• The Travel John will hold up to 800ml (28 fl.oz), and turns the liquid into gel

• Size: 14x12x5cm (5¼x4¾x2") PR52160

5 Seat Belt Reacher • A convenient handle for pulling your car seat belt • An ideal product for those people with arthritis, shoulder pain or limited mobility or just struggle to reach around and grab their seat belt • Attaches easily to your existing seat belt with no tools required. PR40015

174

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Travel and Mobility

Designer Travel Pillow

1

love your back…

✓ FOAM

Moulded visco elastic foam adapts to your shape. • • • •

See our full range on our revamped website…

www.spinalproducts.co.uk

Fitted inner, zipped fleece outer and zipped travel bag Doubles as a Lumbar Roll Additional covers available Size: 30x32x10cm (12x12¼x4")

SP14080 SP14136

Designer Travel Pillow Spare Pillowcase

Original Travel Pillow

2

Moulded from cold cast polyurethane foam. • • • • •

Offers added support Fitted inner, zipped fleece outer and zipped travel bag Doubles as a Lumbar Roll Additional covers available Size: 30x32x10cm (12x12¼x4")

SP14079 SP14136

3

Original Travel Pillow Spare Pillowcase

Designer Car Support

3

✓ FOAM

Visco elastic memory foam moulds as you move. • Fitted with elasticated, buckled fixing strap • Size: 30x21cm (12x8¼") SP24081

Original Car Support

4

Moulded cold cast polyurethane foam for added support. • Fitted with elasticated, buckled fixing strap • Size: 30x21cm (12x8¼") SP24018

4 Slimline Wedge/Car Seat Leveller

5

Levels the seat and lets you adopt a comfortable driving position. • • • • •

Ideal in the car where headroom is at a premium Eases muscle tension in the lumbar region Fitted with luxury velour cover Optional Coccyx cut out and/or fixing strap Size: 36x36x5cm (14x14x2") SP24010 SP24052 SP24010/S SP24052/S

Slimline Slimline Slimline Slimline

Wedge Coccyx Wedge Wedge With Strap Coccyx Wedge With Strap

Lumbar Rolls

6

ʻDʼ shaped lumbar rolls have been a firm favourite for many years as they are ideal on most car and travel associated seats. • • • •

7 6 7

5" ʼDʼ shape is ideal for most people 4" ʻDʼ shaped suits the smaller frame Fitted with elasticated, buckled fixing strap All rolls are 28cm (11") long

5" ʻDʼ Roll

SP24007

4" ʻDʼ Roll

SP24016

✓ FOAM

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

175


Back Care and Pressure Relief ✓

Full Body Protector and Face Saver

1

Patient Positioning

FOAM

Treating the larger or pregnant patient in the past has been challenging - until now! • Use with infill in place for those requiring comfort around the bosom • For larger or pregnant ladies remove the infill • Adjusts with touch close fastening • Supplied with its own Face Saver complete with memory foam topping for optimum comfort • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover SP54262

Breast Protector

2

A must for every practice. • Manufactured to an ergonomic design which will ensure comfort and stability for the female patient • Contoured for comfort and designed to be used in conjunction with the Harley or Designer Face Saver • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover SP54197

Face Savers Many patients find lying in the prone position both uncomfortable and claustrophobic...until now. Just place over the breathing hole, allow the patient to lay with the forehead and cheeks on the Saver and they will relax and breathe more easily.

Designer Face Saver

3

FOAM

Visco elastic memory foam ensures the neck is never placed into extension. • A joy for patients to relax on • Supplied with wipe clean waterproof cover and removable spare fleece cover • Size: 31 dia x 8cm (12x3") SP54088 Designer Face Saver SP54139/FLE Spare Fleece Cover SP54139/DAR Spare Waterproof Cover

Face Saver

4

This neat little product is made from soft, comfortable polyurethane foam. • Supplied with wipe clean waterproof cover and removable spare fleece cover • Size: 26 dia x 6cm (10x2¼") SP54054 Face Saver SP54055/FLE Spare Fleece Cover SP54055/DAR Spare Waterproof Cover

Positioning Aids

5

Designed by experts to give a high degree of versatility for patient positioning and exercise therapy.

SP54202 SP54014

• Supplied with wipe clean / waterproof covers

SP54198

SP54203

SP54204

SP54202 SP54203 SP54014 SP54204 SP54145 SP54201 SP54200 SP54198 SP54199 SP54147

✓ FOAM

176

Jumbo Roll Large Roll Small Roll Large ʻDʼ Shape Roll Small ʻDʼ Shape Roll Large Half Barrel Small Half Barrel Large Wedge Cube Small Rectangle

25x60cm 15x60cm 13x44cm 15x60x7.5cm 13x44x7.5cm 38x43x10cm 38x43x8cm 60x50x33cm 15x15x10cm 18x24x2.5cm

SP54201

SP54199

SP54147

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

SP54145

SP54200


Back Care and Pressure Relief

Rehabilitation Aids

Designer Leg Trough

1

FOAM

A base of polyurethane foam is lined with visco elastic memory foam making this a supremely comfortable yet supportive product. • Ideal for use whenever the danger of a pressure area exists • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover • Size: 61cm long (21") SP54133

Leg Trough

2

Constructed from polyurethane foam. • Designed to be used where tissue viability is not compromised • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover • Size: 61cm long (21") SP54134

ʻTʼ Roll

3

Ideal for lower extremity positioning. • Designed to stabilise position and support hip abduction • Manufactured from high grade polyurethane foam for optimum support • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover • Size: 68(w)x42(h)cm (26¾x16½") SP54251

Abduction Wedge

4

Designed to offer hip extension and abduction. • Manufactured from high grade polyurethane foam for optimum support • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover • Size: 55(l)x15(h)x49 (w)>10(w)cm (21¾x6x19¼>4") SP54148

Luxury Commode Comfort Cushion

5

When the need is felt for added comfort and pressure relief this fabulous product is an absolute boon. • A generous 4" height is ideal for those with arthritic conditions when getting up is difficult • Luxury cushion using high grade foam • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover • Size: 51x51x10cm (20x20x4") SP44359

Luxury Padded Toilet Seat Raiser

6

If arthritic conditions or pressure problems make it difficult to negotiate the toilet then this luxury seat raiser could be the answer. • Top quality, high grade foam with soft waterproof cover makes this ideal for those requiring pressure relief and added comfort • Simple to use hook and loop attachment • Fits most toilet seats • Multi stretch waterproof / VP cover - zipped and removable for easy laundering • Size: 41 dia x 10cm (16x4") SP44363

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

177


Back Care and Pressure Relief Designer Ring Cushion

1

Ring Cushions

✓ FOAM

Moulded visco elastic memory foam has revolutionised this concept offering increased comfort and pressure relief. • The Designer Ring allows the user to sit for longer periods as visco elastic foam conforms to the body and literally ʻmoulds as you moveʼ • Reduces interface pressure on the body • Superbly comfortable and pressure relieving • Fitted inner cover • Outer cover available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

High Risk* 44cm diameter x 10cm (17¼x4") 900gms 120kg

HIGH

RISK

SP44233 Designer Ring Cushion SP44266 Ring Cushion Cover (Black Towelling) SP44266/TAR Ring Cushion Cover (Tartan)

Original Ring Cushion

2

Constructed from moulded polyurethane foam. • • • • •

Contoured profile provides ultimate comfort and relief Provides relief to endangered areas when sitting for longer periods Lightweight and easy to transport Fitted inner cover Outer cover available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight Max User Weight

Medium Risk* 44cm diameter x 8cm (17¼x3") 565gms 140kg MEDIUM

RISK

SP44837 Original Ring Cushion SP44266 Ring Cushion Cover (Black Towelling) SP44266/TAR Ring Cushion Cover (Tartan)

Nodular Ring Cushion

3

Post operative trauma and haemorrhoids are just two of the conditions that can make sitting a painful experience. • • • •

Nodular shaped polyurethane foam allows air to circulate freely Takes pressure away from endangered areas Complete with its own discreet cover Tartan cover (as standard) - other options available Risk Category Cushion Size Cushion Weight

Low Risk* 41cm diameter x 7cm (16x2¾") 190gms LOW

SP44289 Nodular Ring Cushion SP44266 Ring Cushion Cover (Black Towelling) SP44266/TAR Ring Cushion Cover (Tartan)

RISK

4 Inflatable Rubber Ring This inflatable rubber ring can be used to prevent pressure sores or assist with their healing • Rubber ring can be wiped clean. • 41cm (16") or 46cm (18") diameters available PR20616 PR20618

41cm diameter (16") 46cm diameter (18")

LOW

RISK

✓ FOAM

178

= Visco Elastic Memory Foam Product

*With appropriate medical and nursing care

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Kinesiology Tape

180

Exercise and Massage

182

Hand Exercise

184

Exercise

185

Lifestrength Bands

186

Balance

188

Hot and Cold Therapy

190

Heat In A Click

192

Pain and Circulation

194

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Kinesiology Tape

StrengthTape STRENGTHTAPE™ Provides Stability & Support - Kinesiology tape supports muscles, joints, and tendons. Ion Health Technology Infused With Negative Ions For Increased Energy & Health Benefits Easy To Apply - Comes in Pre-Cut Strips For Easy Application StrengthTape provides support and stability for muscles, joints, and tendons without limiting range of motion like a traditional brace. StrengthTape goes beyond the benefits of common athletic tape by infusing our Ion Health Technology. Studies suggest that ions may help you feel better and increase energy. Pre-Cut Rolls: 5 metre rolls

PR15550/BK

180

PR15550/LB

Mini Kits: 10" Pre-Cut Strips

PR15550/PK

PR15550/BE

PR15550/RD

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Kinesiology Tape

StrengthTape - Mini Kits Six Pre-Cut Mini-Kits Include: foot and ankle, knee, shoulder, elbow and wrist, back and neck, thigh. Ankle + Foot

Knee

Shoulder

Elbow/Wrist

Back/Neck

Muscle

PR15560

PR15561

PR15562

PR15563

PR15564

PR15565

PR15560 PR15561 PR15562 PR15563 PR15564 PR15565

StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape

PR15550/BK PR15550/LB PR15550/PK PR15550/BE PR15550/RD

-

Mini Mini Mini Mini Mini Mini

Kit Kit Kit Kit Kit Kit

- Ankle + Foot - Knee - Shoulder - Elbow/Wrist - Back/Neck - Muscle

StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Black StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Light Blue StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Pink StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Beige StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Red

StrengthTape Retail Solutions

PR15566 StrengthTape Mini Retail POS Unit - 36 Kits per Unit

PR15550/POP StrengthTape POS Unit - 12 Rolls per Unit

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

181


Exercise and Therapy

Exercise and Massage

1 Cleo Active The relaxing way to healthy legs. Cleo Active is a mains' operated home-use Bio-feedback air pressure massage system, designed to significantly boost circulation, reduce swelling, alleviate aches & pains & provide complete conditioning for your legs. It provides an effective massage treatment in just 20 minutes, ensuring blood is flowing through the body sufficiently enough to prevent problems associated with vascular inefficiency. Massaging the legs & feet by pneumatic air compression, it mimics the pumping action of exercise & gently applies & releases pressure to carry blood back up to the heart & disperse toxic build up from the lymph drainage system. If you're restricted from taking regular exercise either by time or mobility, or simply don't have the inclination, then Cleo Active can perform the essential stimulation your body needs to maintain circulatory fitness Beneficial for everyone wanting to revitalise their legs or anyone suffering from: Poor Circulation / Oedema (Fluid retention)/ Swollen Ankles & Feet / Varicose Veins & DVTs / Irritable or Restless Leg Syndrome / Restricted or Limited Mobility / Aching, Muscle Tension & Fatigue in the Legs / Leg Cramps & Leg Pain / Lactic Acid Build Up / Peripheral Vascular Discease (PVD)/ Leg Ulcers / Cold Feet & Toes Cleo Active not only invigorates your legs, it looks after your entire body, tackling the problems associated with lack of stimulation & leg activity. It can: improve circulation / Alleviate localised aches & pains / Soothe muscle fatigue, tension & cramps / Reduce swelling / Disperse toxins / Increase mobility / Encourage relaxation. With a microcomputer smart design, offering 3 strength & 2 rhythm settings. The system is pre-set to run a 20 minute treatment session & has a built in shut down timer. The leggings are open toed with a front zip fastening & are made from a lightweight, maintenance free, strong but delicate material providing maximum comfort & durability. Cleo Active is Now Available in Two Sizes! Small - Medium Fit with a velcro fastening Medium - Large Fit with a zip fastening Size Guide: SML-MED - fits up to calf size 44cm and lower leg length 39cm MED-LGE - fits calf size up to 50cm and lower leg length 42cm PR61422/SM

Small/Medium

PR61422/ML

Medium/Large

2 Over Door Exercise Pulley

PR15057

Use the Over Door Exercise Pulleys to help improve range of motion and coordination following CVA; the stronger arm pulls the affected arm up in a controlled stretching motion. Useful for slow, passive stretching. Ideal for home range of motion programs. Large handles are easy to grasp. A cuff-style weight can be added to one side for more resistance and to build muscle strength. (Weights sold separately). The 8陆始 (2.6m) rope can be adjusted easily for proper fit. Three models are available. Over Door Exercise Pulley with Extended Metal Bracket positions the pulleys 15" (38cm) away from the door to give the client more room to move. Over Door Exercise Pulley with Webbing Anchor fits snugly between the door and frame. Will not scratch surfaces. PR15057

With Extended Metal Bracket

PR15057/WA

With Webbing Anchor

3 Spiky Massage Balls These Spiky Massage Balls are designed to stimulate the blood circulation, and massage muscles and relieve tension. These robust therapeutic balls provides a multidimensional product of excellent value. They are available in 2 sizes: 8cm (3") and 10 cm (4"). Please note that you will receive 1 x 10cm ball and 2 x 8cm balls respectively. Colours may vary. PR15086/8

Spiky Massage Balls 8cm - 2 per pack

PR15086/10 Spiky Massage Balls 10cm - 1 per pack

182

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

PR15057/WA


Exercise and Therapy

Exercise and Massage 1 Exercise Band

Our Exercise Band is low-powder! Less powder means less mess when handling, on surfaces and in the air. Less powder may reduce the likelihood of allergic reactions. Use this color-coded band as part of progressive rehabilitation programs designed to improve strength and range of motion. Resistance levels are printed at 2' (.61m) intervals for easy identification and cutting. Band is sold in 6 yd. or 50 yd. (5.5 or 45m) rolls. Our Exercise Bands are available in a handy Dispenser Box of 30 individually wrapped 5' (1.5m) lengths of band. The entire line of eight boxes uses just 6½" x 41" (17 x 104cm) of counter space less than competing brands. Each individually wrapped band includes a comprehensive, illustrated instruction manual. PR15060/6/0

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 0

White

PR15060/6/1

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 1

Light Blue

PR15060/6/2

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 2

Turquoise

PR15060/6/3

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 3

Light Green

PR15060/6/4

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 4

Dark Blue

PR15060/6/5

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 5

Teal

PR15060/6/6

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 6

Dark Green

PR15060/6/7

Exercise Band - 6 yards - Level 7

Grey

2 REP Band Ideal for people with sensitivities to latex. Supported by clinical and laboratory testing, REP Bands feel and react like latex without the risk of latex allergies. Design a whole body workout using these versatile bands to improve strength, co-ordination and range of motion. Powder – free bands are free of offensive rubber odour. Available in five colour coded resistances with matching dispenser. Sold in 5.5m (6 yd.) and 45m (50 yd.) rolls.

LATEX FREE

5.5m (6yd)

Resistance

PR15207

Level 1 Peach

PR15208

Level 2 Orange

PR15209

Level 3 Green

PR15210

Level 4 Blue

PR15211

Level 5 Plum

3 Beurer MG16 Mini Massager Relax and unwind with this MG16 mini massager from Beurer. With its modern and user-friendly design, the MG16 offers an effective massage by vibrating. It even comes with three interchangeable light-up massage heads. This mini massager is ideal for relieving aches and pains in your neck, arms, legs or back. PR61408

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

183


Exercise and Therapy 1 Gel Therapy Balls Our Therapy Balls are colour coded to provide variable resistance training for hands, fingers and forearms. The balls are pleasant to touch and return back to their original shape after each squeeze. Perfect for use in the clinic or at home. Diameter = 50mm (2") PR15220/P

Pink – Extra Soft

PR15220/BL

Blue - Soft

PR15220/G

Green – Medium

PR15220/O

Orange - Firm

PR15220/BK

Black - Extra Firm

2 Hand Therapy Trainer Ideal for post-operative hand, finger and wrist rehabilitation, grip strengthening and for wrist, forearm, thumb and finger exercises. You will receive the set of 3 exercise discs (each one a different resistance) so as your rehabilitation progresses, you can move onto the next resistive disc without having to purchase another one. Colours and Strengths: • Light Resistance - Yellow • Medium Resistance - Green • Heavy Resistance - Red • Size: 24cm PR15085

3 Rainbow Hand Exerciser These colorful, spring-loaded hand exercisers are available in 10, 15, 30 and 60 lb. (4.5, 6.8, 14 and 27kg) resistances. Large plastic handles feature non-slip rubber grips for a comfortable hold. With the handles spaced just 2½" (6.4cm) apart, the exerciser can be grasped easily. Hand exercisers measure 4¾" x 27/8" x 11/8" (12 x 7.3 x 2.9cm).

Resistance PR15090/Y

Yellow – 4.5kg (10lbs)

PR15090/R

Red – 6.8kg (15lbs)

PR15090/G

Green – 14kg (30lbs)

PR15090/B

Blue – 27kg (60lbs)

4 Rainbow Putty Create individualised hand exercise programs with colourful Rainbow Putty. Ideal for developing hand-muscle strength and increasing endurance. Exercising with Rainbow Putty promotes increased range of motion, hand closure and tendon gliding. Colour coding indicates the varying resistances. Supplied in packs of 2oz (57g). Code

Colour

Weight

PR15011

Soft Yellow

57g (2oz)

PR15017

Medium-Soft Red

57g (2oz)

PR15023

Medium Green

57g (2oz)

PR15029

Firm Blue

57g (2oz)

184

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Hand Exercise


Exercise and Therapy

Exercise 1 Pedal Exerciser Economical and compact home exerciser. This exerciser helps restore muscle strength, circulation and co-ordination to the lower and upper extremities. Can be stored easily under a chair or bed. Durable steel frame, Chrome finish, non-slip tips. Measures 510 x 400 x 230mm (20 x 15.75 x 9"). PR15341

2 Pedal Exerciser with Pedometer The Folding Exercise Peddler with Electronic Display is a great tool for improving cardiovascular fitness, stimulating circulation and improving leg and arm muscle strength. This attractive pedal exerciser features a five function display that helps you track your exercise time, revolution count, revolutions per minute and total calories burned. The folding design makes it perfect for travel and easy storage. PR15342

3 Foam Rollers Foam Rollers are used in physiotherapy, pilates, yoga, fitness and rehabilitation. These excellent Foam Rollers are extremely hard wearing and ideal for home or gym use. Ideal for stretching, the Foam Roller (stability roller) can help improve stability and flexibility and is great for promoting stabilisation, core strength and balance training. PR15087/10 PR15087/15 PR15088

Foam Roller White 10cm (4") x 90cm (36") Foam Roller White 15cm (6") x 90cm (36") Foam Roller Blue 15cm (6") x 90cm (36")

4 Yoga Mat with Carry Bag This fantastic non-slip durable yoga mat has been designed for many years of use, and as an added bonus, you get the carry bag free of charge. These yoga mats have been designed to be used for Aerobics, Yoga, Pilates, and for use in Gyms and fitness clubs. Blue mat with a black carry bag. Mat size: 1730mm x 600mm x 3.5mm (68 x 24Âź") PR15089

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

185


Exercise and Therapy

Lifestrength Bands

8 COLOURS, COLOU URS, 4 SIZES, URS, SIZES, 1 AMAZIN AMAZING NG PR PRODUCT ODUCT

186

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Lifestrength Bands

Lifestrength Edge Power Bands LIFESTRENGTH™ products are worn by people in all walks of life. Some of the benefits from using LIFESTRENGTH™ products may include improvements with: energy, endurance, mental performance, deeper sleep, lower tension and stronger immune system. LIFESTRENGTH™ products emit a high level of “Anions”. Anions are also known as negative ions. Anions are naturally occurring, charged molecules that are constantly circulating in the environment around us. Anions are found abundantly in certain environments like waterfalls, beaches and forests. Anions can be absorbed through our skin or inhaled. LIFESTRENGTH™ has combined 7 specific minerals and gemstones that are charged with negative ions. These minerals are then crushed into a fine powder form, charged to a higher anion (negative ion) level, and infused into the silicone of the wristbands. Through this process, we build our ION HEALTH TECHNOLOGY™ into our wristbands. Ions help to restore your body back to its natural state. The Anions produced by LIFESTRENGTH™ bands provide positive health benefits through three major mechanisms: 1. They neutralize harmful free-radicals by giving up their extra electrons to the high-energy free-radicals helping to stabilize them and prevent them from damaging your cells. 2. They help the blood to absorb more oxygen increasing the flow of oxygen to the brain and muscles which can result in higher alertness, decreased drowsiness, more mental energy, and greater endurance. 3. They increase levels of the mood chemical serotonin, which can help to alleviate stress, boost daytime energy and provide pain relief.

Black/Grey

Pink/Grey

Blue/White

Grey/Mint

PR15501/BG/XS - Extra Small PR15501/BG/S - Small PR15501/BG/M - Medium PR15501/BG/L - Large

PR15501/PG/XS - Extra Small PR15501/PG/S - Small PR15501/PG/M - Medium PR15501/PG/L - Large

PR15501/BW/XS - Extra Small PR15501/BW/S - Small PR15501/BW/M - Medium PR15501/BW/L - Large

PR15501/GM/XS - Extra Small PR15501/GM/S - Small PR15501/GM/M - Medium PR15501/GM/L - Large

Red/Black

White/Grey

Black/Green

Turquiose/White

PR15501/RB/XS - Extra Small PR15501/RB/S - Small PR15501/RB/M - Medium PR15501/RB/L - Large

PR15501/WG/XS - Extra Small PR15501/WG/S - Small PR15501/WG/M - Medium PR15501/WG/L - Large

PR15501/BGR/XS - Extra Small PR15501/BGR/S - Small PR15501/BGR/M - Medium PR15501/BGR/L - Large

PR15501/TW/XS - Extra Small PR15501/TW/S - Small PR15501/TW/M - Medium PR15501/TW/L - Large

Lifestrength Edge Power Bands Retail Solutions

PR15500 Lifestrength Retail Point of Sale Display (30 bands)

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

187


Exercise and Therapy

Balance

Wobble Boards What Wobble Board do I require? There are various types of Wobble Boards - and they are available in different sizes with different levels of difficulties. Please view the information below so you can decide what type of board your require. The wobble board will retrain proprioception (the sense of balance) after injury, preventing further injury and ensuring a speedy return to sport. Failure to retrain balance after ankle sprains can lead to chronic weakness and recurrent sprains.

1 36cm Plastic Wobble Board Recommended for early/intermediate stages of rehabilitation (and children) It has a 14 degree angle which makes it easier to use, and is recommended for children, the older generation and anyone who is in early/intermediate stages of rehabilitation following surgery or serious injury. Made from PVC. Colour: Black with Silver Centre Presented in a colour box PR15080 Max user weight

16 st

100 kg

2 Wooden Wobble Board with PVC surface Recommended for intermediate to advance users This Balance Board has a 16 degree tilt and is recommended for intermediate to advanced user. Ideal for advanced rehabilitation and sports people and is built to last. Ideally suited for physio departments, sports/rehabilitation centres and home use. This is a top quality Wooden Wobble Board or Balance Board with an easily cleanable PVC surface that would be excellent in any physiotherapy department or anyone who requires regular use of a balance board. Available in board diameters of 40cm and 50cm. PR15081/40 40cm diameter PR15081/50 50cm diameter Max user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 50cm Wooden Wobble Board with cork surface Recommended for beginner to intermediate users This Balance Board has a 12 degree tilt and is recommended for beginner to intermediate users. It has a superior cork surface which is easily cleanable. PR15082

4 Rocker Board This is a top quality 50cm wooden rocker board with CORK surface. It would be excellent in any physiotherapy department for anyone who requires regular use of the rocker board. It has a superior cork easily cleanable surface, with a recommended maximum user weight of up to 25 stone can help retrain proprioception (the sense of balance) after injury, preventing further injury and ensuring a speedy return to sport. Failure to retrain balance after ankle sprains can lead to chronic weakness and recurrent sprains. The difference between a Rocker Board and a Wobble Board, is that a Rocker Board will only rock either forwards or backwards, or side to side (depending on how you position the board) The use of a rocker board is useful adjunct to posture improvement and abdominal and trunk strengthening, along with increasing tone in the quadriceps, hamstrings and calf muscles. Anyone who has undergone knee surgery would benefit from proprioceptive re-education, including cartilage and ligament operations as well as anybody with arthritic joints. This Rocker Board has a 12 degree tilt. PR15083

188

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Balance 1 Balance Bubble

Vinyl cushion improves posture, stability and balance in older adults, rehabilitation of lower extremities and for athletic training. Surface is smooth on one side, while the other side has rounded points for tactile stimulation. The Balance Bubble can be used to improve sensorimotor skills, core strength and stability, ankle flexibility and range of motion. Provides balance and proprioception training. Balance Bubble measures 14" (36cm) in diameter. Supports up to 1000 lbs. (454kg). Latex free. Colours may vary. Supplied individually PR15066

2 Balance Pods Arrange these balance training tools in patterns on the floor, then move from pod to pod. Place flat side down for less challenge or rounded side down for greater challenge. Rounded knobs provide tactile input for sensorimotor training. Each Balance Pod measures 5" in diameter x 3" high (13cm x 7.6cm). Colours may vary. PR15065

Each Pod

3 Ankle Arc Plus This comprehensive rehabilitation device can be taken home for exercise follow-up. Ankle Arc plus is made of durable, cross-linked polyethylene foam for long-lasting use. Ideal for all stages of ankle, knee and shoulder rehabilitation, for sprains, ACL reconstruction, total hip replacement and scapular dyskinesis. Helps improve range of motion, strength, balance, core stabilisation and proprioceptive awareness. Exercises may be performed while supine, seated, or standing. Unique shape allows training in a triplanar motion so that the foot can accommodate even and uneven surfaces more easily, essential for return to full functional activities. Provides an excellent closed-chain regimen. Includes an easy-to-follow exercise sheet that allows the therapist to customise each patientʼs home exercise program. Flat side measures 13½" (34cm) long. PR15063/L

For People Under 79kg (12½ Stone)

PR15063/H

For People Over 79kg (12½ Stone)

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

189


Exercise and Therapy

Hot and Cold Therapy

1 Hand Warmers Portable heat in the palm of your hand! Air-activated Grabber Hand Warmers keep hands and fingers toasty for over 7 hours. No shaking or kneading required; just open the package and put the “Original” Warmers in your glove or pocket for a few minutes to start the process. Hand Warmers are widely used as portable, long-lasting heat therapy. If you suffer from cold, sore hands and fingers as a result of Arthritis, Raynaudʼs, Lupus, Scleroderma, or just poor circulation. Hand Warmers are disposable and there are 2 per pack. PR15170

Pack of 2

2 Physicool Physicool is a new, unique stretchy reusable bandage that combines cooling with support and compression and works by drawing heat out through rapid evaporation, as opposed to most other products that work by driving cold in. Physicool gives instant treatment for inflammation and bruising of muscles, tendons and ligaments combined with a long lasting cooling effect even after the bandage has been removed. Reusable cooling bandage. No need for refrigeration. Quickly reduces swelling and pain. Easy to apply, even one handed. Helps speed up the healing process. Bandage A suitable for wrists, knees and ankles.

PR15180 PR15181 PR15182 PR15183 PR15184

Physicool A Small - 10cm x 2m Physicool B Large - 12cm x 3m Physicool Coolant Spray - 500ml Physicool Combi Pack - 10cm x 2m bandage + 150ml Coolant Physicool Cooling Mist

3 Hot and Cold Finger Therapy Brace

4 Tru-Ice™ Ice Massager

• Designed to help relieve finger pain and reduce the swelling caused by sprains, jams, strains and arthritis. • Only product designed to treat the 2 stages of finger injuries: • Cold therapy 3-4 times/day reduce swelling & soreness • Protect recovering finger while immobilisation is needed • Microwaveable, Freezable and Reusable.

5 Ice Pack

• Reusable ice therapy to reduce swelling and relieve pain. • Cold therapy in 5-7 minutes, onethird the time of an ice bag. • Full therapeutic benefit of ice without the melting mess. • Great for Sprains, Strains, Arthritis, Tendonitis, and Plantar Fasciitis.

This Instant Squeeze to Freeze Ice Pack, reduces swelling, relieves headache and instantly relieves pain. To use simply locate inner liquid pouch and rupture firmly, shake up to mix contents and apply to injury. Not reusable. Size 150 x 205mm

PR15157

PR15150

PR15158

190

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Hot and Cold Therapy

1 Wheat Bag - Lavender These wheat bags are lavender scented and are ideal for cramps, headaches/migranes, aches, tension and stress. Available in two outer cover choices. Length 410mm (16"), width 135mm (5"), depth 25mm (1"). PR15095/T

Tartan

PR15095/P

Purple Fleece

2 Hot and Cold Pack Hot therapy for relief from: Muscle aches, back pain, sinusitis, menstrual cramps. Cold therapy for relief from: Toothache, swelling, fever, headaches. Microwaveable and reusable. Available in 3 sizes. PR15153/S

Small

PR15153/M

Medium

185 x 90mm (7¼x3½") 220 x 140mm (8¾x5½")

PR15153/L

Large

260 x 150mm (10¼x6")

3 Ultralieve® Pro The Ultralieve® Pro, is a Class 2a medical ultrasound device available for personal home use. The original Ultralieve® sold out within weeks of going on sale and we have invested heavily in new product development and research with leading physios and osteopaths to bring you the very latest developments in Ultrasound. Ultralieve® Pro has been designed to be used in the comfort of your own home (please note device is mains powered only). Ultralieve® Pro is: • Ergonomically designed to fit perfectly in the palm of your hand • Easy to use ʻone touchʼ controls • Mains powered with auto shut-off when the treatment has finished • Wipe clean transducer head • 1 Mhz – medical Class 2a device – as used by health professionals • Safe, drug free pain management • Includes easy to follow instruction manual with quick start up guide menu Itʼs drug free, safe and medically proven to promote healing and alleviate the pain from aches, strains and muscle tension. The Ultrasonic waves penetrate deep into the tissue to stimulate and promote healing of the muscles, tendons and ligaments. Ultralieve® can help treat conditions using ultrasound such as tendonitis, chronic pain, muscle spasms, aches/pains, bursitis, heel spurs, back ache, ligament strains, nerve root pain, sports injuries and post aid recovery. A small (80ml) Ultralieve Gel pack is included in each Ultralieve® Pro pack. Additional gel bottles are available in 250ml packs. PR61405

Ultralieve® Pro

PR61405/GEL

Ultralieve Gel 250ml

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

191


Exercise and Therapy Heat in a Click is a heat therapy action, also known as thermotherapy; it is the application of heat to the body for pain relief and health. It can be beneficial to those with arthritis, stiff muscles and injuries to the deep tissue of the skin. Heat may be an effective selfcare treatment for conditions like rheumatoid arthritis Heat in a Click pads are reusable and portable and based on a non-toxic solution called Sodium Acetate. Heat in a Click pads reach a temperature of 54°C (130°F) in a few seconds. The product is durable and non-toxic, which makes it ideal for any use. The products can be reused over 1,000ʼs of times, proving an economical heat therapy solution.

Heat In A Click To Start Using 1. Flex metal disc back and forth until you see crystals form and the pad begins to warm up. 2. Knead pad to soften.

Reusing The Pad 1. Boil a pot of water. 2. Place a cloth at the bottom of the pot. 3. Place the pad on the cloth inside the pot and continue to boil the water until all crystals are dissolved and the pad in completely clear. 4. When the pad is completely clear, (only liquid remains), take it out of the water using plastic tongs, and place it on a cloth or counter area to cool down. 5. Please notice: All crystals must be dissolved in order for the pad to be stored in its original state. If not perfectly clear, a chain reaction will begin and the pad will stay in its heated form. Carefully hold the pad against a light to make sure no crystals left. If crystals start forming while the pad is cooling, repeat steps 1, 2 and 3. 6. When the pad cools down, it is ready to be reused.

1 Circle Hand Warmer The hand warmers stay hot for approximately 30-40mins and can either be held to keep hands warm or inserted into gloves. They can also be used in pockets, socks and boots. Also ideal for sufferers of Reynaudʼs disease and arthritis. Size: 10cm diameter (4") PR15160/S Single Pack PR15160/D Double Pack

2 Glove Heat Pad The glove can be strapped to the hand and used as a massage glove or under mittens to keep hands warm. Staying hot for approximately 1hr 15mins it is popular with motorcyclists, sufferers of Reynaudʼs disease and arthritis in the hands. Colours may vary. Size: 17.5x11cm (7x4¼") PR15161

3 Back Kit Heat Pad The Back Kit pad stays hot for approximately 2½ hours and although is most commonly used for lower back pain the shape of the pad allows it to be used anywhere. The belt allows you to actually wear the pad across the lower back and continue with your day to day life. If the pad is insulated in the belt and under a jacket the heat can last for up to 4 hours. Colours may vary. Size: 40x14cm (15¾x5½") PR15162

192

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Heat In A Click

1 Neck and Shoulder Heat Pad The Neck and Shoulder pad stays hot for approximately 2½ hours and is designed to reach all of those tricky areas which a conventional heating pad does not do. It is one of larger products and is a best seller with sufferers of frozen shoulder, trapped nerve, Arthritis and tense muscles. Colours may vary. Size: 45x20cm (17¾x8") PR15163

2 Knee Kit Heat Pad The Knee strap comes with removable heat pads which sit around either side of the patella. The use of heat therapy can reduce discomfort around the knee area while the strap can also be used without the heat pads for added support. Colours may vary. PR15164

3 Foot Warmer Heat Pad The foot warmer stay hot for approximately 2 hours and once moulded to the shape of your feet you can walk around the house with them on. Fitting all sizes they simply feel like walking on hot sand. The heat aids foot cream to sink in reliving hard skin. Ideal for use during a pedicure or after a long day at work the foot warmers are popular with hikers and people suffering with cold feet. Sold as a pair. Colours may vary. PR15165

4 Muscle Heat Pad The round muscle pad stays hot for approximately 1½ hours and can be used to target pain anywhere across the body. From period pain to tennis elbow the pad is a convenient size allowing you to take it out with you and is ideal for sports injuries and camping. Colours may vary. PR15166

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

193


Exercise and Therapy

Pain and Circulation

1 Circulation Maxx Ultra The Circulation Maxx Ultra can help kick start your circulation, reduce swelling in ankles & feet and soothe tired aching feet. Slimline model can be battery or mains powered and includes four TENS Pads for TENS Therapy . One touch, easy to use remote control. Developed in conjunction with Dr Paul Clayton – former government scientific advisor - the NEW Slimline Ulta thin Circulation Maxx Ultra is now considered to be the most effective electrical stimulator for your legs and feet, it also comes with the added benefit of TENS technology. If you have problems with swollen feet, poor circulation in your legs and ankles then the Circulation Maxx Ultra may be the answer, but thatʼs not all. Shoulders, Back, Arms and legs can now be targeted easily and quickly for the treatment of minor aches and pains with the hypoallergenic pads and leads. Used 3-4 times a week, the Circulation Maxx may really make a big difference to your life. • • • • • • •

NEW Slimline Design 99 Intensity Levels Remote Controlled For Easy Operation Improve Circulation Proven TENs Therapy Clinically Proven TENs Treatment Reduces Pain In the Legs And Feet

Optional Medical Gloves These EMS medical gloves simply plug into the Circulation Maxx external socket. You simply place them on your hands, select the intensity and time and then you start to feel the health benefits straight away. They are also machine washable; perfect for your cold aching hands this winter or hot hands in the summer months. Replacement TENS pads Additional electrode pads for use with the TENS Therapy function of the Circulation Maxx Ultra. Comfortable to wear, hypoallergenic adhesive and durable enough for around thirty uses. Pack of four pads measuring around 40mm by 90mm. These rectangular Electrode pads are ideal for using with the Circulation Maxx Ultra when the original pads lose their adhesive properties. The pads measure 40mm by 90mm and will also be compatible with the majority of TENS and EMS machines on the market. These Electrodes Pads will last between 20 - 30 applications and are designed to be reusable, comfortable, durable, long lasting and hypoallergenic. Conductive Gel For use with the Circulation Maxx Ultra and Pain Doctor. Effect of TENS Therapy pads is boosted or can be used on pads that have lost their adhesive. Convenient 60ml tube. PR61415

Circulation Maxx Ultra

PR61415/G

Medical Gloves

PR61415/PADS

Replacement TENS Pads

PR61419

Conductive Gel

194

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Exercise and Therapy

Pain and Circulation 1 PainGone

PainGone is a light, compact electronic pain relief device without any leads, pads, batteries or complicated settings. Simple to use, it even works over clothing for fast, effective pain relief. PainGone works by pressing the button a few times on top of the device to deliver a low stimulating frequency, straight to the point of pain. Each click sends a pulse that will activate endorphins, the bodyʼs natural painkillers to free you from pain. This stimulating frequency can thus provide prolonged and often instant relief. This means that anywhere, at anytime, pain relief is but a click away. It has been successfully clinically tested by people suffering from a number of painful conditions such as arthritis, back pain, osteoporosis, sciatica and inflammatory conditions. PR61410

2 Pain Doctor Pain Doctor is a compact, fully portable battery powered device that combines TENs therapy and soothing deep massage for lasting pain relief. Ergonomic design easily reaches areas of the body like back, shoulders and ankles. Twin treatment heads for targeted or more general relief. Complete with AA batteries and free tube of Conductive Gel. The unique design of Pain Doctor allows its use on previously hardto-reach areas for a simple, fast and effective solution for using TENs treatment for the temporary relief of minor aches and pains. The TENS and massage therapies can be delivered individually or jointly. A conductive gel is supplied and can be used to intensify the TENS therapy. Pain Doctorʼs design means it really is easy to use on any part of the body, even on those areas which are normally difficult to reach like the back shoulders and ankles. Treatment is effortless even for those with restricted movement. Pain Doctor has 2 interchangeable treatment heads; a small round cap for precise, accurate treatment of a particular area and a larger flat cap for general relief over a greater area. Both deliver powerful relief direct to the point of pain, without the use of leads, pads, straps or needles. Requires 2 AA batteries supplied. Conductive Gel Conductive Gel can be used with the Circulation Maxx Ultra and Pain Doctor. Effect of TENS Therapy pads is boosted or can be used on pads that have lost their adhesive. Convenient 60ml tube. Pain Doctor comes complete with 1 x 60ml conductive gel. PR61420

Pain Doctor

PR61420/GEL Replacement Conductive Gel – 60ml

3 Step It™ StepIt™ - The Rocking Foot Pedal - was especially developed to increase the blood circulation in the legs. It was designed to simulate walking and activate the Calf Muscle Pump (CMP) in the lower leg. The CMP is often considered as the bodyʼs secondary heart. As long as the leg is active, the CMP pumps the venous blood from the foot back up towards the heart. However, as soon as the leg becomes inactive, the blood circulation is reduced significantly. StepIt™ is unique in that respect that it simply imitates what Mother Nature created, an absolute natural way of stimulate and increase the blood circulation. It was developed for people that are, for one or another reason, unable to walk at any given time. It can be used at home, in the office, in an airplane, in a car or anywhere it is needed. PR15179

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

195


www.able2.eu

196

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Orthopaedic

Kinesiology Tape

198

Supports/Braces

200

Orthopaedic Supports

201

Neo G Supports

202

Miscellaneous

204

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Orthopaedic

Kinesiology Tape

StrengthTape STRENGTHTAPE™ Provides Stability & Support - Kinesiology tape supports muscles, joints, and tendons. Ion Health TechnologyInfused With Negative Ions For Increased Energy & Health Benefits Easy To Apply - Comes in Pre-Cut Strips For Easy Application StrengthTape provides support and stability for muscles, joints, and tendons without limiting range of motion like a traditional brace. StrengthTape goes beyond the benefits of common athletic tape by infusing our Ion Health Technology. Studies suggest that ions may help you feel better and increase energy. Pre-Cut Rolls: 5 metre rolls

PR15550/BK

198

PR15550/LB

Mini Kits: 10" Pre-Cut Strips

PR15550/PK

PR15550/BE

PR15550/RD

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Orthopaedic

Kinesiology Tape

StrengthTape - Mini Kits Six Pre-Cut Mini-Kits Include: foot and ankle, knee, shoulder, elbow and wrist, back and neck, thigh. Ankle + Foot

Knee

Shoulder

Elbow/Wrist

Back/Neck

Muscle

PR15560

PR15561

PR15562

PR15563

PR15564

PR15565

PR15560 PR15561 PR15562 PR15563 PR15564 PR15565

StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape StrengthTape

PR15550/BK PR15550/LB PR15550/PK PR15550/BE PR15550/RD

-

Mini Mini Mini Mini Mini Mini

Kit Kit Kit Kit Kit Kit

- Ankle + Foot - Knee - Shoulder - Elbow/Wrist - Back/Neck - Muscle

StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Black StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Light Blue StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Pink StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Beige StrengthTape - 5m Roll - Red

StrengthTape Retail Solutions

PR15566 StrengthTape Mini Retail POS Unit - 36 Kits per Unit

PR15550/POP StrengthTape POS Unit - 12 Rolls per Unit

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

199


Orthopaedic

Harley Supports

Supports and Braces Our range of supports have been used in clinical practice for many years, providing gentle and flexible support whilst stabilising the hips, pelvis and spine helping you stay safe and banishing pain. All Harley Supports are covered with a 12 month guarantee.

Power Plus Support Belt

1

The Harley Power Plus Support Belt provides compressive support and stability to the mid and lower back. As a heavy duty support belt it is ideal for those heavy jobs or those individuals whose work involves strenuous, manual handling tasks. Supplied with removable protection pad and additional side pulls for even more support. 21cm at the back reducing to 15cm at the front. Code SP24032 SP24046 SP24047 SP24048

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Waist 56-69cm (22-27") 71-84cm (28-33") 86-99cm (34-39") 102-114cm (40-45")

Gentle Forme Support Belt

2

The Harley Gentle Forme Support Belt provides gentle and flexible support and protection, whilst stabilising the hips, pelvis and spine. It始s discreet slimline design provides effective compressive support and features a removable protection pad. Helps with Lumbago and sports injuries. 20cm at the back reducing to 13cm at the front. Code SP24031 SP24043 SP24044 SP24045

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Waist 56-69cm (22-27") 71-84cm (28-33") 86-99cm (34-39") 102-114cm (40-45")

Universal Support Belt

3

The Harley Universal Support Belt is ideal for central and lower back pain. It is designed to help stabilise the hips and pelvis through compression, but without restriction of movement. It is suitable for people with a manual occupation or who enjoy an active life. The detachable side pulls provide additional support. Assists with Lumbago and sports injuries. 16cm wide. Code SP24106 SP24114 SP24117 SP24120

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Waist 56-69cm (22-27") 71-84cm (28-33") 86-99cm (34-39") 102-114cm (40-45")

Sacroiliac Support Belt

4

The Harley Sacroiliac Belt is ideal for most hip and low back pain, pelvis instability and sacroiliac syndrome. This support helps stabilise the sacrum, whilst adding pelvic support and re-establishing the joints natural movements. The side pulls provide additional support. Code SP24249 SP24273 SP24274 SP24275

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Hip (7" below waist) 76-86cm (30-34") 89-102cm (35-40") 104-117cm (41-46") 120-132cm (47-52")

Correcting Shoulder Support

5

Sitting at a computer, driving, reading, working in the same position repeatedly, are just a few of the reasons why we develop bad posture. Using the Harley Correcting Shoulder Support is a great way to help retrain or correct your posture. It adds more support whilst protecting the body from further injury. Corrects round shoulders. Front fastening for easy use. Code SP24108 SP24156 SP24157 SP24158

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Chest (measure under bust) 76-86cm (30-34") 89-102cm (35-40") 104-117cm (41-46") 120-132cm (47-52")

ALL SUPPORTS FITTED WITH TOUCH CLOSE FASTENINGS AND ARE MANUFACTURED USING ELASTIC

200

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Orthopaedic

Able2 Supports Able2 Orthopaedic Supports

Our range of orthopaedic supports are comfortable and supportive. They are constructed from a ventilated neoprene material which provides support to the affected area. The inside of all these braces have been lined with a toweling material giving added warmth and comfort. Designed for the retail market, they are retail packed in attractive boxes with euro hooks. All these Able2 supports should be hand washed.

1 Able2 Wrist Splint This wrist splint provides comfortable support. It is adjusted with four hook and loop fastenings and can be used for many wrist injuries. Left

Right

Size

Wrist Circ

PR79002/L/S

PR79002/R/S

Small

13-16½cm

PR79002/L/M

PR79002/R/M

Medium

16½-20cm

PR79002/L/L

PR79002/R/L

Large

20-24cm

PR79002/L/XL

PR79002/R/XL

X Large

24-28cm

2 Able2 Elbow Support Our elbow support just slips over the elbow to provide comfortable support.

PR79003/S PR79003/M PR79003/L PR79003/XL

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Elbow Circ 21-24cm 24-26½cm 26½-31½cm 31½-36½cm

3 Able2 Tennis Elbow Support Our tennis elbow support is available in a universal size. It provides pressure and support to the affected area. PR79004

4 Able2 Stabilised Knee Brace Our knee brace is comfortable and provides support to the knee. It is has an open patella and is fastened above and below the knee.

PR79005/S PR79005/M PR79005/L PR79005/XL

Size Small Medium Large X Large

Knee Circ 32-36cm 36-39½cm 39½-43½cm 43½- 47½cm

5 Able2 Ankle Support Our ankle support slips easily onto the ankle to provide comfort and support. Size

Ankle Circ

PR79006/S

Small

16-21½cm

PR79006/M

Medium

21½-26½cm

PR79006/L

Large

26½-31½cm

PR79006/XL

X Large

31½-36½cm

ABLE2 SUPPORTS AND BRACES ARE AVAILABLE WHILST STOCKS LAST

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

201


Orthopaedic

Neo G Supports

Neo G Supports Featuring the exclusive Neo G VCS® (Variable Compression System) the supports allows the wearer to restrict or release the compression of the support for an ultimate customised fit for the wearer. The supports can be worn discreetly under or over clothing and can be worn whenever and wherever required. As with all Neo-G VCS supports, wrap around affected area and only tighten until comfortable. Do not restrict blood-flow. Not for over-night use unless recommended by a clinical professional. Latex free. Wash at 30 degrees and air dry. Always consult a physician.

1 Stabilised Open Knee Support

1

The Neo G VCS® stabilising knee support offers a high level of support. It features spiral stays which provide stability around the knee and a high level of support without restricting movement. It also features adjustable fastening to provide greater comfort, fit and protection whilst the open patella helps tracking. Particularly suitable for skiing, running, golf, hockey. Universal size. PR79056

2 Stabilised Hinged Knee Brace with Patella Support

2

The Neo G VCS® hinged knee support offers a high level of protection and is suitable for unstable medial/lateral ligaments, cartilage damage and rehabilitation after cruciate ligament injuries. Itʼs exclusive 2 point geared hinge system control medial and lateral instability whilst the open patella helps tracking. It also features adjustable straps for improved fit and compression. It is ideal for demanding occupations as well as a variety of sports including snowboarding and skiing. Universal size. PR79057

3 Stabilised Wrist Support

3

The Neo G VCS® wrist brace features a adjustable reinforced metal stay which provides stabilisation of the wrist. Also featuring an elastic strap to give ultimate compression. Suitable for rheumatics, tenosynovitis, carpal tunnel syndrome and general wrist support. Helps relieve pain and stabilises CMC joint. Universal size, specify left or right. PR79055R Right PR79055L Left

4 Tennis/Golf Elbow Support

4

The Neo G VCS® tennis elbow support with strap is ideal for use in sports or occupations where repetitive strain injury may occur such as golfers or the work place. It has a strap which offers additional protection and support where it is needed. It also provides warmth and compression and aids recovery by activating the skinʼs receptors to enhance the feeling of support. Universal size. PR79059

5 Groin Support

5

The Neo G VCS® Groin Support provides compression and therapeutic warmth to the quadriceps and hamstring and groin areas. Helps to reduce pain from tendonitis and groin strain. Retains body heat to warm muscles and increase blood circulation. Universal size. PR79060

6 The Hallux Valgus (Bunion) Night Splint The Neo G Bunion and Night Splint has been designed to relieve pain experienced by Hallux Valgus sufferers. The splint completely immobilises the Hallux Valgus for uninterrupted healing of bunion protrusions. The splint provides adjustable varus valgus positioning control to maintain ideal Hallux and metatarsal phalangeal alignment. Universal size, specify left or right. Adjustable to suit fit and comfort, always consult physician before use. PR79061L Left PR79061R Right

202

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

6


Orthopaedic

Neo G Supports 1 Thumb Brace

1

The Neo-G VCS® thumb brace is a simple wrap designed to provide support and comfort to the thumb and allows free mobility of the fingers, help prevents carpal tunnel syndrome and supports weak or injured wrists. Use of the device assists in the treatment and prevention of injury when extra compressive support and therapeutic heat retention is required. Universal size. PR79063

2

2 Wrist Support The Neo-G VCS® wrist support is a simple wrist wrap designed to provide support and comfort to strained and sprained wrists. Use of the device assists in the treatment and prevention of injury when extra compressive support and therapeutic heat retention is required. Universal size. PR79050

3

3 Closed Knee Support The Neo G VCS® closed knee support is only 2.5mm thick and provides a comfortable fit. Ideal for minor tendon and ligament injuries, sprains and twists. Universal size. PR79051

4

4 Open Knee Support The Neo G VCS® open knee support provides a comfortable fit. The patella opening with stitched buttress gives extra support to the patella and helps deliver the optimum amount of pressure required. This high level of protection restricts movement of the patella and helps relieve the pain of associated symptoms. Universal size. PR79052

5

5 Ankle Support The Neo G VCS® ankle support has been designed to provide basic ankle protection, support and compression. It is suitable for sprains and strains as well as arthritic and ligament pain or other inversion / eversion injuries. Universal size. PR79053

6

6 Waist/Back Support The Neo G VCS® back support without stays is ideal for central backache and / or pain radiating as far as lower back and the buttocks. It is designed to help reduce unwanted twisting movements and is ideal for people with a manual occupation or sport where lifting may be involved. Made from neoprene which provides warmth and compression and aids the recovery process. Universal size. PR79054

7

7 Back Brace With Stays The Neo G VCS® back support with stays is ideal for central backache and/or pain radiating as far as the buttocks. It is designed to help reduce unwanted twisting movements and is ideal for people with a manual occupation or sport where lifting may be involved. Made from neoprene which provides warmth and compression and aids the recovery process. Universal size. PR79062

8

8 Tennis Elbow Strap The Neo-G VCS® tennis elbow strap helps to reduce pressure on the tendon complex at the elbow during repeated movements. It is ideal for tennis players and golfers. It has a unique lightweight design and comfortable unrestricting fit. It also provides rapid pain relief and compression to speed up the rehabilitation process. Universal size. PR79064

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

203


Orthopaedic

Miscellaneous

1 Neck Collar

LATEX FREE

This collar is ideal to stabilise the neck after trauma, or for long term use as a night resting collar. Made in fully washable medium density closed cell foam, which will not collapse with use. Available in four sizes

Depth x Length PR/BC/1

Small

7.5 x 43cm (3 x 17")

PR/BC/2

Medium

9 x 47cm (3½"x 18½")

PR/BC/3

Large

9 x 51cm (3½"x 20")

PR/BC/4

Large/Deep

10 x 51cm (4 x 20")

2 Shoulder/Arm Sling

LATEX FREE

This shoulder sling can be used for broken wrist, upper arm and forearm, with its universal design the sling can be adjusted to fit all. A one-piece sling with Velcro closure and stabilising buckle. This support is now supplied in black. Size: 5cm x 112cm (2" x 44") PR/UPS Standard

SUPPLIED IN BLACK

3 Thermoskin Thermal Support/Arthritic Gloves The gloves are anatomically shaped and secured with a velcro fastening. The warmth and even compression they provide helps to protect and support with compression to the hands reducing swelling and pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis and over use injuries. Thermoskin with Trioxon offers ntural heat therapy and support for injury and pain, with perspiration control for long term comfort. Trioxon is designed to be soft against the skin, minimising skin irritation. comfort is not hampered by excessive perspiration because the spiral structure of Trioxon allows the skin to ventilate. (Measurements should be taken of the diameter around the hand at the knuckle joint - not including the thumb)

Code PR79010/XS PR79010/S PR79010/M PR79010/L PR79010/XL PR79010/XXL

204

Size X Small Small Medium Large X Large XX Large

Diameter of the Hand 15-17cm 18-20cm 21-23cm 24-26cm 27-29cm 30cm

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Moving and Handling

Patient Transfer

206

Patient Care/JuleCush

210

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Moving and Handling

Patient Transfer

1 Swivel Cushion A soft, padded, flexible turning disc ideal for use on car seats, chairs and beds. The Soft Transfer Seat allows a smooth swivel transfer without painful jarring or twisting. PR41021 Max user weight

18 st

120 kg

2 Turn Easy Swivel Cushion A superior, padded, safety swivel cushion. Made from plastic with a smooth turning action. A removable washable 'fleece' cover and attachable safety belt for car use are included. Can be used in car, on dining chair, or bed etc. Size: 381mm (15") diameter PR41011 Max user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Medidisc A lightweight stand on turntable made from plastic. A twin ball race movement gives an exceptionally smooth turning action. By placing a foot on the flexible rim, the carer can control the movement (braking action). Slotted carrying handle. Non-slip studs on underside. Size: 381mm (15") diameter Max PR41013

4 Leg Lifter Helps clients move legs safely following hip injury. Raise or lower legs with the Leg Lifter. Ideal for clients with weak hip flexors following total hip replacements. The 820mm (32") aluminium rod with 220mm (8½") loop foot hold are covered with 25mm (1") wide nylon webbing. Rod bends easily to accommodate any foot. Weighs only 71g (2½ oz.). PR30318

user weight

18 st

115 kg

5 Thigh Lifter Ideal for transferring the leg from one place to another. Easily reposition the leg while sitting or transferring from a wheelchair, car or bed with the Thigh Lifter. Perfect for clients who have had spinal cord injuries, or lack the hand strength needed to move their legs. Double stitched grey nylon taffeta loop with Velcro, adjust to accommodate thigh sizes up to 560mm (22") in circumference. Easy-grasp D-ring assists persons with limited hand function or strength. PR30319

206

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Moving and Handling

Patient Transfer 1 Non-Slip Pads

The Non Slip Foot Pad is ideal for re-positioning of clients/patients whilst in bed/chairs/couches. No need for removal after repositioning providing safety measures are in place. Helps to prevent slipping down the chair/wheelchair or bed. Waterproof and vapour permeable (breathable) outer fabric. PR41025

2 Anti Slip Glide Sheet This Anti Slip Glide Sheet helps a person with rotating and repositioning when getting in and out of bed, whilst also helping to prevent any slippage off the bed. This Glide Sheet has an anti-slip panel, which reduces the risk of the person sliding forward. It is essential that the product is only used by people with good upper sitting balance. PR41023

3 Glide and Lock The Glide Lock Sheets provide safe and easy movement of patients whilst in bed or in a chair, and removes the need to lift. For 'long term' repositioning there is no need to remove the sheet after moving the patient. Anti slip material is included in the bottom panel, to prevent unwanted movement of the sheet, the sheet has a waterproof and breathable top coating to reduce sweating and improve comfort. The sheet can be washed at 72°C, and tumble dried at a low to medium setting. PR41005

460mm x 500mm

4 Glide Sheets The Glide Sheets provide safe and easy movement of patients whilst in bed or in a chair, and removes the need to lift, can also be used for turning patients whilst lying or sitting in bed and rotating patients into and from the prone position. For 'long term' repositioning there is no need to remove the sheet after moving the patient. Glide Sheets reduce the effect of friction on the skin when moving patients. Glide Sheets can be washed at 75°C - 100°C, and can be safely autoclaved or chemically sterilised. PR41008

700mm x 720mm

PR41009

800mm x 1100mm

5 Smart Sheet The Smart Sheet provides safe and easy movement of patients whilst in bed or in a chair, and removes the need to lift, can also be used for turning patients whilst lying or sitting in bed and rotating patients into and from the prone position. Can also be used to extract patients from a difficult situation or awkward corners. For 'long term' repositioning there is no need to remove the sheet after moving the patient. Slide Sheets reduce the effect of friction on the skin when moving patients. The Smart Sheet can be washed at 75°C - 100°C, and can be safely autoclaved or chemically sterilised. PR41010

650mm x 1850mm

6 One Way Seat Slide Prevents patient from sliding forward. A loop design cushion, allowing backward movement only. For chair, wheelchair or bed use. Washable between 40° and 85°, do not tumble dry. Removable foam pad. (Gel packs can be inserted for increased suspension). PR41012

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

207


Moving and Handling

Patient Transfer

1 Quintal ET Transfer Board The Quintal E.T. straight Transfer Board is designed to assist in the seated transfer of patients. The board is NOT designed for lifting but is used for patient transfers across gaps no wider than the inside of the anti-slip pads. The boards have a single hand hold to assist with both positioning and transport and are particularly suitable for simple non assisted transfers. Length 600mm (23½") Width 220mm (8¾") PR40021

Max user weight

16 st

100 kg

2 Quintal Banana Board The Quintal Banana Board has been used in the manual handling of patients for many years. Its boomerang shape allows side to side transfers in both unassisted and assisted seated transfers. The Quintal Banana Board is NOT designed for lifting but is designed to be used for seated patient transfers across gaps no wider than the inside of the anti-slip pads. The boards have a single hand hold to assist with both positioning and transport and they provide low friction movement and offer independence in individual use. Length 730mm (28¾") Max Width 250mm (9¾") user weight

PR40022

19 st

120 kg

3 Transfer Boards These Transfer Boards are made from the highest quality, lacquered, 15mm Birch plywood. All edges are smooth and have tapered ends that allow the boards to be easily placed underneath the patient. Our straight transfer boards are available in two sizes. Our short transfer board is ideal for use in confined spaces. The long transfer board has two hand holds to facilitate positioning and movement along its length. Width 210mm (8") PR40004 610mm (24")

Max user weight

PR40005 762mm (30")

30 st

190 kg

4 Assure Safety Transfer Board Translucent plastic board provides for a quick visual check of transfer surface edges. Bridge the gap between two transfer surfaces with the Assure Safety Transfer Board. Ideal for transfers between a wheelchair and a bed, toilet, chair or car seat. Provides a smooth upper surface and a secure, high friction lower surface. Made of translucent, flexible plastic that can be bent against the wheel of the chair enabling the patient to slide over a protruding wheel or brake level. Accommodates surface height differences up to 100mm (4"). PR40002 580 x 320mm (23 x 12½") PR40003 760 x 320mm (30 x 12½")

Max user weight

28 st

180 kg

5 Q2 Mobility Board The Q2 Mobility Board is a truly universal transfer board. Its unique curved shape and maximum working load of 285kg enable it to be used in virtually all applications with 99.99% of the population. Ideal for use in both assisted and non-assisted transfers, it is also ideal for use in face-to-face transfers within confined areas. The inset anti-slip pads, on the underside, prevent pad detachment and afford maximum grip on the two transfer surfaces. It is lightweight and can easily be transported via the in built handles. It is also easily wiped clean, using either household disinfectants or alcohol-based solutions. Length 750mm (29½") Width 210mm (8") PR40020

208

Max user weight

45 st

285 kg

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Moving and Handling

Patient Transfer

1 Patient Handling Belts

Small Belt

Medium Belt

Extra Large

Large Belt

Patient Handling Belts help enable the carer to gain a very safe grip, and the ability to maintain a safe posture and control the patient in a safer way by bringing them closer to the carer. For the patients the belts are comfortable to wear and give a feeling of added security during transfers. The inner fabric of the belt is breathable and soft if placed near to the skin, it is also non-slip against clothing. Machine washable at 71°.

PR41000 PR41001 PR41002 PR41003 PR41004

Small Belt Medium Belt Large Belt Extra Large Universal

22"26"34"44"22"-

30" 36" 44" 50" 50"

Waist Waist Waist Waist Waist

Size Size Size Size Size

Universal

2 Security Pole and Curve Grab Bar The Security Pole & Curve Grab Bar makes standing from a couch, bed, or toilet… Easy. And because itʼs tension mounted, it can easily be placed anywhere in the home without any screws or bolts. The Curve Grab Bar has 4-Handgrips that make it easy to climb to a standing position – and because it rotates 360 degrees – you can move out of the way when not in use. And like all our products, it blends in with your home to increase your independence - without intruding on the comforting feeling of your home. Assembly: Installs in minutes with 4 bolts and alan wrench (included). PR46710 Max user weight

21 st

136 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

209


Moving and Handling 1 Rota Stand Solo The Rota Stand Solo revolutionises sit to stand and pivot transfers. The patented mechanism in the base allows a sit to stand and pivot transfer to be carried out by a single nurse or carer thus reducing the time it takes to carry out the task as well as halving the cost of having two carers/nurses present during transfer. The nurse/carer does not need to counterbalance the Rota Stand Solo as the client pulls themself to a standing position. Stabilising bar to allow a one person transfer Height adjustable frame to suit all clients Central wheels allow easy positioning of the Rota Stand Solo Large Handlebar for a secure grip 200kg weight capacity PR40701 Max user weight

31 st

200 kg

2 Rota Move The Rota Move allows a safe pivot transfer and combines as a transporter eliminating the need for a wheelchair or commode chair to take a patient/client to bed, toilet or living area. The handlebar and rotating disc allows the client to pull or push themself into a standing position either with or without assistance. Once stood on the rotating disc the client can be gently rotated to a different position in order to be re-seated. This prevents dangerous shuffling associated with pivot/transfers. Alternatively the client can be rotated and sat on the Rota Move seat. Once on the Rota Move seat a nurse or carer can transport the client safely to the bathroom, toilet, bedroom etc. PR40702

Max user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 JuleCush An incredibly innovative and practical product invented by a Community Nurse with experience of treating patients in the community with the aim of preventing knee and back injuries to healthcare professionals and carers. Designed to protect the knees of healthcare professionals whilst treating and kneeling in uncomfortable positions. Assists with the treating of patients/individuals with lower limb problems. A device to help prevent spinal and knee injuries caused by long term kneeling and bending. A three part product that packs neatly and easily into a handy carry bag. The two wedges can be sat and knelt on simultaneously. • Kneeling Wedge – a polyurethane foam base is bonded to a topping of shock absorbing and pressure relieving visco elastic memory foam to provide the perfect wedge for kneeling on. The memory foam moulds around the userʼs knees to create minimum impact on the kneecaps and lower back. Supplied with a zipped, waterproof, removable cover with anti-slip base. • Seating Wedge – a high density polyurethane foam wedge provides the ultimate seating appliance for the user whilst in the kneeling position. Supplied with a zipped, waterproof, removable cover with anti-slip base. • Carry Bag – a multi-stretch, waterproof fabric, with zip allows the two wedges to be easily transported and stored. Supplied with a handy pocket for those all important essentials and shoulder strap with cushioned pad. All the above available in Navy Blue Extremely lightweight for easy transportation. This product has been fully endorsed by Health and Safety, Manual handling and Infection Control professionals. Size: Kneeling Wedge 36 x 37 x 8 > 4cm (14 x 14½ x 3 > 1½") Seating Wedge 46 x 33 x 10 > 1cm (18 x 13 x 4 > ¼") SP54799

210

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001

Patient Transfer


Moving and Handling

Patient Transfer 1 Twist

The Twist is a superb product that is easy to use, it encourages independence and allows a safe and controlled transfer. The Twist is covered in a durable, hard wearing environmentally friendly coating in a colour that facilitates easy use by the partially sighted. The soft upholstered knee brace with side support is height adjustable (150-650mm) and removable without tools. The knee brace also incorporates a pocket for the user instructions to be stored. The wall bar is easy to use, safe and has an ergonomically angled raising and turning support which encourages a natural, systematic rise into a standing position and a safe seating position. The Twist can be completely folded for easy transportation and storage. The turntable is only 20mm high for easy access. Quality ball bearing ensures effortless turning, the turntable also has water proof non slip material to prevent accidents. The front wheel is used to roll the Twist underneath the patients feet and out again. No carrying or wobbling necessary. 75mm transport wheels for smooth and easy transport over carpets and thresholds. Patented self breaking device prevents misuse if unit is transported with patient on it. Product weighs 12kg PR40400 Max user weight

24 st

150 kg

2 Rota Stand • Promoting safer movement • Allows a safe, smooth and controlled swivel transfer • Reduces the need to hold a person during a transfer • Encourages an independent and dignified transfer The Rota Stand has been developed to allow an assisted transfer from one seated position to another. The frame, shin pad, and turn-table combine to give optimum safety to both carer and individual during the transfer. The central wheels are a unique innovation because they allow the Rota Stand to be rolled up to the person even after their feet have been positioned on the product. Other features include: • Height adjustable frame to suit all • Foot pedal break to secure turn-table • Central wheels for easy positioning • Angled shin pad for comfortable standing position • 160kgs (352lbs) weight limit • Base measures 530 x 530mm (21" x 21") Product available in white only. PR40700

Max user weight

25 st

160 kg

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

211


www.able2.eu

212

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobile Arm Support

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobile Arm Support Mobile Arm Supports are designed for clients with severe shoulder girdle weakness. They will help those with fair or better deltoid muscle strength to accomplish self-feeding and facial hygiene, while increasing or maintaining range of movement and strengthening muscles. Mobile Arm Supports work by supporting the weight of the arm and the use of multiple articulated joints facilitate ease of movement. Two sizes cover children through large adult, universal left or right.

1 MultiLink Mobile Arm Support The new Rancho MultiLink is a lightweight anodised aluminium arm. The addition of a third articulated segment gives this design a much more compact profile without sacrificing range of motion. This will, in many cases, eliminate the need to remove the MAS from the mobility system in order to clear doorways or other obstacles in the home, therapy or work environment. The black anodised tubular arm has the added benefit of being more cosmetically appealing than the polished stainless steel MAS. The Bubble Level and Offset Swivel with a down or up stop and Forearm Support Slide simplifies balancing especially with the use of the Rancho Mount (sold separately). Sizing: Measure distance from wheelchair pack post or mount relocator (where the mount will be attached) to mid forearm (area of offset swivel) with arm in maximum passive forward reach. It is recommended that the 20" Standard MultiLink be ordered for most clients, paediatric and adult. The longer, 24" MultiLink should be ordered if measured forward

reach is greater than 22". PR35520/S Small 20" PR35520/M

Medium 20"

PR35520/L

Large 20"

PR35524/S

Small 24"

PR35524/M

Medium 24"

PR35524/L

Large 24"

2 MultiLink Mobile Arm Support with Elevation Assist The new MultiLink with Elevation Assist is a lightweight anodised aluminium arm. The addition of a third articulated segment gives this design a much more compact profile without sacrificing range of motion. This will, in many cases, eliminate the need to remove the MAS from the mobility system in order to clear doorways or other obstacles in the home, therapy or work environment. The black anodised tubular arm has the added benefit of being more cosmetically appealing than the polished stainless steel MAS. The addition of an Elevation assist to the MultiLink allows significantly greater range of motion for feeding and facial hygiene. (Poor grade deltoid muscle required) This new design has more lifting power with fewer rubber bands. The Bubble Level and Offset Swivel with a down or up stop and Forearm Support Slide simplifies balancing especially with the use of the Rancho Mount (sold separately). Two sizes cover children through large adult, universal left or right. Sizing: Measure distance from wheelchair pack post or mount relocator (where the mount will be attached) to mid forearm (area of offset swivel) with arm in maximum passive forward reach. It is recommended that the 20" Standard MultiLink be ordered for most clients, paediatric and adult. The longer, 24" MultiLink should be ordered if measured forward reach is greater than 22".

PR35520E/S Small 20" PR35520E/M Medium 20" PR35520E/L

Large 20"

PR35524E/S Small 24" PR35524E/M Medium 24" PR35524E/L

Large 24"

3 Rancho/Jaeco Mount The new Rancho/Jaeco mount has been designed to address the requests of the therapist and care providers for a system that was easier to set up and more adaptable to the variety of wheeled mobility systems in use today. This was accomplished with the use of an “open jaw” clamp that can accommodate tubing as small as ½" and as large as 1", even over fabric covers. (Some seating systems will require an adaptor or relocator for optimum positioning of the mount. The unique scroll wheels for anterior/posterior and medial/lateral allow quick and simple balancing without tools. The mount is universal left and right. This mount can be used with all of the current mobile arm supports. Rancho/Jaeco mount must be purchased separately. PR35513

4 Table Mount For use with MultiLink or Original MAS. PR35501

214

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


Mobile Arm Support Forearm Support Slide

1

The new forearm support slide makes forearm support adjustment simple. By the push of a button the forearm support can be moved forwards or backwards to optimise forearm positioning for different activities. The Forearm Support Slide can be attached to any of the current Forearm Support Mounts. The Forearm Support Slide is universal left or right. PR35506

Offset Swivel

2

The Offset Swivel features four individual adjustments to optimise mobile arm support function. These are; overall height position, down or up stop, and two forearm support adjustments. The swivel is constructed of anodised aluminium. The swivel is universal left or right. The Swivel can be used with any of the current mobile arm supports. PR35507

Mount Relocators

3

The Mount Relocator始s joint style arms allow for optimum movement. They are support mounting and need only 1陆" to mount to the wheelchairs back post. The solid anodised black aluminium construction minimises deflection. This Mount Relocator can be removed and replaced quickly by the turn of a knob, without losing its present adjustments. PR35505

For Tubular Back Posts

PR35502

For Moulded Backs

PR35504

For Keyed Back Posts

PR35500

For Evaluation

PR35503

For Moulded Back Rest (Extra 4" Arm)

Forearm Support Trough

Sizing Chart for all MAS Kits Size is based on trough dimensions: Measure the forearm from olecranon to the head of the ulna (elbow to wrist) and subtract 2" (5.1cm). Size Forearm Length Small Medium Large Xlarge Xsmall Toddler

8" 9" 10" 11" 7" 6"

(200mm) (230mm) (250mm) (280mm) (180mm) (150mm)

PR35508

Black Anodised Paediatric 6"

PR35509

Black Anodised Small 8"

PR35510

Black Anodised Medium 9"

PR35511

Black Anodised Large 10"

PR35512

Black Anodised Extra Large 11"

Trough Covers Cover For Forearm Trough Supports. PR35111

Small

PR35112

Medium

PR35113

Large

Stands Free Standing Frame For Mobile Arm Support PR35120/FSF

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

215


Mobile Arm Support 1 The WREX (Wilmington Robotic EXoskeleton) The WREX (Wilmington Robotic EXoskeleton) is a state-of-the-art, light-weight exoskeleton with two links and four degrees of motion that approximates normal human anatomy. It incorporates elastic band elevation assists for both the shoulder and elbow to totally eliminate gravity influence on the extremity. The unique design of the shoulder and elbow joints allow for a significant improvement in the available range of motion when compared to other assistive devices. Developed for people with neuromuscular weakness such as muscle disease, cerebral palsy, spinal cord injury, multiple sclerosis and Motor Neurone Disease, that effect upper limbs, WREX acts as a functional aid in activities of daily living. It can also serve as a cost effective exercise/therapy device for people recovering from stroke. The WREX can be attached to most common wheelchairs and mobility seating systems utilizing one of the three Mount Bases provided with the arm. These are the same attachment systems that are the basis of the Mount Relocator. The WREX is assembled as left or right. The size is adjustable to fit most children and adult arms.

PR35530/R PR35530/L PR35531/XS PR35531/S PR35531/M PR35531/L

WREX WREX WREX WREX WREX WREX

(Wilminton Robotic EXoskeleton) - Right (Wilminton Robotic EXoskeleton) - Left Forearm Support - Extra Small (6") Forearm Support - Small (8") Forearm Support - Medium (9") Forearm Support - Large (10")

Wheelchair Cushion Range Manufactured in the UK by

E

See Pages 25 - 36

216

Order by telephone: 01254 619000 or fax: 01254 619001


CODE INDEX B2: ORTHOPAEDIC

17/1/13

15:55

Page 217

Code Index

PR CODE

PAGE NO.

PR15163

193

PR15164

193

PR15501/RB/XS 157,187 PR15501/TW/L 157,187

PR/BC/1

204

PR15165

193

PR/BC/2

204

PR15166

193

PR/BC/3

204

PR15170

190

PR/BC/4

204

PR15179

195

PR/UPS

204

PR15180

190

PR15011

184

PR15181

190

PR15017

184

PR15182

190

PR15023

184

PR15183

190

PR15029

184

PR15184

190

PR15501/WG/XS 157,187

PR15057

182

PR15207

183

PR15550/BE

PR15057/WA

182

PR15208

183

PR15060/6/0

183

PR15209

183

PR15060/6/1

183

PR15210

183

PR15060/6/2

183

PR15211

183

PR15060/6/3

183

PR15220/BK

184

PR15060/6/4

183

PR15220/BL

184

180,181 198,199

PR15060/6/5

183

PR15220/G

184

PR15550/POP 181,199

PR15060/6/6

183

PR15220/O

184

PR15550/RD

180,181

PR15060/6/7

183

PR15220/P

184

PR15560

PR15063/H

189

PR15341

185

PR15063/L

189

PR15342

PR15065

189

PR15500

PR15066

189

PR15080 PR15081/40 PR15081/50

188

PR15082

188

PR15083

188

PR15085

184

PR15086/10

182

PR15086/8

182

PR15087/10

185

PR15087/15

185

PR15088

PR15501/TW/M 157,187 PR15501/TW/S 157,187 PR15501/TW/XS 157,187 PR15501/WG/L 157,187 PR15501/WG/M157,187 PR15501/WG/S 157,187

PR20320

144

PR30108FS-IVY

9

PR20320-3

144

PR30108F-SNK

9

PR20321

144

PR30108FS-PAS

9

PR20321-3

144

PR30108FS-PF

9

PR20616

32,178

PR30108FS-RAB

9

PR20618

32,178

PR30108FS-SNK

9

PR30016

11

PR30108S-BK

PR30017-BK

11

PR30120/BF

8

PR30017-GR

11

PR30120/BF/S

8

PR30018-BK

11

PR30120/BP

8 8

10

PR30018-GR

11

PR30120/BP/S

180,181 198,199

PR30034-BK

11

PR30120/IVY

8

PR30034-GR

11

PR30120/IVY/S

8

PR15550/BK

180,181 198,199

PR30035-BK

11

PR30120/PAS

8

PR30035-GR

11

PR30120/PAS/S

8

PR15550/LB

180,181 198,199

PR30037-BK

11

PR30120/PF

8

PR30037-GR

11

PR30120/PF/S

8

PR30039-BK

11

PR30120/RAB

8

PR30039-GR

11

PR30120/RAB/S

8

PR30081-BZ

15

PR30120/SNK

8

181,199

PR30082-BL

15

PR30120/SNK/S

8

PR15561

181,199

PR30086

15

PR30120/T

8

185

PR15562

181,199

PR30087

15

PR30120/T/S

8

157,187

PR15563

181,199

PR30090-E

10

PR30120-BK

8

PR15501/BG/L 157,187

PR15564

181,199

PR30107/F-BK

9

PR30120-BK/S

8

188

PR15501/BG/M 157,187

PR15565

181,199

PR30107-BK

8

PR30120-BZ

8

188

PR15501/BG/S 157,187

PR15566

181,199

PR30107F-FRL

9

PR30120-F/FRL

8

PR15501/BG/XS 157,187

PR20089

162

PR30107F-ICE

9

PR30120-F/FRL/S

8

PR20137

22

PR30107F-IVY

9

PR30121/I

8

PR20138

22

PR30107F-PAS

9

PR30121/J

8

PR20139

42,172

PR30107F-PF

9

PR30121-BK

8

PR20140

42,172

PR30107F-RAB

9

PR30121-BZ

8

PR15501/BGR/S 157,187

PR20200

39

PR30107FS-BK

9

PR30121-F/ICE

8

PR20300

144

PR30107FS-FRL

9

PR30121-F/ICE/S

8

PR20300-3

144

PR30107FS-ICE

9

PR30126/L

10

185

PR15501/BGR/XS 157,187

PR20301

144

PR30107FS-IVY

9

PR30126/M

10

PR15089

185

PR15501/BW/L 157,187

PR20301-3

144

PR30107F-SNK

9

PR30126/S

10

PR15090/B

184

PR15501/BW/M 157,187

PR20302

144

PR30107FS-PAS

9

PR30127

10

PR15090/G

184

PR15501/BW/S 157,187

PR20302-3

144

PR30107FS-PF

9

PR30128/BK

10

PR15090/R

184

PR20303

144

PR30107FS-RAB

9

PR30128/NB

10

PR15090/Y

184

PR15501/BW/XS 157,187 PR15501/GM/L 157,187

PR20303-3

144

PR30107FS-SNK

9

PR30128/PK

10

PR15095/P

191

PR15501/GM/M 157,187

PR20304

144

PR30107S-BK

10

PR30130-BZ

10

PR15095/T

191

PR15501/GM/S 157,187

PR20304-3

144

PR30108-BK

8, 9

PR30148/SB

10

PR15150

190

PR20305

144

PR30108F-BK

9

PR30150

11

PR15153/L

191

PR15501/GM/XS 157,187

PR20305-3

144

PR30108F-FRL

9

PR30155

11

PR15153/M

191

PR15501/PG/L 157,187

PR20306

144

PR30108F-ICE

9

PR30156

9

PR15153/S

191

PR15501/PG/M 157,187

PR20306-3

144

PR30108F-IVY

9

PR30158

11

PR15157

190

PR15501/PG/S 157,187

PR20307

144

PR30108F-PAS

9

PR30176/A

6

PR15158

190

PR20307-3

144

PR30108F-PF

9

PR30180-SL

6

PR15160/D

192

PR15501/PG/XS 157,187

144

PR30108F-RAB

9

PR30181/BW

4

192

PR15501/RB/L 157,187

PR20308

PR15160/S

144

PR30108FS-BK

9

PR30181/RR

4

192

PR15501/RB/M 157,187

PR20308-3

PR15161

144

PR30108FS-FRL

9

PR30195

6

PR15162

192

PR15501/RB/S 157,187

PR20309 PR20309-3

144

PR30108FS-ICE

9

PR30218-WH

6

PR15501/BGR/L 157,187 PR15501/BGR/M 157,187

PR15550/PK

Order by e-mail: orders@able2.eu or web: www.able2.eu

217


CODE INDEX B2: ORTHOPAEDIC

17/1/13

15:56

Page 218

Code Index

PR30219-GR PR30230

6

PR34001

18

PR35183/R/S

24

PR41021

12,174,206

PR45091

119

46

PR34002

18

PR35183/R/XL

24

PR41023

207

PR45095

128

PR30273/30-BU

3

PR34003/L

18

PR35183/R/XS

24

PR41025

207

PR45096

120

PR30275/BL

3

PR34003/M

18

PR35183/R/XXL

24

PR45014

136

PR45108

133

PR30275/SL

3

PR34004

18

PR35184/O/L

24

PR45015

136

PR45110

133

PR30278/BE

5

PR34005/L

18

PR35184/O/M

24

PR45016

130

PR45111

133

PR30278/BE/BAG

5

PR34005/XL

18

PR35184/O/S

24

PR45017

130

PR45112

133

PR30278/BE/STRAP

5

PR34006

21

PR35184/O/XL

24

PR45018

130

PR45218

85,126

PR30278/BK

5

PR34007

21

PR35184/O/XS

24

PR45019

129

PR45422

127

PR30278/BK/BAG

5

PR34020

19

PR35184/O/XXL

24

PR45020

120

PR45560

84,126

PR30278/BK/STRAP

5

PR34020/D

19

PR35185/BK/L

24

PR45021

120

PR45561

84,126

PR30278/CH

5

PR34021/L

19

PR35185/BK/M

24

PR45022

120

PR45562

84,126

PR30278/TRAY

5

PR34021/M

19

PR35185/BK/S

24

PR45023

120

PR45563

127

14

PR34022/L

19

PR35185/BK/XL

24

PR45024

120

PR45564

80,131

PR30282/BL

4

PR34022/M